143 46 58MB
Greek-English Pages [534]
/
GREEK LEXICON TO
THE NEW TESTAMENT, e. to ;
choose, to elect, to prefer, trans, and absol. 2 Thess. 2. 13 ; Heb. 11. 25.
aow, aor. 1 -?ipa, perf. ijpKa, perf. pass, rfpfiai, to take, to take up, pr. and 1. up, trans.
a'tpoo
(for aelpco),
simply,
i.
f.
e. to lift zip,
to
raise,
a)
stones from the ground, John 8. 59; serpents, Mark 16. 18 anchors, Acts 27. 13 agavrts sc. so agas, 'apavrts, often ayKvpas, stands in Greek writers in the sense of sailing away or departing (as Arrian. Exp. Alex. 6. 21 'dpas in UarrdXwp), and is even used of an army on land it occurs fully written (i. e. dpavres ayKvpas), Polyb. 31. 22. 13. b) fig. to raise, to elevate, as the eyes, John 11. 41 the voice, i. e. to cry oat, Luke pr.
as
;
—
:
;
So
17. 13.
atpeiv ^ivx rh v tluos to hold
mind of any one suspended, i. e. or doubt, John 10. 24. suspense in 2. to take up and place on one's self, to take up and bear, to carry, the
Matt. 4. 6 £ttI x^ P^ v u-povo-'i ere, 11. 29 dqare tov (vyov /ulov. Spoken of the cross, Mark 15. 21, and metaph. Matt. 16. 24. So to take or carry with one, Luke 9. 3. 3. to take up and carry away, i. e. to take away, to remove, as by carrying, spoken of a bed, Matt. 9. 6 of a dead body, a person, 14. 12; of bread, &c. with the idea 22. 13 of laying up, making use of, Mark 8. 8. Pass. dpBrjTL, Matt. 21. 21 be l
;
.
.
.
'
;
:
deprive
heaven,
e.
g.
T
God, Mark 4. 15; gifts, 4. 25; joy, John 16. 22. Spoken of vices, to put away, Eph. 4. 31 of a law, to ;
abrogate, Col. 2. 14.
alo~6dvofiai, f. aladrjcrojaai, aor. 2 rja6oix7)v, mid. deponent, to perceive, pr. with the external senses; in N. T. metaph. to understand, trans.
Luke
9.
45.
aX a 6 7) a is, tas, i] (alcr6dvop.ai), pr. perception by the external senses in N. T. metaph. understanding, the ;
power of discerning, Phil.
;
thou
Figur.
removed.
ajuLapriav tivos to take
of any one,
i.
e.
a'igeiv
away
rfyv
the sin
the imputation or
punishment of sin, John
1.
29
:
but
kingdom
the
of Matt. 21. 43; the w ord of
of,
aio-6r}T7]piou,
ov,
1. 9.
to (aladdvoy.ai),
pr. the seat of the senses ; in N. T. metaph. internal sense, faculty ofperception, Heb. 5. 14.
alo-xgoK^gdrjs,
eos,
ovs,
6,
?/,
adj.
(alaxpos, K€p$os), eager even for dishonourable gain, sordid, Tit. 1. 7.
as oXqsiv in the Sept. often means to bear, we may here also admit for aiffxpo/ceocJcDs, adv. for the sake of dishonourable gain, sordidly, 1 Pet. it the sense to bear the punishment of
which is elsewhere expressed in the N. T. by fiauTa^ziv, avacpepeiv,
sin,
5. 2.
alcrxpo'Koyia,
as,
7?
(alo~xgo\oyt&),
12
aicr^pog obscene 3.
language,
Col.
scurrility,
8.
alo'xpo'si f 6v> pr* deformed, opp. to na\6s. In N. T. metaph. indecorous, indecent, dishonourable ; spoken of
alojy accusation of crime, charge, Acts 25. 18, 27. (j8) fault, guilt, crime, John 18. 38.
air lapa, aros, r6, charge, crimination, Acts 25. 7.
what is offensive either to modesty alridofjLai, co/nat, depon. mid. to acand Christian purity, as Eph. 5. cuse, to charge, absol. Rom. 3. 9 in 12, or to the manners and customs some mss. of a community, as 1 Cor. 11. 6. a'trios, la, iov (alria), pr. causative
;
alo'xgo'T'ns, Tf]Tos, rj (alo~xp6s), p^ deformity ; in N. T. figur. impropriety, indecorum, either in words or actions, Eph. 5. 4.
alorxvvT), rjs, f) (al(rxos), shame, i. e. a) subj. feeling of shame, fear of disb) objec. disgrace, Luke 14. 9. grace, reproach, ignominy, Heb. 12. 2. c) a cause of shame, i. e. a shameful thing or action, disgraceful conduct, 2 Cor. 4. 2 ra Kpvirra rrjs al(rxvvv)s hidden things of shame, i. e. such clandestine conduct as the disciples of Christ should be ashamed of;
Rev.
18 alcrxvvy T vs yvfxvorrjros by Hebraism for yvfxuorrjs alcxgd, shameful nakedness. 3.
vv & (^o'xos), to shame, alo~x^ V(a r put to shame ; pass, to be made ashamed, to be put to shame, a) pr. 1 John 2. 28 fir) alo'x vv ^^lxev ^ 7r> f*
clvtov that
before him. self,
we
be not put to
b) mid.
shame
shame one's
to
feel ashamed, to feel disho-
to
Luke
noured,
16. 3.
alreoj, Co, f. r)aoj, to ask, usually with accus. of pers. or thing, or of both, also with accus. of thing and irapa with gen. of pers. a) genr. Matt. 5. 42 : spoken in reference to God, to ask for, to pray for, James 1. 5, 6 the case of &e6s being omitted, Matt. 7. 7, 8. b) to ask or call for, ;
to require,
c)
to
demand, Luke
by Hebraism,
to
desire,
1.
63.
Acts
7. 46.
in
N. T. used substantively, viz.
1.
masc. 6 aXrios the causer or author of
any thing, Heb.
5. 9.
neut. ro ainov, a cause,
2.
i.
e.
a) reason, motive, ground, Acts 19. 40.
b)
same as
Luke
alria, fault, guilt, crime,
23. 4.
alritofxa, aros, r6 (alridofxai), charge, accusation of crime, same as alriafxa,
but less usual Griesb. alcpvidios,
read Acts 25. 7
it is
;
iov, 6,
a(f>avr)s, fr. a, (paivco),
den,
Luke
34:
21.
adj. (&(pvr)s
r),
=
unforeseen, sud-
it
has the force
of an adverb.
cux/zaAoxria, captivity,
as,
(alxp-'hi aXiCKca),
r)
Rev. 13. 10.
pr.
a)
meton. for alxp-aXooroi captive multitude,
cuxjuaAcoreuco,
Eph.
a
4. 8.
€vo~a>
f.
captives,
b)
(alxP-d-Xoj-
take prisoner, lead captive, trans., a word of later Grecism, for which earlier writers used alx~ a) pr. Eph. 4. 8. fxaKoorov iroiea). b) metaph. to captivate, 2 Tim. 3. 6 in text, recept. ros), to
—
aiX/xaAcoTi^co,
f.
io'co
(alxP-dXaoros),
carried away 24; in the sense of to captivate, 2 Tim. 3. 6 in later eds. b) by impl. to subdue, bring into subjection, Rom. 7. 23. to
lead captivey'psiss. a) pr.
captive,
alxP'dXcaros, captive,
Luke
to be
Luke
ov,
6,
21.
a prisoner, a
r),
4. 18.
aloov, oovos, 6 (poet,
rj), life ;
also in
usage and in N. T. 1. cevum, age, i. e. an indefinitely long period or lapse of time, perpetuity, a) spoken of time future, eternity, classical
alrrj/JLa,
euros,
r6
a thing
(alrea)),
asked for, object sought, request, Luke 23. 24. From the Heb. desire, Phil. 4. 6; see in alreco, c.
air la,
as,
r)
(air too), a cause, viz.
a)
ground, sense of
efficient cause, motive, reason,
in the
Matt.
19. 3.
affair,
matter, case, Lat. ratio, Acts
10. 21
;
b)
Matt. 19. 10
el
ovrws
ecrrlu
c) in a 7] alria if such is the case, forensic sense, cause, i. e. (a) an
phrases, viz. (a) els rbv al&va for ever, without end, to the remotest time : spoken of Christ, Heb. 6. 20 of the happiness of the righteous, John 6. 51 of the punishment of the wicked, Jude 13. With a negative, never, Matt. 21. 19. So els rjuepav alcovos 2 Pet. 3. 18,
in the
foil,
;
;
;;
aiwrioc
,
13
UKUV da
i. q. els rbu al&va XQ^vov. passages (ojtj alAvios is equivalent {&) els rovs alccvas, in the same sense, for to elffeXQelu els iir]v $ao~i\elav rod ever, to all eternity, &c. spoken of ®eov, John 3. 15 comp. ver. 3, 5. God, Rom. 1. 25 of Christ, Luke (7) of the punishment of the wicked, 1. 33, where it is explained by ovk Mark 3. 29. (5) genr. 2 Cor. 4. 18 The plur. is here put Philem. 15 alwviov as an adv., for earai re\os. for the sing., and in the same sense ever, always, b) spoken of time comp. ovpavos and ovpavoi, o~dfifiapast, Rom. 16. 25 XP^ V0LS a-lvviois tov and o~dpPara. ancient ages, i. e. of old 2 Tim. (y) els rovs alwvas roov alojveev, an intensive 1. 9 and Tit. 1. 2 irpb x?® VOiV aia, ~ form derived from the Heb., for vicoVf same as Trpb aldbvoov, i. e. beever and ever. Spoken of God, Gal. fore time was, from eternity. 1. 5 so in the expression els ird- aKadapo~ia, as, 77 (anddapTos, fr. a, - aKaddprrjs, rrjros, 77 (a syncopaalx'
Rom.
'loodwys.
18
aAAa 3.
31
;
KXTjO-nceraL
Acts
19. 2
nobs ahr6v' \_ovx*-'~\ aAA' ovde ktX in the beginning of a clause which asserts the contrary of what precedes, Luke 14. 10 so aAA' ov, aAA' ovxh interrog., non potius?
ol 8e eiirov :
aXXog [although we observe the law only part,] yet we hope to be saved even as they ; Rom. 5. 14 [although sin is not imputed where there is
in
no law,]
aAA'
4.
;
nevertheless death reigned. tj,
after a negative, other
than,
except, unless
not rather? Heb. 3. 16, Luke 17. 8. c) often, and chiefly, used where
same
as
the discourse or train of thought is broken off, or partially interrupted, e. g. (a) by an objection, Rom. 10. 18. (/8) by a correction or limitation of what precedes, Mark 14. 36 irapeveyne to irorypiov car* tovto' aAA* ov ri eycb deXct). ifjiov
'irjo-ovv fiSvov
Rom.
by some phrase modifying or explaining what 11. 4, et pass.
(7)
precedes, especially after yap, jxev, or &e, Matt. 24. 6 Mark 9. 13 John 16. 20. Not unfrequently fxev is omitted, Rom. 10. 2, et pass. (5) by an interrogation, Matt. 11. ;
Luke
;
by a phrase of incitement, urging, &c. where it is followed by an imperative, Acts 10. 20. d) it is also employed to mark a transition to something else, 8, 9;
7. 25.
(e)
ovtceri
ra aAAa
ovdeva
(properly the tj),
elSov,
Mark
aA\a
9.
[77]
(where Lachmann
8
rbv has
1 Cor. 3. 5 ris ovv fify rbv) ; ecri TiavXos, ris $e 'A?roAAoi>s, aAA'
elBov, el
diaKovoi
77
aXXacrarca,
pass. aor.
a{&>,
f.
1
77A-
AaxQyv, aor. 2 yXXdyqv (aXXos),
to
change, trans, a) pr. to change, as the form or nature of a thing, to transform, e. g. rrjv (pccvfjv the voice or tone, Gal. 4. 20 ; to change for the better, pass. 1 Cor. 15. 51 for the worse, to corrupt, cause to decay, e. g. ol ovpavoi, Heb. 1. 12. So aAAa|ei ra eOt] will change the customs, i. e. do them away, Acts 6. 14. b) to change, another, to exi. e. one thing for change, Rom. 1. 23 ¥jXXa£av r\\v ho^av ®eov ev djULOico/uLari elttovos they changed the glory of God for an image, i. e. set up an image in place of the true God. ;
without direct antithesis, e. g. Mark 14. 28 aAAa /jtera to eyepQr\vai jue, Trpod^a) vfjias els ttjv TaXiXaiav, et aAAaxJfley, adv. from another place, ssep. So after an interrogation imaliunde, John 10. 1. plying a negative, John 7. 48 pA\ ris aXXrjyopeoo, 00, f. 'fjoraj (clXXos, ayo€K roov apy6wTtov e'Kio'revaev els avrov pevca), to allegorise, speak in an alleaAA' o o%Aos ovros ktX. gory, Gal. 4. 24 arivd eariv aXXy\2. but, i. e. as continuative, but yopovfieva which things are said allenow, but indeed, but further, moreover. gorically. a) gener. as marking a transition in the progress of discourse, Mark 'AXXyjXovia, Alleluia, Heb. Hallelu1 3. 24, et pass. Hence aAA el but jah, praise ye Jehovah/ Rev. 19. 1. 1 aAA aXXrjXcav, gen. plur. of a recipr. if, but if indeed, 1 Cor. 7. 21 ov neither, but neither, John 10. 8. pronoun, dat. 01s, ais, 01s, accus. b) emphatically, where there is a ovs, as, a, each other, one another f gradation in the sense, but still Matt. 24. 10 et saepiss. with and neg. more, yea, even, a nay, aXXoyevfjs, eos, 6, 77, adj. (oAAos, vol even, Luke 23. 15 ovdeu evpov eV yevos), of another race ox nation, i. e. rep avOpdoTTO)' aAA* ovde 'Hgcadrjs. Phil. not a Jew, Luke 17. 18, comp. v. 16. 3. 8 aAAa fxkv ovv koll yea indeed and aXXo/jiai, f. aXovfxai, aor. 1 TjXa/jirjv, therefore I count, &c. ;
5
i
;
;
3.
yet,
at least, yet
nevertheless,
assuredly, in
an apodosis after the
conditional particles el, idv, &c. Rom. 6. 5 el avjucpvroi yey6vajj.ev ts.
;
assuredly,
certainly,
verily,
comp. Luke 9.27 clAt}In John it is repeated, b.p.7\v, 5. 18,
Very rarely the middle or end
3. 3, al. saep.
afj.7}y,
in 01
a clause, Rev. 1.7 vol b.^.y\v yea veI 2 Cor. 1. 20 rb voX koX rb b.fxi)u are yea and amen, i. e. are most true
and
faithful. 7),
adj. (a,
^7\T7]p),
without mother, motherless, i. e. in classical writers not born of a mother, as the gods, &c, early deprived of a mother, or having an unkind one in N. T. spoken of Melchisedec, whose mother is not mentioned in the genealogies, Heb. 7. 3 see
ayeveaAdynros. ajxiavros,
ov, 6,
i),
unstained, unsoiled ; taph. undefiled, sc.
adj. (a, p.ialuaj),
meHeb. 7.
in N. T.
by
sin,
Spoken
of marriage, chaste, Heb. 13. 4 of the worship of God, pure, sincere, Jam. 1. 27 of the heavenly inheritance, inviolate, 1 Pet. 26.
;
;
&jj.erpos, ov, 6, 7), adj. (a, fxerpov), without measure, immoderate, 2 Cor. 10. 13 els ret. &/j.€Tpa, adverbially, for a/jLCTpoos, beyond measure, immo-
afiTjv,
true,
:
afiera/jLeXTjTOS, and.
the
afjL7]Toop, opos, 6,
28. 14.
1
a\7)6iu6s
rily
afi^pifiuos, ov, 6, 77, adj. (a, jxepuxva), without care, void of anxiety, Matt.
sure,
in N. T. 1. from the Heb. as an adj., true, faithful, Rev. 3. 14 6 o\p7\v, 6 jxdprvs 6 iricrrbs ical
this sense in
1. 6.
lessly, faultlessly, 1
Hence
6a>s.
truly,
in
tisfied;
ajjL7T£\ovpy6g
usually at the end of a sentence, where it serves to confirm the words which precede, and invoke the fulfilment of them, in the sense of * so be it,' fiat, Sept. a/j.r)u or yeuoiro more rarely it stands at the beginning of a sentence for the sake of emphasis, as;
:
suredly, verily, in truth, Sept. &A77-
1. 4. 6, indec. Aminadab, pr. name, Heb. kindred of the prince.' d/uL/xos, ov, 6 (same as ^dfifios), sand,
'A^uij/aSa/S,
*
Matt. afiuo s,
7. 26.
a lamb, spoken in N. T. metaph. of Christ delivered over to death as a lamb to the sacrifice,
John
ov, 6,
1.
29.
(a/jLeifiw), change, exrequital i. e. for evil, indemnity ; in N. T. requital, namely for good, as kind offices, &c. 1 Tim.
afjL0i$7),
r)s, 7)
change,-
5.
4
afioifias aTrofiiSovai to requite.
a/AireAos, ov, afXTr
7),
eAovpyos,
a vine, Matt. 26. 29. ov,
6,
epyov), a vine-dresser,
7]
(&flTT€A0S,
Luke
13.7.
A
;
22
afineXwy afnr€\c0V, wvos,
a vineyard, Matt.
6,
20. l,al. '
jxir \i
as, ov,
of a man, a/xvpo),
f.
name
Amplias, pr.
6,
Rom.
16. 8.
ww
(fjivuT]),
pr. to avert,
avenge
repel, to aid, fight for,
mid.
;
avert from one's self, to in N. T. mid., to aid, assist, defend, Acts 7. 24.
ajj.vvojj.ai,
to
repel
resist,
;
a/jLcfyifidWoo,
around,
a garment
e. g.
spoken of a
pr. to throw
fiahoo,
f.
net, to cast,
here and there, trans.
in N. T.
;
i.
e.
Mark
around, 1. 16 in
later eds. ajLL(pifi\T](rTpop,
thrown around,
what is a garment in
ov,
e. g.
t6,
;
N. T. a fish-net, drag, Matt. af,Jt.(piivvvjj.i,
clothe,
to
ajiupLecrco,
f.
4. 18.
pass. foil, by iv with dat, Matt. 11. 8 in the sense of to decorate, Luke ;
12.28 rbv xfyrov (where Lachmann has afxs, t), Amphipolis, pr. name of the metropolis of the southern region of Macedonia it was situated near the mouth of the ri:
ver Strymon, which indeed flowed around it, and gave occasion for its
av
law in regard to all victims, see Lev. 1. 10. b) metaph. sceleris purus, blameless, Eph. 1. 4. ^A^dcv, 6, indec. Amon, Heb. * opifex,' pr. name of a Jewish king. 'A/jicas, 6, indec. Amos, Heb. strong,* pr. name of a man. 'dv. particle used with the vitical
'
La
opt., subj.,
t6 (also
&/ut.(podos,
fr.
an open place &p.(f>c0, where two or more ways meet ; in N. T. a street or open place in a vilodos), pr. bivium,
lage or city,
Mark
11. 4.
;
16 robs
a/j.(j)orepovs both,
and gentiles
;
i.
e.
Acts 23. 8 ra
Jews apcf)6-
repa both, i. e. the resurrection, and the existence of angels and spirits, the /j.r)re being copulative and combining the two, &yye\ov and •nvevfxa, into one generic idea.
—
a(jL(vfJL7}T0S, ov,
6,
r),
adj. (a,
fj.6r€pos, 4pa, cpov, each of two, plur. a/LL(p6repoL, cu, a, both, spoken Eph. 2. only of two, Matt. 9.17
moods some-
on circumstances : in this way it serves to modify or strengthen the intrinsic force of the opt. and subj. while it can also, in like manner, affect the signification of the indie, (the pres. and perf. excepted), and other verbal forms. This particle stands after one or more words in a clause, and is thus distinguished from dv for eaj>; see 11. of this article. In N. T. the use of dv is generally conformed to that of clas-
A) As ov,
indie,
stamp of uncertainty and mere possibility, and indicating a dependence
name. Hficfyofiov,
and
times properly rendered by perhaps, but more commonly not to be expressed in English by any corresponding particle, and only giving to a proposition or sentence a
dv,
be realised.
God, and under the circumstances do pray to him. b) in interrogations, direct or indirect, where the thing inquired about is possible or certain, but the inquirer is uncertain when or how it is to take place, Luke 1. 62 ri av OeXoi Ka\e?o~6ai avrdv how he might wish him to be called ? i. e. since he was to have a name, what that name should be. 2. with the subjunctive in relative clauses and connected with relative words, which are thus rendered more general, and indicate mere possibility: for dv thus used, the sacred writers often put idv, a) with relative pronouns or q. v. particles, where dv implies some condition, or uncertainty whether could pray
to
;;
23
»;
ay
or where the thing will take place, &c, Lat. cunque, ever, soever, &c. Thus, (a) hs &v whoever, whosoever, Matt. 5. 21, et saepiss. (j8) #(rrts tfp whosoever, Matt. 10. 33, saep. (7) # whosoever, Mark 3. 28, saep. see also B) 1. below. (5) '6ttov av wheresoever, Mark 9. 18; see also
&s &v as, in what ever manner, &c. 1 Thess. 2. 7 ws av rpocpbs OdXTTT) ra reKva. b) with particles &c. (a) eoos conjunctions, time, of av until, the time when being indeSo axpis finite, Matt. 2. 13, saep. ov av, 1 Cor. 11.26. (/3) r viKa &v
B)
(e)
1.
t
whenever, as soon as, indefinite, 2 Cor. 3. 16. (7) Cos av when, as soon as, indefinite, 1 Cor. 11. 34 ws av €\6o) when I shall come, i. e. but I know not when this will be. (5) bcraKis av so often as, however often, c) with the illative 1 Cor. 11. 25. particle tiircvs that, in order that, and (tiroes av that at some time or other, that sooner or later, &c.
Luke
2.
35.
with the indicative in the historical tenses (but not in the primary ones), &v is used in the apodosis of a conditional sentence in which et precedes, and indicates that the thing in question would have taken 3.
place, if that which is the subject of the protasis had also taken place,
but that in fact neither the one nor the other has taken place. Matt. s 11. 21 et eV Tvpcp iyevovro at dvvdirdkai av iv aaKKc*) Kal cnroficv ftets .
.
.
fjL€T€v67]orav if these
miracles had been
done in Tyre, they would have repented, &c, but the miracles were not done, and they did not repent John 8. 42 et 6 ®ebs Trar^p v/jlcov f\v, riyairaTe av €/jl4 if God were your father, ye would love me, but neither is true. So ;
Matt. 11. 23,
al. saep.
B) The following are departures from classical usage, viz. 1. when, in relative clauses, a relative pronoun with av is followed by the indicative ; here the classical writers employ the subj. or opt. This occurs in N. T. when a thing is spoken of as actually taking place not at a definite time or in a definite manner, but as often as opportunity
presents itself, &c. and is thus found only with a preterite. Mark 6. 56 Kal 6(Toi av tjtttovto avrov and ;
ava.
many
however many, touched him; ib. '6ttov av etVe7ropeuero ets K(i>fxas and wheresoever he entered, &c. a>s 1 Cor. 12. 2 irpbs to e?5a>Aa av ¥}yeo~Qe airayofievoi led away to idol- iv or ship, just as ye happened to be led, i. e. I do not say by whom or how. Once with the pres. indie, Mark 11. 24 irdvra oo~a av irpoo~€vXo'v-svoi alrtio-Qe, where some mss. read alrrjcrde. 2. as an adv., or rather in a false
as
as,
.
.
.
construction, perhaps, possibly. So once before an infin., 2 Cor. 10. 9 lva jU.77 8o£o>, cos av eKcpofielv vp.as, which is probably to be resolved by ws av iK(pofio7/j.i v/mas as if I wished to terrify you ; once also without any mood, 1 Cor. 7. 5 fxi) airoo~T€pe?re a\\r}\ovs, et ^117 Tt av [7eVotTo] £k av/japdovov irpbs Kaip6v e
unless perhaps by mutual consent.
On
the use of av in the N. T. see particularly Stuart's Grammar of the New Testament Dialect, p. 187-194, London edition, 1838. II. &v, as a conjunction, contr. fr. 4dv if and distinguished from the radical av by being put at the beginning of a proposition or clause,
John
20. 23 bis some eds., however, have idv here. avd, prep, governing in Gr. poets the dat. on, upon, in, but in prose writers the accus. on, in, as ava ;
have always in the mouth; in N.T. only with an accus., in two significations, viz. 1. with its accus. it forms a periphrase for an adverb, ^e. g. ava fxepos by turns, alternately, 1 Cor. 14. 27: ava j.Uo~ov foil, by gen. in the midst of, through the midst of between; spoken of place, Matt. 13, 25 of persons, 1 Cor. 6. 5 Matt. 20. 9 dj/a drjvdpiov denariuswise, i. e. each a denarius, better (TrSfMa exetv to
;
;
—
perhaps under 2. 2. with numeral words
Mark
it
marks
40 ava €Karbv Kal ava irevrrjKovTa by hundreds and by fifties ; Luke 9. 3 ava Svo two and tivo. By a peculiar anomaly we find avd once in this sense before the nom., Rev. 21. 21
distribution,
e.
g.
6.
ava efs €Kao~ros rcov irvXcvvccv each one of the gates.
Note. In composition avd de-
€
notes,
1.
up,
upward, as avafiaivw
;
24
arafiad jjloq
back, again (Lat. re-), implying repetition, increase, intensity, &c. 2.
as avaKaiviQt), a^axcojoeco, avayivdoffKca. avafiaOfjiSs, ov, 6 (avafiaivoo), act of ascending ; in N. T. by meton. means i. e. steps, stairs, Acts 21. spoken of the stairs leading from the fortress Antonia to the
of ascent, 35, 40,
temple.
avafSaivw, f. fiycrojAai, aor. 2 avefirjv, aor. 2 imper. avdfirjdi and avdfia, to cause to ascend ; in N. T. to go up, ascend, i. e. from a lower to a higher place constr. with airo and 4k foil, by gen. of place whence, and with els, eirl, irpos by accusat. of place whither, or a>8e. a) spoken both of persons and things, as animals, &c. Matt. 5. 1 els to opos Luke 5. 19 e7rl to hSofxa 19. 4 en-l ctvkojxo;
;
;
geav,
to
i.
e.
irXotov,
e. to
Mark
51
els
embark ; John
10.
climb
tfo
i.
;
6.
avayevvatj) defer, to
put
off
or over, trans. Acts
24. 22.
avafiifid £co, f. do'ca, to cause to ascend or mount ; in N. T. to draw up, to drag or haul in, i. e. to the shore or land spoken of a net, Matt. 13. 48. ;
f. ij/a>. 1. to look up or upwards, look upon, absol. or with case els, Matt. 14. 19 avafixtyas els tov ovpavSv, Acts 22. 13 avefiAeipa
ava/SAe7TGi),
els
So to look up, raise the from the ground, &c, Mark
ainov,
eyes, as 8. 24.
see avd note, a) in the sense of to see again, recover sight, spoken of the blind, Matt. 11. 5; Acts 22. 13 avdfiXeipov; of one 2.
to look again,
blind from his birth, John 9. 11. b) in the sense of to look more closely, examine, Mark 16. 4. avd/3\e\f/is, ecus, r\ (avafiXeiroo), recovery of sight, Luke 4. 18.
1 avafialvcav aWax^Oev climbing up or entering some other way ; Acts 8. avafiodoo, So, f. face, to lift up the voice, exclaim,cry aloud; absol. Matt. 31 avafidvTa i. e. els Tb clqjjlol, i. e. to 27. 46. get up into, &c. Matt. 3. 16 airb tov vScltos, Acts 8. 39 e/c tou vdaTos, avaBoXr], tjs, 7} (avafidWco, q. v.), delay, putting over, in a forensic from the water, i. e. upon the land. sense, Acts 25. 17. Spoken of fishes, Matt. 17. 27 tov avafidvTa irpcoTov l%Qvv the fish that avdyaiov, ov, to (avd, 7cua i. e. 777), same as avcayeov, for which it is of first comes up, or is brought up substituted in later eds. written those who go from a lower to a also avdoyaiov, avdyeov, a room above higher region of country, e. g. from or upper room chamber, ground, over Galilee or Cesarea to Judea, Luke the porch, on or connected with the 2. 4, and especially to Jerusalem, roof where meals were taken, and Matt. 20. 17 of those who ascend whither the Jews retired for prayer, into heaven, els tov ovpavov, els to meditation, &c, Mark 14. 15. vrpos, &c, either to have intercourse with God or to dwell there, John 3. avayyeWca, f. ye\(o, aor. 1 hvr\y13; of angels, who are said avayeiXa, aor. 2 pass. avrjyyeArjv (avd, fialveiv Kcd KaTafiaiveiv eir\ tov vlbv a7yeAAa>), to announce, make known, tov avOptibirov, John 1. 52, i. e. they declare, tell ; trans, and absol., in minister continually unto him. b) various connexions e. g. spoken of spoken also of inanimate things, things done, events, &c, to relate, to bring word, inwhich are said to go up, ascend, rise, tell, Mark 5. 19 of things future, e. g. smoke, Kairv6s, Rev. 8. 4 of form, John 5. 15 plants, fruit, &c. to spring up, grow, to shew beforehand, foretell, 16. 13 Matt. 13. 7 of a rumour, Acts 21. of Christian doctrine, &c. to declare, shew forth, teach, Acts 20. 20 of 31 ave$T) (pacis t§ ^iXidpx^i *• eword was brought up to the chiliarch evil deeds, to declare, confess, 19. 18. of thoughts, actions, &c. which come avayevvdo), co, f. 7](T(a, pr. to beget again ; metaph. to regenerate, renew, up into one's mind, to spring up, ev arise, ttj Kapfitq Luke 24. 38, eirl i. e. by a change of carnal nature to a Christian life, trans. 1 Pet. 1. 3, t))v Kagdiav Acts 7. 23, els fjLvrj/JL6o~vvov 23 it is the same as vlbv Geov elvai 10. 4. Gal. 3. 26, t4kvov &eov yeveadai and put back, i. e. f, jSaAo), to avafiaWoo, to put off, defer ; in N. T. mid. ava£k &eov yevvrjdrivai John 1. 12, 13, 'dvwdev yevvrjdrjvai 3. 3. /JaAAojucw, in a forensic sense, to ;
;
—
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
avay iv 6 (new,
yudocrofxai,
f.
2
aor.
aveyvoov, perf. pass, avey vaxr/jLai, aor. 1
rately i.
aueyvuxrQ-nv,
pass. e.
in
;
N. T.
simply
know accu-
know by reading, trans, and absol.
to
read,
to
to
a) to read, i. e. for one's by reading, Matt. 12. 3 et saep.
self, to learn
taph. 2 Cor.
3.
2
77
;
me-
eirio~To\)) rtfx&v
ayayiuwaKO/JLEj/rj virb Trdurcou
.
.
.
read of
men, i. e. open, manifest, b) to read aloud before others, prcelego, all
Luke 4. 16. avayK&fa, f. daw
Acts
vate,
avdyco,
a) to compel or constrain, trans, pel, as by force, threats, circumstances, &c, Acts 26. 11. b) to constrain, i. e. by entreaty, invitations, &c, to persuade, Matt. 14. 22.
av ay kou os, a, ov (avdyKr)), necessary, viz. a) spoken of things required by nature, &c. 1 Cor. 12. 22, or for the support of life, Tit. 3. 14 avayb) of Kcuai XP e ^aL necessary wants, things necessary from custom, e. g. Acts 10. 24 avaynaiovs ,
f.
Mark
claim, intrans.
avaKpivco,
to
cry aloud, ex1. 23.
ivw, trans,
f.
pr. to separate or divide
and absol ; in N. T. ,
up
not removed from their the blindness of their
examine carefully, investigate, inquire, a) genr. Acts 17. 11 1 Cor. 10. 25, 27 /JL-qBev avaxpivovrss
minds, their prejudices, &c, will not permit them to understand v.
not anxiously inquiring, i. e. whether the meat had been offered to idols,
with
unveiled face, i. e. all impediments to knowledge being removed, comp.
b) in a forensic sense, spoken of a judge, Luke 23. 14. 2. to judge of, estimate, trans., 1
v. 13.
Cor.
.
vov the veil hearts,
i.
.
is
e.
;
18
avaKaXvirrofxevcf}
irpocrccTrcp
avaKafxiTTco, f. ypco, pr. trans, to bend or turn up or back ; intrans. to turn hence back> return, Matt. 2. 12 metaph. Luke 10. 6 (7) (\q-r\vT\ v/ulqov) ec/>' vfjias avaKapipei your salutation shall return to you, i. e. they shall not enjoy the peace and prosperity you have desired for them. ;
avaKei/xai, f. Ktio~op.ai, to be laid up or deposited, as offerings in the temples of the gods in which sense avaneipLai serves as the neut. or pass, of the act. avariQ7]pi. In N. T., 1. to be laid out, as a dead body, Mark ;
5.
40 in
text, recept.
;
14;
2.
prove, 4. 3
demn, 9.3
;
to ;
judge favourably, ap-
or unfavourably, con24 avaKpiverai, where
14.
it is parallel with iXeyx^ca, i. e. is convinced of his error and condemned, comp. v. 25.
avatcpiais, €ws, i) (avaKptvuj), examination before a judge, Acts 25. 26. avaKvirraf, f. if/co, to raise one's self up, rise up, i. e. from a stooping posture, Luke 13. 11 metaph. to be elated, as with joy, 21. 28. ;
avaXap.@dv 00, aor.
eXafiov,
f.
1
X7}\\/opai, aor.
2 av-
pass. aveXi)(pdr)v, to
from the ground in N. T. only in the phrase av€Xrj(p6ri els ovpavSv he was taken take up, trans,
a) genr. as
;
2. in later
table cient
1. to
fig.
usage,
to recline, i.e. at
upon a triclinium, in the anmanner of eating, John 13. 23
avaKetpevos iv
rep koXttco
rod
'IrjO'ov
up,
received up, into heaven, or aveX^cpO-n simply,
16. 19
;
Mark where
course
;
implied, Acts 1.2,22; With the ac1 Tim. 3. 16 iv 5%. cessory idea of bearing, Acts 7. 43 av€Xdfi€T€ r^v^ffKrjvrjv rod MoAo%, alluding probably to the manner in which the statues of heathen gods were carried about in processions. Spoken of arms, &c. to take up arms, Eph. 6. 13. b) to take up or with, take along, i. e. as a companion or
odfiaL,
to
fellow-traveller, Acts 20. 13.
reclining in the bosom of Jesus, i. e. next to him on the triclinium hence :
genr.
to
Matt.
9. 10 6 avaKd/xevos one at a guest, 22. 10.
table,
take a meal,
to eat, dine,
sup,
;
avaK€, f. |a>, to fold back, unfold; in N.T. to unroll, e.g. rb fii&\iov, a roll or volume, Luke 4. 17.
ava(TTpt(pio received their dead e£ avaardcrews, lit.
from
raised again to life so of the resurrection of Jesus, Acts 1. 22, al. b) of the future and general resurrection at the end of all things, iv rf, eVxarT? 7/yuepa John 11.24; either simply resurrection,
avapid fX7]T os, fi6s),
ov, 6,
rf,
adj. (a, apiO-
innumerable, Heb. 11. 12.
avacrcieo, f. ciffoo, to shake up or backivards and forwards, e. g. the hands; in N. T. metaph. to stir up, instigate, as rbv ox^ov, Mark 15. 11.
e.
;
avdaraais Acts 24. 15, avdaraais V€Kpa>v 26. 23, or e/c veKpoov 1 Cor. 15. 12 John 5. 29 bis els avdo-rao~iu fays €is avdaraaiv Kpicrews ;
.
.
.
resurrection
unto
life,
i.
e.
eternal
happiness, resurrection unto condemHeb. nation, i. e. eternal misery 11. 35 "iva Kpeirrouos auaardcreoos tvx°°o~lv that they might obtain a better resurrection, namely, than that just before spoken of, i. e. that they might obtain the resurrection unto life, c) of the resurrection of the righteous, rwu SiKaioov Luke 14. 14, called also the first resurrection Rev. 20. 5, 6. d) by meton. the au;
thor of resurrection,
John
11. 25.
{avdararos, fr. avio-T-nfMi), found only in later Greek, and equivalent to avdcrarov
aj/acrrar6co, avdirroo, f. tpo) (avd, dirra)), to light up, kindle, trans. Luke 12. 49.
i.
a>,
f.
cvcro)
in earlier writers, to drive out, expel ; to devastate, destroy, as cities hence in N. T. to disturb, agitate, Troielv
put
spoken of 6; of the minds of
in commotion, trans,
cities,
Acts
17.
Christians, Gal.
5. 12.
avao" K€vd£a), f. dcrco (cncevos), to avao~TavQ6o), , tofetch up a deepdestroy ; hence in N. T. metaph. to drawn sigh, i. e. to sigh deeply, Mark destroy, e. g. ras xpvx^s, to pervert, 8.12. from the truth, fatally, Acts avao'Tpecpct), f. ypu, aor. 2 pass, avi. e. 15. 24.
avacnrdco, out,
Luke
1. to
eo~rpd(p7}is. So, f.
daca, to
draw up or
14. 5.
avdarraa is,
ecos,
17
(avicrr'nfii),
rising up, as opp. to
77
1.
a
irroocis, fall
by meton.
turn up, overturn,
ras rpairefas John 2. 15. 2. to turn back again, and, intrans. and middle, to return, Acts 5. 22 by Hebraism, 15. 16 ai/aarpe\pcc Kal trans,
e. g.
the author or cause of rising up, i. e. metaph. the author of a better state, of higher prosperity, of eternal happiness, Luke 2. 34 others here take avdaravis in the sense of breaking up, removal, and as referred to the mind, disturbance,
apoLKoBo/j.r]crco rr\v o"KH]vriv Aa/3i5,
agitation, perturbation.
one's
2. resurrection, i. e. of the body from death, return to life, viz. a) spoken of individuals who have returned to life, Heb. 11. 35 women
state or thing,
adverbially for again restore, set up again. 3.
mid.
;
others,
avacrrpecpo/jLai,
and
put
I ivill aor. 2
turn one's self round, be turned round, same as Lat. versari, or in English to turn one's self ox
pass.,
to
any thing with iu and dat. a) spoken of place, pr. to move about in a place, and thence to of a sojourn, dwell in, Matt. 17. 22 hand
to
;
;
&c
to
be occupied
;
with,
be in, to live in, ep irXdpr)
to
b) of persons, &c. literally to move about among, i. e. to live with, be conversant with, and hence genr. to live, pass one's time, Eph. 2. 3 ep conduct one's self, &c. 2 Pet.
oTs
2. 18.
KOLl
TraVT€S aU€CTrpd(p7)fJL€V
7)fJL£?S
irore, [opres^ ep reus eiriBvp.iais.
(apaarpeepco), a rj in turning about ; N. T. mode of life, conduct, deportment, Gal. 1. 13, saep.
b.vacrrpo
1.
,
re\S>, aor. 1 auereiXa,
f.
perf. aparertiXKa.
Judah,
am \bv X
30
arcMTTpocpri
apa6r)aop.ai,
f.
to
;
27
bis.
take up
and
in the place of another, to take from another upon one's self, to take away ; in N. T. spoken metaph. of sins, ras afiaprias, to bear the punishment of sin, to expiate, Heb. 9. 28 1 Pet. 2. 24 hs ras afxaprias tj/ulcop avrbs api)veyitev ep rep aufiari avrov eirl ib |t$Xop who bore our sins in his own body upon the cross, i. e. himself bore the 2. to
bear,
i.
e.
;
punishment due avaepwveta, voice, 1.
42
i.
cD, f.
to
our
r)(T(a,
sins.
to
lift
up the
exclaim, cry out, Luke [xeydx-n, for which con-
e. to
), a pouring out, effusion ; in N. T. metaph., 1 Pet. 4. 4 els rr/p avrrjp rrjs aaoorias avaxvcriv into the same emptying
out, excess, of dissoluteness. the rising of apax &) f. r)crct), to go back, rethe celestial Sun from on high, the cede, spoken of those who flee in Messiah; others, a shoot. N. T. simply to go away, depart, i. e. 2. put in sing, and plur. for the to go from one place to another, east, spoken both of the heavens viz. a) genr. Matt. 2. 12, ssep. b) and the earth, Matt. 2. 1, saep. in the sense of to withdraw, retire, aparpeircc, f. *J/&>, to overturn, overfor privacy, &c. Acts 23. 19; Matt. in N. T. metaph. to throw, trans. 9. 24 apax^op^Te withdraw, i. e. give subvert, destroy, 2 Tim. 2. 18. place.
aparoXrj e{
v\j/ovs, i. e.
;
;
avarp4(p(io,f.
dgexj/oo,
literally to nou-
apd^pv^LS,
eoos,
tj
(apa.\$/vx),
refresh-
rish up, i.e. to bring up, as a child,
ment, recreation, rest, Acts
metaph. spotrans. Acts 7. 20, 21 ken of mental culture, to educate,
poi apatyvi-ews times of refreshing,
;
22. 3.
avacp aivw, f. , pr. to light up, as lamps, to make appear, shew ; in N. T. mid. apacpatpo/uai, to shew one's self, appear, Luke 19. 11 pass, to be shewn, i. e. to have pointed out to one's self, Acts 21.3 apacpapepres ttjp Kvto
;
3.
19 Kaii.
e.
of peaceful enjoyment and bliss in the Messiah's kingdom. apa\j/vxu>> f. !&>> to draw breath again, take breath, i. e. to revive, be refreshed, intrans. in N. T. genr. to refresh, recreate, trans. 2 Tim. 1. 16 'Stl iroWdtcis fxe apexjw^e, i. e. has often delighted, gratified me. ;
31
uvCpcnroc Larry q
avb* p air odi err r)s,ov, 6 (avdpair otiifa), a man- stealer, kidnapper, 1 Tim. 1. 10.
*hv§peas, ov, 6, Andrew, of one of the apostles.
pr.
(avi)p),
l(T(a
f.
under
kolkos), patient
2 Tim.
ries,
ov,
6,
i),
adj.
(a,
which cannot be explored, *l*X *C metaph. inscrutable, incomprehensiI ' fC
to
and inju-
evils
2. 24.
name ave^ixviaaros,
render manly or brave ; in N. T. mid. av8gi£o/JLcu, to shew one's self a man, 1 Cor. 16. 13.
av8pi(a, 'iarr)This verb is divided between
av&o-T'nQi, (jll).
Luke
the trans, and intrans. significations. I. transitive, in the present, imperf., fut., and aor. 1 of the act, to cause to rise up, raise up, cause to stand, viz. a) pr. spoken of those lying down, Acts 9. 41 of the dead, ;
John
to raise up, recall to life,
6.
39
3. 2.
dvorjros, ov, 6, f], adj. (a, roeco), pass. unthought of, unintelligible ; in N. T. act. unintelligent, unwise, foolish, spoken of those who are slow to understand or admit moral and religious truth, Rom. 1. 14; of lusts, impudent, brutal, 1
washed, Matt. 15. 20. aviffTTj/AL,
the Jews,
Tim.
6. 9.
dvoia, as, 7] (dvovs, fr. a, vovs), want of under standing, folly ; in N.T., from the Heb., madness, wickedness, i. e. spoken of rage and malignity, Luke 6. 11; of foolish temerity, 2 Tim. 3. 9.
avoiyu), f. duol^oo (dud, irreg. forms, viz. aor. 1
ttfyco),
dvecpi-a
with
and
later rjvoi^a, perf. 1 dvecpxa, perf. 2
dveyya, perf. pass. dvea>yjj.aL and (with triple augm.) tyiqyixai, aor. 1
4k veKp&v Acts 13. 34. b) metaph. to raise up, i. e. to cause to exist, cause to appear, e. g. o"irepp.a rivi Matt. 22. 24, top Xpiarov Acts 2. 30, Trpocpr)rnv 3. 22. Pass. Upzvs dvio-raadai
pass. dvecfixQw and later T\vo'tx^f\v and (with triple augm.) rjpecpx^Wi aor. 2 pass, later form i\voiyr\v, fut. 2 pass. dvoiyfjo'ojULai. In N. T. to open,
Heb.
yya intrans.,
II.
7. 11.
intransitive, in the perf., and aor. 2 act., and in the
pluperf.,
mid.,
to rise up, to arise, viz.
a) pr.
spoken of those who are sitting or lying down, Matt. 26. 62 Luke 22. 45 dvatrrds curb rr)s irpoffevxys rising up from prayer, i. e. from a kneeling or recumbent posture of rising from bed or from sleep, 11. 7. So duacrrrjuai e/c vtupwv to rise from the ;
;
dead, return to life, Matt. 17. 9 without 4k veKp&v, 20. 19: fig. Eph. 5. 14 dudara l« rcois vtKpwv, i. e. arise put on the from the death of sin, i
trans.,
and in later usage
stand open, closed by a
to be open, to
spoken of what
a)
perf. 2 dvi-
is
cover or door, &c. Matt. 2. 1 1 drjaavpovs treasures, i. e. boxes, caskets, &c. 27. 52 rd fiu^fieTa sepulchres, which were closed by large stones ;
the throat of wicked men is called rdcpos dueccy/mei/os an open sepulchre, Rom. 3. 13, as voiding forth noisome slanders against God and the righteous most freq. with dvpa, a door or gate, Acts 5. 23, al. So, in fig.
:
11
;
may
enter, Matt. 25. or go out, Acts 5. 19 or view
order that one
the interior, Rev.
;
11. 19.
So rb
— 35
avoiKocof.itis)
(ppeap tt)s dfivcraov the pit of the abyss, Rev. 9. 2, since in the East pits or
wells are closed with large stones 6vpa is implied before dvoiy^aeraL :
Luke 11.9;
hence, metaph. to open the door, as of the heart, i. e. receive willingly, Rev. 3. 20 to open the door, viz. of faith or of the kingdom of heaven, i. e. to afford an opportunity of embracing the gospel, Acts 14. 27; to open the door, viz. for the gospel, or for a teacher, &c. i. e. to give him opportunity to publish the gospel and gain converts, 1 Cor. 16. 9. b) of the heavens, to open the heavens, or to have the heavens opened or divided, so that celestial things may become manic) of a book, i. e. fest, Matt. 3. 16. a volume, rolled up and sealed, Rev. 5. 2 or of the seals of a book, rds d) of the mouth, v ovk eV/crevcras, 19.44. ;
:
Note. In composition
dvri de-
Luke
14. 12; of evil,
notes 1. over against, as dvrirdo'o'ca 2. contrary to, as dvr iXeyoo; 3. reci-
€cos,
(c«'Ta7ro8/5a> iu),
procity, as dj/TaTrodidoo/uu 4. substitution, as duTifiaaiXevs, dvOviraros ; 5. similarity or correspondence, as
;
11. 9.
;
avrairodoons,
r)
/
recompense, reward, Col. 3. 24.
avrairoKpivofxai
diroKptvo-
{dvri,
fxai),
aor. 1 pass. dvTcnreKpidrjv with
mid.
signif., to
against,
Luke
answer again, reply
14. 6.
dvT€?TTov, aor. 2 (dvri, e?7iw), used as aor. of the verb dvriX4yw, to reply, contradict, gainsay, with dat. Luke 21. 15; absol. Acts 4. 14.
dvrex^
(dvri, ex&>)> to hold before, intrans. to resist; in N.T. only mid.,
to hold fast to, cleave to,
i.
e.
be
to
faithfully attached to any person or thing, Matt. 6. 24; hence, faithfully to care for, 1 Thess. 5. 14.
dvri, prep, with gen., pr. simply
local, over
against, in presence of, hence used as dvri tlvos arrival metaph. either in a hostile sense, against, contra, or by way of comparison, where it implies something of equivalent value, and denotes sub;
stitution,
exchange, requital, &c.
by way of substitution, instead
of,
Luke
11. 11
1.
in place of,
dvri IxOvos
Jam. 4. 15 dvri rod \4yeiv vfxds. As implying succession, Matt. 2. 22 ocpiv,
'ApxeAaos
fiao'iAevei
d.vri
'Hpcbdov.
^
T* So John 1. 16 i\dfiojj.ev X^Q IV X^piros, one favour in place of or after another, grace upon grace, i. e. most abundant grace. 2. by way of exchange, requital,
avriOeos, dvrd^ios.
dvrif&dW(ti,f. ^a\oo,to throw in one's turn, as a weapon in N. T. metaph. of words, to cast backwards and forwards, trans, i. e. to converse, Luke ;
24. 17.
dvTLBiaridrjfjii, to place or dispose over against ; in N. T. mid. dvridiaride/naL, to oppose one's self, be adverse, 2 Tim. 2. 25.
dvrtfiiKos,
ov,
6,
an
{dvri, BIkt)),
7]
opponent, accuser, e. g. the plaintiff in a suit at law, Matt. 5. 25 hence genr. any adversary, enemy (= e%;
'
Bp6s),
Luke
dvrideo'i
18. 3.
ecus,
s,
i)
thesis, opposition,
(avTiridrjiuLi), anti-
Tim.
1
6.
20 dvri-
decreis rr)s ^/evdcovv/uiov yvcbcreoos,
i.
e.
opposite opinions, contrary positions or doctrines, &c.
dvTLKadia'TT)
(mi,
f.
dvTiKaracTT7)a(i> t
in the transitive tenses, to put in place of another, oppose ; in N. T. aor. 2 intrans. to resist, stand firm against, absol. Heb. 12. 4.
dvTiKaAect>, turn,
i.
e.
co,
f.
ecra>,
to invite in
to a feast, trans.
Luke
14. 12.
avriKEL/jLai, f. Keiaofiai, to lie opposite ; in N. T. to oppose, be adverse or repugnant to, foil, by dat. Gal. 5. 17 6 dvTiKcifxevos an adversary, op;
equivalent, &c. in consideration of, on poser, with dat. Luke 13. 17 ; or account of ; spoken a) of price, for, absol. 1 Cor. 16. 9. Heb. 12. 16 dvri figucrecas fiias. b) of persons, for whom, for the sake of dvriKpv, adv. (dvTt), opposite to, over whom, or in behalf of whom, any against, with gen. Acts 20. 15. thing is done, Matt. 17. 27. c) of dvTi\afA&dvo), f. Ki)y\jofxaL, to take in turn ; in N. T. mid. avTiKafx^dvofxai, retribution, for, Matt. 5. 38 ocpdaKto take to one's self, take part in, ind) of the cause, p.bs dvri ocpdaAfxov. account terest one's selffor, foil, by gen. a) &c. on motive, occasion, of, spoken of things, 1 Tim. 6. 2 ol rrjs because of, Heb. 12. 2 dvri rr)s x a P^ evepyeo'tas dvri\afjil3av6iJ.evoi, i. e. on account of the joy ; Eph. 5. 31 dvri who also are partakers of, devoted for this, i. e. this rovrov because of '
;
37
avTikiyb)
the good cause ;' others, by Heb) of braism, firmly attached to. to,
persons,
Luke 1. 54. dvriXiyw, f. to
Acts
relieve,
e|o>,
45
13.
with dat. or absol. e.
i.
a) to contra-
foil,
;
Luke
infin. to deny,
dvmrepav,
adv. (dvri, irepav), over on the opposite shore, &c. Luke 8. 26, where some mss. read dvrnrega.
by
p.i)
20. 27.
with b) /o
dvr i7ri7TTa>,
f.
Treffov/xai,
pr. to fall
oppose, disobey, to contemn or revile,
against or upon, i. e. in a hostile manner in N. T. metaph. to oppose,
John
resist, strive
19. 12.
ayTtA^iJ/iS,
€cos,
t)
(avriXafifidvoo),
relief; in N. T., by meton. of abstract for concrete, a helper, reliever, 1 Cor. 12. 28, where it refers to those appointed to take care of the poor and sick, i. e. the Sidicovoi, both male and female. aid,
dvriXoyia, diction, strife,
i.
against, with dat.
Acts
7.51.
avricrrpar^vofiai, mid. dep. (dvri, arparsvo)), pr. to lead out an army against; in N. T. metaph. to oppose,
Rom.
7. 23.
(avri\£y 00), contra-
a) controversy, question,
to set one's self against, oppose, resist,
as,
e.
;
avrirdo'cru}, f. £o>, to draw up an army, arrange in battle-array against in N. T. mid. avrirdo-aofxai, metaph.
Heb.
7)
b) contumely,
6. 16.
reproach, 12. 3.
dvriXoidogea),
dvriXvrpov,
^Jo"w, to revile
in
ou,
ro (dvri, Xvrpov),
ransom, price of redemption, 1 Tim. 2. 6 dvriXvrgov virep iravroov, comp. Matt. 20. 28 Xvrpov avrl ttoXX&v.
avrip.er q4go,
absol.
Acts
18. 6
;
with dat.
Rom.
13. 2. 00, f.
turn, 1 Pet. 2. 23.
00,
f. t)o~cc,
to
measure
out again or in turn, absol. Luke 6. 38, i. e. metaph. put for to repay, requite, to render like for like.
dvTifjLKrdia, as, 7) (dvri, fiiaOos), retribution, recompense, ivages ; spoken of punishment, Rom. 1. 27 of reward, 2 Cor. 6. 13 rrjv avrijv dvri;
fjuaOiap irXarvvdrjrc
/cat
fyuels,
i.
e.
by way of recompense, open ye your hearts towards me in the same manner as I have done to you. 3
plain between Caesarea and Jerusalem. against,
speak against,
dict,
protect,
aid,
to
hvvcpog
dvrirviros, ov,6,
7), adj. (dvri, rvnos), a blow or impression, i. e. resisting hard, solid; in N. T. dvri in compos, sometimes implies resemblance,
correspondence, hence formed after a type or model, like, corresponding and neut. dvrirvirov, used as a subst., antitype, that which corresponds to a
Heb. 9. 24. dvrixgio~Tos, ov, type,
6,
an
antichrist,
lit.
an opposer of Christ ; found only in John's epistles, and there defined to be, collectively, all who deny that Jesus
is
Messiah
the Messiah, is
come in the
and that flesh, 1
the
John
2. 18.
draw out, as water, wine, &c, absol. and trans. John 2. 8, 9.
dvrXico,
a>, f. 7)0- ca
(frvrXos), to
as, 7], Antioch, the name of two cities in N. T. 1. Antioch of ^vrXTj/jia, aroSf r6 (dvrXeco), what is Syria, situated on the river Orondrawn ; in N. T. a bucket, i. e. any tes its modern name is Antakia. vessel for drawing water, John 4. 11. 2. Antioch of Pisidia, so called bedvrocpOaXfJLeco, a>, f. 7\croo (dvri, bcpcause it was attached to that prodaXfios), to look at directly or in the vince, although situated in Phrygia. face; in N. T. used metaph. of a 'Aj/Tioxevs, €cas, 6, a citizen of Anship, to look the wind in the face, i. e. tioch, Acts 6. 5. to bear up against, resist, withstand,
Avri6x^ta,
:
dvTL'Kapipxop.ai,
f.
cXevo-ojuai,
to
pass along over against, i. e. to pass by without stopping, Luke 10. 31.
'Avr'nras, a, 6, Antipas, pr. a martyr, Rev. 2. 13.
'Kvrnrargis,
name
of
Antipatris, pr. of a city of Palestine, situated in a fertile and well-watered
name
itios, 7],
with dat. Acts 27. 15.
&vv$pos,
ov, 6,
7),
adj. (a, vdoop),
wa-
dry places, barren, sandy, desert, Matt. 12.
terless, dry, frvvSgoi rSiroi i.
e.
of boastful deceivers and seducers, who are called iriqyal &vv~ Sgoi 2 Pet. 2. 17, and vecpeXat. oVvBpoi Jude 12, i. e. fountains or
43
:
fig.
£
;
,
38
aVVTCOKpiTOQ
clouds that promise water, but deceive those who rely on them.
dwirSKpiros,
ov, 6,
r),
adj. (a,
viro-
airayyiXkb)
avcorepos, a, ov, compar. higher, superior, used in the neut. as the compar. of av(o, Heb. 10. 8 avcarepov
Xeyuv having said above, before, in the former part of the quotation, cere, Rom. 12. 9. avvirSraKTos, ov, 6, r), adj. (a, viro- a co ^e A 7} s, eos, b, rj, adj, (a, coc/)eAeco), useless, unprofitable, sl) pr. Heb. 7. rda-(Tco), unsubjected, i. e. spoken of 18. b) by impl. injurious, noxious, things, pass, not made subject, Heb. Tit. 3. 9. 2. 8 spoken of persons, act. insubordinate, laivless, refractory, 1 Tim. a^ivf], 7)s, rj ( #7*07x4, inf. &£ai), an Kpivo/uai), unfeigned, real, true, sin-
//
'
;
1.9.
axe, Matt. 3. 10.
adv.
&voo,
up, above, denoting",
place where,
ovgavcp
eV rep
a) ctVco
Acts 2. ] 9. Hence 6, 7), to ctVco, as an adj., what is above, upper, referred to heaven, and therefore heavenly, celestial ; so ra &vw heaven,
John
8.
23
also things above, hea-
;
venly or divine things, Col. 3. 1 Gal. 4. 26 7] dvca lepovo a\r)fjL the celestial Jerusalem; Phil. 3. 14 i) dvco kXtjo'ls the heavenly calling, 4ttov~ gdvios Heb. 3. 1. b) motion to a higher place, upwards, sursum, John 11. 41 2. 7 eW Uvea to the very top or brim. ;
t
,
=
;
dvc&yeov,
ov, t6,
same
as dvdyaiov,
q. v.
&vwQev, adv. (&v,'f. r)o~,
cD,
iicco
f.
(a7T€L6r)s),
not to
suffer one's self to
be persuaded, to
refuse belief, disobedient.
to
i.
e.
disbelieve,
be
a) absol. spoken of the mass, metaph. spoken of the disbelievers in Christ, Acts 14. 2 patriarchs and ancestors of the Jewof those who are disobedient to ish nation fig., 8. 23 tt)p diragy^v God, Heb. 3. 18 hence ol dirsirod 7rj/€VfjLaros the first-fruits of the Orja'avres unbelievers, i. e. pagans, Spirit, i, e. his first gifts, the earnest 11. 31. b) foil, by dat. of person or of future and still higher gifts. thing, e. g. rep viol John 3. 36 rrj b) spoken of persons, first in time, dXrjdeia Rom. 2. 8. first in any thing, i. e. the first of whom any particular thing may be direiO'fis, eos, ovs, 6, r), adj. (a, 7rei0a>), unwilling to be persuaded, refusing predicated, a firstling, Rom. 16. 5 belief and obedience, contumacious, os io'rip diragxb ttjs A),
without distraction or solicitude, i. e. about earthly things, 1 Cor. 7. 35.
f.
CLcpQcc
(dir6, exo>).
1.
to
hold offfrom ; in N. T. a) mid. direXop.ai, to hold back o?ie's selffrom, i. e. to abstain, refrain from, with gen. or foil, by dw6, Acts 15. 20. b) intrans. to be distant from, be absent, suppl. eavrov, &c, Luke 7. 6 fig. spoken of the heart, &c, Matt. 15. 8 7] KagSm avrwv iroppeo direx^ ^•7r' ^uow their heart is far from me, i. e. they do not :
reverence nor regard me. have off or out, i. e. to have all one's due, so as to cease from having any more, to have received in 2. to
that
is
:
:
42
aTTKJTEU)
spoken of reward or wages
full;
Matt.
irapaK\7) recepof a guest, &c. in N. T. metaph. assent, approbation, praise,
tion, pr.
adj. (a7ro5e%o-
Tim.
airodiopi£oo, f. tea), pr. to set off by bounds; in N. T. metaph. to divide off, separate, eavrovs Jude 19, i. e. to create schisms, acpopifa Gal. 2. 12.
;
off,
a) to tithe, levy tithes sc. of
persons, Heb. 7. 5. b) tithes of, Matt. 23. 23. fiai),
1
6. 4, al.
5. 4.
mid. depon.,
pr. to take from another for one's self; hence genr. to receive, trans. a) spoken of persons, to receive as a
friend or guest, bid welcome, trans.
1
Tim.
1.
;
15.
airdOecris, ecos, r) {airoridi)fj.i), a putting off, laying aside, metaph. 1 Pet.
3.21. cnrodrjKTi,
tjs, t)
where any thing
(aTroriOrj/JLt),
a place
is laid up, a reposi-
;
46
a7ro6i](Tavpi^ii)
airoKaXvxlsiQ
tory ; in N. T. spoken of grain, &c, a granary, storehouse, barn, Matt.
into a
3. 12.
spoken
and
dvco),
KaracrrTjo-ou, to
f.
former
put back
state, restore, trans.
a) of restoration to health,
&c. Matt. 12. 13. b) of the Jewish kingdom, government, &c, which the Messiah was expected to restore Tim. 6. 19. and enlarge, Matt. 17. 11. c) of reair o 6 \i/3 ca, f. \|/a>, to press from every storation to one's friends and counside, to crowd, absol. Luke 8. 45. ty* e g- fr° m prison, Heb. 13. 19. Q.iroQwr)GK(»}, f. airoOavov/uai, aor. 2 airoKaXvTTTw, f. to uncover ; in airsQavov, to die, intrans. i. e. through N. T. metaph. to reveal, disclose, bring aTTodrjcravpi^o}, f. Io~oj, to treasure away, lay up in store, in N. T. fig. 1
*
\j/(*>,
the force of
'
cwrj, to die
out, expire,
become quite dead; hence stronger than dvfjorKca, though generally used synonymously with and instead of it. a) spoken of persons, &c. Matt. 9. 24; Rev. 14. 13 ol eV Kvplcp airodvr]o~KovT€s who die in the Lord, i. e« in devoted fidelity to him Rom. 14. 7, 8 ;
eaxrr$
.
.
.
rep ttvpiw airoOvfjcnceii' to
die to or for one's self, to or for the
Lord, i. e. * both in life and in death we belong not to ourselves, but to the Lord, and are bound to glorify him ;' 6. 10 airedave rrj a/utapria he died for sin, i. e. on account of it. Spoken of a violent death, to be put to death, be killed, perish, &c, Matt. 26. 35 of the of animals, 8. 32 ;
;
a) genr. Matt. 10.
to light, trans,
26
so in the passive, of things
:
which become known or manifest by their effects, 2.
35
diaAoyic/jLoi
e. g.
Luke
/3pa%iW Kvplov John 12. 38 ogyy) ©eou Rom. 1.
;
;
SiKaiovvvn
.
.
.
17, 18; SofTj 8. 18; crcoTiipla 1 Pet.
5 1 Cor. 3. 13 iv nvpl airoitaXvTc-' rerai be revealed by fire, i. e. be tried, I.
;
proved, made known Gal. 3. 23 lisWovaav Trier iv airoKaXvipdrivai, ;
until
Christ,
the
t)\v i.
e.
object of faith,
should be revealed, b) spoken of things revealed from God, i, e. taught, communicated, made known by his Spirit and influences, Matt. I I. 25 1 Cor. 14. 30, supply t\ airb rod &€ov of things revealed from God through Christ, Matt. 11. 27 through Paul, Gal. 1. 16. c) spoken of persons, in the pass., to be re;
;
punishment of death, John
19. 7.
;
b) of vegetable
John
24
life, e.
g. seeds, to
of trees, to wither, die, metaph. Jude 12. c) in an inchoative sense, to be dying, i. e. to be near to death, Luke 8. 42 or to be exposed to death, be in danger of death, 1 Cor. 15. 31 also to be subject to death, be mortal, Rom. 5. 15; Heb. d) metaph. Rev. 7. 8 mortal men. 3. 2 airo8vi](rK£iv tlvl or airo twos to die to or from any thing, i. e. to renounce, forsake, Col. 2. 20 airo toov crroLxzitov, 3. 3 aireOdveTc yap i. e. to?s iirl rrjs yrjs to earthly things; Gal. 2. 19 tg? vo/j.q>, i. e. the Mosaic law Rom. 6. 2 rfj afxapria, which supply also in v. 7, 8. e) metaph. rot,
12.
;
;
;
;
;
vealed,
i.
e. to
appear,
e. g.
of Christ's
appearing from heaven, Luke 17. 30 of antichrist, 2 Thess. 2. 3. airoKaXvxpLS, cods, t) (airoKaXvirTO)), an uncovering ; in N. T. metaph. a) of the removal of the veil of ignorance and darkness, by the communication of light and knowledge, ;
illumination, instruction,
Luke
32.
2.
b) in the sense of revelation, disclosure, manifestation, e. g. of that
which becomes event,
Rom.
2.
manifest
by the
5 i)p.epa airoKaXvypecDS
day of manifestation of God's wrath, i. e. when it will be manifested 8. 19 airoKaAvtyis tu>v vlojv tov ©eoC airoK. tt)s dSi-rjs twv vtcov tov ®eov, ;
for ever, to come under condemnation of eternal death, i. e. exclusion from Christ's kingdom, and subjection to eternalpunishmentfor sin, same as the second death Rev. 20. 14; John 6. 50, where airoBdvn is contrasted with ^crercu ets tov 11. 26, comp. ver. 25, aicova, ver. 51 where physical and eternal death are distinguished. to die
;
airoKaQio'Trip.i
(also
aTtoKaQiaTdoo
i.
e.
=
the manifestation, disclosure, of
the glorious liberty, bliss, of the sons of God so of that which before was unknown and concealed, especially the divine mysteries, purposes, doctrines, &c. 16. 25; of revelations from God or Christ, 2 Cor. 12. 1, Eph. 1. 17 TTvevfia airoKaXvif/ecos a spirit of revelation, i, e. which :
47
airoKanacoKia
can fathom and unfold the deep
spoken of future things of God 1. c) in the sense events, Rev. 1. of appearance, and spoken of Christ's appearance from heaven, 2 Thess. :
1. 7, al.
as,
(airoKapado-
t)
Keoi), earnest expectation,
air o Kar aXXdcr a
Rom.
oo, f. £a>, lit.
i.
16
2.
;
by
els
aTroKardcrTao'is, ews, Tf]fj.i),
to
reconcile, trans., foil,
e. to
Eph.
8. 19.
change ano-
to
from one state of feeling, &c. dat.
62 to an entreaty, exproposition, 4.4, al. saep. hortation, by way of contradiction, denial, &c, b) by Hebr., to pro3. 15, al. saep. ceed to speak, i. e. either to continue or the discourse, Matt. 11. 25, al. begin to speak, to frequently more probably with reference to what another had already said, 17.4, saepiss. so of an interrogation, 27. 21, comp. Mark 14. 61 where epoordoc. sation, 26.
;
;
aTTOKapadoKia,
ther,
airokanfiavh)
Col.
1.
restoration, restitution,
21
3.
e.
i.
to
XP^ 0L
air oKaraarda zoos iravroiv the
time of the restoration of all things, i. e. the Messiah's future kingdom, Kaigol
=
auaxf/v^oos, v. 19.
a7r^/c6t^ai,
away,
ciaofxai, to be laid
f.
Luke
laid up, sc. for preservation,
ews,
QLiroKpLCT is,
(anoKadia-
7}
a former state, Acts
by
20.
answer, reply, airoKpvTvroo,
(awoKpivofJLai),
7]
Luke to
f. tyoo,
2.
an
47.
hide away, con-
metaph. to hide, i. e. not to reveal, foil, by oltto with gen. of pers. 11. 25; absol. 1 ceal, trans.
Cor.
Matt. 25. 18
:
2. 7.
a7r6Kpv(j)0S, ov, 6, t), adj. (airoKpinrtw), hidden away, concealed, a) meb) by impl. laid taph. Mark 4. 22. up in store, fig. Col. 2. 3.
19.20: metaph. to be in store for, await any one, with dat. of pers. airoKTtivo) (later forms also ottokspoken of rewards, Col. 1. 5 revoo and airoKrivvoo), f. olttoktsvoo, of death, Heb. 9. 27. aor. 1 air€KT€Lva, aor. 1 pass. airtKrddrjv, to put to death, trans, a) pr. aTroK€,
person who had the direction, &c. of an entertainment, John 2. 8.
ungodly,
vos), the master of a feast,
agx®) in
i.
e.
? w (^px^)* t° begin* be first thing; in N. T. to be first in
f*
any
rank, dignity, &c. i. e. to ride, reign, with gen. Mark 10. 42 mid. &p%ofioLL, to begin, intrans. and foil, by an infin. expressed or implied, a) genr. Matt. 4. 17 %|aro k7]qv(to-€iv, alibi saep. Luke 3. 23 r)v 6 lr]aovs cocrel ircov TQLOLKovra apxo^vos, where the gen. etwv may be governed by durjp understood, or by dpx^^vos. By Heb., emphatic, and implying difficulty, &c. to attempt, undertake, venture, Mark 6. 7. b) part, dp^d^vos, with infin. and diro foil, by gen., beginning from, expressing the terminus a quo, the point of departure in a narration, transaction, &c. Matt. :
dirb
absol.)
&PX&V, power
:
so the verb,
1
ovros, 6 (&px), one first in or authority ; hence a ruler,
a chief person ; genr. Matt. 20. 25 spoken of the Messiah as King of kings, Rev. 1. 5 of Moses as a judge, Acts 7. 27, as the leader of Israel, ver. 35 of magistrates of any kind, e. g. the highpriest, 23. 5 of civil judges, 16. 19 of a ruler of the synagogue, Luke 8.41 of persons of influence among the Pharisees and other sects at Jerusalem, who also were members of of the chief of the sanhedrim, 14. 1 the fallen angels, Satan, 11. 15. lord, prince,
:
;
;
;
impiously,
ment, Rom.
;
Jude
be
15.
aaeAyeia,
4. 5.
as,
(acreAyy)s),
t)
excess,
intemperance, in any thing, e.g. a) in words, &c. arrogance, insolence, Mark 7. 22. b) in general conduct, unbridled licentiousness, 2 Pet. 2. 2 rats ao-eAytiais in later eds. for rals a7r(t)A€iais. c) particularly wantonness, lasciviousness, Rom. 13. 13 : in a wider sense, debauchery, dissoluteness in general, Eph. 4. 19. ao"n/uos, ov, out
mark
6,
adj. (a, crifxa), with-
in N. T. metaph. obscure,
;
ignoble, mean, s
i),
Acts 21. 39.
A(T77p,6,indec.^.9/2er,Heb. 'blessed,' the eighth son of Jacob, Luke 2. 36.
acrdeveia,
as,
?;
(aa6€Pr)s),
want of
strength, infirmity, weakness, viz. a) 2 Cor. 11. 30 ra genr. Rom. 6. 19 ;
—
ttjv ao~B4veidv aaQeveias p.ov spoken of the weakness and infirmity of human nature generally, 13. 4. b) spec, infirmity, e. g. of the
rrjs
Pet. 4. 17.
to
(aorefiys),
1.9; implying exposure to punish-
3
20. 8 aTTodbs avro7s dp^dfxevos
live
i]aoi>
acejSTjs, eos, ovs, 6, r), adj. (a, ce/3ofJLai), impious, ungodly, wicked, 1 Tim.
;
twv icrxdrow beginning from or at the last; Luke 24. 47 dp^d^vov airb lepovcraXrj/j. (where the neut. is the case
f.
co,
[xov
:
body, disease, sickness, Matt. 8. 17 Luke 13.11 irpev/iia aadeveias, i. e. an c) fig. evil spirit causing disease, of the mind, feebleness, want of energy, 1 Cor. 2. 3. d) by impl. sorrow,
producing depression and perplexity of mind, Rom.
affliction, distress,
8. 26.
;
aadeveco,
spices,
aros, r6 (&pca), an aromatic,
John
19. 40.
indec. Asa, Heb. * medicus,' a king of Judah, Matt. 1. 7.
'Atrd,
6,
(aaOevr)s), to
strength, be feeble, viz. a) 8.
3 4v
i.
e.
;
&pa>ljux,
co,i. r)(Tco
§
genr.
rjaOej/ei in that it
want
Rom.
was weak,
unable to restrain the carnal
so to be accounted iveak, 4. b) spec, to be infirm in body, be sick, labour under disease, c) fig. of the Matt. 10. 8, saepe.
appetites 2 Cor. 13.
mind,
to
:
be feeble-minded, faint-
57
arrOivrifJia
hearted,
Hebr.,
2 Cor. 11. 21: by i. e. to weak-minded, be
timid, to
doubt, hesitate, vacillate,
;
;
Acts 20. 35.
aaQsvqs,
15. 1.
eos, ovs, 6,
t),
adj. (a, o~6e-
a)*genr. Matt. 26. 41 t) aapt aaQevi]s eari the flesh is weak, i. e. unequal to the task: including the idea of imperfection, Heb. 7. 18 so neut. as subst. 1 Cor. 1. 25 ro acrOeves rov &€ov, ver. 27 Ta acrQevr) rod k6o-{xov, spoken of men. b) spec. infirm in body, sick, diseased, Matt. 25. 39. c) fig. of the m'md, faintimplyhearted, timid, 2 Cor. 10. 10 ing a want of decision and firmness, weak-minded, i. e. doubting, hesitating, vacillating, either in opinion or faith, 1 Cor. 8. 7. d) by impl. afflicted, distressed, by oppression, calamity, &c. 1 Cor. 4. 10: in a moral sense, wretched, diseased, Rom. 5. 6 viz.
;
:
tviwv
rj/ueov 7)p.tov
'Act i a, as,
t),
acrdeucou
=
d/xaprcoXtou
in v. 8.
Asia,
i.
e.
in N. T. Asia
Minor, comprehending the provinces of Phrygia, Cilicia, Pamphylia, Caria, Lycia, Lydia, Mysia, Bithynia, Paphlagonia, Cappadocia, Galatia, Lycaonia, and Pisidia.
Acts
work up with skill, to exercise, practise, as an art hence in N. T., with the reflexive
ac/cea),
to,
r\o~to,
f.
pron. implied,
any thing,
in
by eV with dat., endeavour, strive, Acts 24. 16.
e. to
clo~k6s, ov,
foil,
a
6,
bottle, i.e.
for water, wine,
Matt.
*&a iav6s, ov, 6, 7], adj. Asiatic, i. e. belonging to Asia Minor, Acts 20. 4. ,
'Acrtapx^s, ov, 6 ('Acta, dgx 00 )) an Asiarch, Acts 19. 31 in the eastern provinces of the Roman empire persons of wealth were annually appointed to preside over the public worship, and to exhibit games and :
to
to exercise one's self
&c,
of skin,
like the ori-
of the present day,
9. 17.
acr/xevtos, adv. (aafxeuos), gladly, with
joy, Acts 2. 41.
daotyos, wise,
i.
ov, 6,
acrird^ofxai,
un-
5. 15.
depon. mid.
d&ofiai,
f.
pr.
(),
adj. (a, o~or cos, adv., dissolutely,
Luke
&c.
av\f)
dr oiros,
15. 13.
draKreco,
to,
disorderly
;
ov, 6,
i),
adj. (a, r6iros), out
absurd, unusual, i. e. evil, improper, strange; in N.T. wicked; spoken of persons, 2 Thess. so 3. 2; of conduct, Luke 23. 41 of noxious, hurtful, the sense evil, in of place,
^cco (dratcros), £o &e in N. T. metaph. /o nef.
glect one's duties, 2 Thess. 3. 7.
e. inept,
i.
:
&TctKTos,
ov, 6,
disorderly,
e.
i.
adj. (a, rao-r. heavily, metaph. with difficulty ; rols Q)0~\ fiapeoos jjKovaaVj
to
'
hear with
difficulty,
be
dull of hearing,' Matt. 13. 15, Acts 28. 27.
a bap-
the Christian
e. the
i.
'
Bapirjo'ovs, ov, 6, Bar-jesus, Heb., the name of a magician, Acts 13. 6.
of vessels,
6. 2.
fiairriar^s, tiser,
i.
metaph., fiefiap-q/xevoi virvcp Luke 9. 32, and with v-kvoo implied Matt. 26. 43; Luke 21. 34 \jtA\Ttore fiapyQwav at Kaodiai v^jloov ev Kpanrd.Xr), lest ye be oppressed through surfeiting,' &c. So i. e. become dull, heavy, stupid. to be oppressed, borne down, as by evils, calamities, &c. 2 Cor. 1.8. In the sense of to be burdened, i. e. by expense, 1 Tim. 5.16 fir] fia.peiaOco rj
rite,
1.
7. 4, 8.
baptism,
2.
Heb.
e.
be heavy, iveighed down, oppressed
BapOoXofxalos, ov, 6, Bartholomew, Heb. son of Tolmai,' the patronymic appellation of one of the twelve, whose proper name seems to have been Nathanael, see John 1. 46, 21. 2.
(fiairrifa). i.
fiapv Vix)
name
'
Bapicavas, a, 6, Bar-jonas, Heb., patronymic appellation of the apostle Peter, Matt. 16.17.
Bapvdfias, a, 6, Barnabas, Heb., surname of Joses, a Levite, who became the chief associate of Paul in his labours, Acts 4. 36, al. saep. (Sagos, eos, ovs, r6, weight; in N. T. only metaph. a) weight, i. e. in reference to its pressure, burden, load, Matt. 20. 12 fiao~rd£eiv rb fidpos rrjs 7]p.epas the burden, i. e. the heavy labour, of the day : spoken of precepts of which the observance is burdensome, Acts 15. 28 of sinful conduct ;
Bap die,
indec. Barak, Heb. * lightning,' pr. name of aman, Heb. 11.32. 6,
Bap ax tcts, of a
ov,6, Barachias, pr.
man, Matt.
name
23. 35.
fidpfiapos, ov, 6, a barbarian, i. e. in ancient usage simply a foreigner, viz. a) one who uses a different language, 1 Cor. 14. 11. bj one ivho does not speak Greek, one not a Greek, Acts 28. 2, where the inhabitants of Melita are so called as speaking a dialect of the Phoenician language Rom. 1. 14 EAA7?o-/ re Kal fiagfidpcis to the Greeks and to those not Greeks. ;
and its consequences, &c. Gal. 1 Thess.
2: in a pecuniary sense, 6 ev fidpei elvai to be burdensome, comp. v. 9, others, honour, authority, b) weight, in reference to its cause, i. e. greatness, abundance, fulness, opulence, 2 Cor. 4. 17 alooviov fidpos d6£r)s for fidpos alwvtov do^7]s, a weight, fulness, of eternal glory.
f.
a>,
only pass. efiap'fjdrjv,
r)(T(o
(fidpos), in
fiapeo^ai,
N. T.
ov/uai, aor. 1 perf. part, fiefiap-qfjievos, to
6.
2.
Bapaafias, of two
men
—
a, 6,
pr.
Barsabas, surname
in N. T.
Baprifxalos,
f/
fiapeco,
trouble, sorrow,
ov, 6,
Bartim&uSflleb.,
name of a blind man, Mark 10. 46.
fiapv v), pr, one who applies the torture; in N. T.
a gaoler, Matt.
18. 34.
fidcavos, ov, rj, pr. a touchstone, the ancient lapis Lydius, for trying metals, &c, hence examination, trial, torture; in N. T. torment, pain, e. g. from disease, Matt. 4. 24; so of punishment, Luke 16. 23. fiacriXeia, as, r) {(SaaiXevs), kingdom, viz. a) dominion, reign, i. e. the exercise of kingly power, Luke 1. 33: so, by meton. of abstr. for concrete, Icings, Rev. 1. 6 in later eds. where text. rec.
has
/3a, f. r)aco (fior), 0eco), pr. to run up at a cry for help, i. e. to advance in aid of any one in N. T. genr. to succour, help, aid, Matt. 15. ;
25, al.
advise
i.
e.
to
f.
N. T.
in
;
evaofiai, to
consult, deter-
mine, deliberate, with one's self, or with one another, a) to consult, deliberate, spoken of a single person, foil, by et, Luke 14. 31. b) to redetermine, purpose, i. e. after deliberation, foil, by accus. 2 Cor. 1.
solve,
17 ter e
Lva,
by infin.
;
John
aor.
Acts
5.
33
;
by
12. 10.
a helper,
fiovXi), rjs, r), a council, senate ; in N. T. counsel, i.e. a) determination, de-
fi60 vv os, ov, 6 (prob. fr. fiaQvvoo), a pit, ditch, i. e. as an emblem of destruction, Matt. 15. 14 in the sense
spoken of God, Luke b)byimpl. 7. 30; of men, 23. 51. spopurpose, plan, &c, Acts 4. 28 ken of secret thoughts, purposes, cogi-
fior) 6 6 s,
Heb.
ov,
6
(fiorjdeco),
13. 6.
cision, decree,
;
of cistern, 12. fio\i),
rjs, r)
11= is, that the latter expresses an active volition and purpose, the former a mere passive desire, propensity, willingness
;
or,
in N. T. by meton. the north, the northern quarter of the heavens,
expresses also the inward predisposition and bent from which the active volition proceeds, and hence is never used of brutes. In N. T. followed by an infin. expressed or implied, either of the aor. or pres. once also with the subjunct., John
Luke
18. 39.
bial expression.
(contr. for fiopeas), pr. the north or north- north- east wind;
fioppas,
a, 6
13. 29.
fZ6crKa),
f.
fioo-Kr)o'(0,
to pasture,
while grazing, trans.
;
mid.
tend
fiocrtco-
feed, i. e. to be feeding or grazing, Matt. 8. 30: metaph. of a fxai,
to
Christian teacher,
John
21. 15.
to
instruct,
&c.
fiovXofiat
a)
spoken of men,
ing, to incline, be disposed,
to be will-
Mark
15.
in the sense of to have in 15, al. mind, intend, purpose, Matt. 1. 19 so in a stronger sense, to desire, aim in the sense of to at, 1 Tim. 6. 9 :
;
:
choose, please, prefer, decide,
H
John
IS.
74
jSovvoc
fipOHTLQ
39 : as implying command or direction, to will, i. e. to direct, foil, by accus. and infin., Phil. 1. 12 j6ouAofjicu,
'
e.
i.
my
Luke
;
3.15 cl-ko fipicpovs, i. e. from infancy: metaph. of those who have just embraced the Christian religion, 1 Pet.
Jude 5 I will that b) spoken of God,
is
it
a child yet unborn, a foetus, 1. 41. b) usually, an infant, babe, suckling, Luke 2. 12 so 2 Tim.
a) of
will
;'
inro/avrja'aL vfias j3ov\ojULai
ye call
same
mind,
to
as OeXcc, to will,
i.
e.
to please,
appoint, decree, Luke 22. 42 of Jesus, as the Son of God, Matt. 11. 27 of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 12. 11. ;
2. 2.
figex®) £
Luke
;
fiovs, /3oos,
6,
7),
an ox or cow,
i.e.
animal of the ox kind, Luke
an
wards of a future €vo"Go,
f.
life,
Phil. 3. 14.
pr. to he d ppa-
a director, arbiter, in the public games ; in N. T. to rule, govern, metaph. to prevail, abound, ini.
e.
trans. Col. 3. 15.
woo (fipadvs),to be slow,
figafivvoo, delay, intrans. 2 Pet. 3. 9 ov fipadvv€L 6 Kvpios T7)s iirayyeXias the Lord f.
will not be tardy, slack, in respect to his promise,
— others,
the
promise will not be slack,
Lord of the i.
:
13. 15.
@pafie7ov, ov, to (fipafievs), a prize, bestowed on victors in the public games of the Greeks, such as a wreath, chaplet, garland, &c. 1 Cor. 9. 24: metaph. spoken of the re-
fievs,
;
James
thunder, Mark 3. 17 viol $povT7~}s, see in Boavepyes.
Co,
7)0*00
f.
(fipadvs,
Acts 27.
ir\ea>), to sail slowly,
7.
e?a, v, pr. slow, Jam. 1. 19 metaph. slow of understanding, heavy,
fipadvs,
:
Luke
PpadvT7]s,
i.
impose on you any necessity.
e.
fipvyiios, ov, 6 (/3pu%o>), a grating or gnashing, i. e. of the teeth, Matt. 8. the image is drawn from a 12, al. person in a paroxysm of envy, rage, pain, &c, comp. Acts 7. 54. :
figvx 00 £ *
/3pa%us,
eta, v, short,
ever
small; spoken
a) of time, Luke 22. 58 fxtra figaxv, b) of place, Acts i. e. a little after, fig. of rank or dignity, Heb. 27. 28 i a little 2. 7 ^goL%v tl irap ayyeAovs, lower than the angels,' said of Jesus c) of quantity or during his life. number, small, few, John 6. 7 /3pa%u
the
e.
be full, abound, over-
is
in
;
aTOs, to
fip a>p.a,
whatsolid food of
(fiifipooo'Ktt)),
eaten, food,
i. e.
meat or vegetables, and hence opp.
,
arm, Lat. brachium; in N.T., by meton., strength, might, power, Luke 1.51.
vcrco, to
i.
7. 54.
N. T. trans, to pour forth, emit largely, spoken of a fountain, Jam. 3. 11.
a) pr. Matt.
to milk, 1 Cor. 3. 2.
14. 15; spoken of meats permitted by the Mosaic law, Heb. 9. 10 of meats of which Jewish Christians ;
scrupled to
ovos, 6, the
'>
f.
Acts
intrans.
flow,
in respect to his promise.
$pax'i(JdV
£ w > to grate, gnash,
teeth, trans.
slow7] ness, tardiness, 2 Pet. 3. 9 oos rives fipadvrrJTa rffovvrai as some consider it tardiness, i. e. that the Lord delays (figadvs)
r),
/3po%os, ov, 6, a noose, snare, 1 Cor. 7. 35 ovx iVa $g6x®v v/jap e7nj8aAco not that I would cast a noose over you,
24. 25.
rrJTOS,
rjs,
/3poxr),7Js,7) (/Bpexv), in later usage, rain, Matt. 7. 25, 27.
fipvoo,
fipadvirXoeoo,
5. 17.
fipovT?),
to ful-
e.
fil it.
stupid,
6.
uW
3. 5.
figafievoo,
44; Rev. 11.
7. 38,
cause to rain, same in the Attic poets and later as prose writers in N, T. absol. Matt. foil, by accus. 5. 45 6 ®€bs jS/)6%€i Luke 17. 29 with the subject implied, as in English it rains, &c,
ground,
ov, 6, a hill, rising
wet, moisten,
to rain, to
2.
;
$ovv6s,
Luke
trans.
to
1.
{&>•
eat,
Rom.
14. 15.
b)
metaph. aliment, sustenance, nourishment, John 4. 34 ifxbv fipobjuLa, i. e. that by which I live, in which I '
delight;' 1 Cor. 10. 3 ftpcc/ma irvevP.cltik6v spiritualfood, i. e. the manna, as an emblem of spiritual nourish-
:
Heb. 13. 22 8ta /3pa%€W, few ivords, briefly. eos, ovs, t6, a child ; spoken
tl a little i.
;
e. \6yoov, in
fipe-pos,
ment
or instruction.
fipd)o~ifAos,
eatable, (jlop
ov,
Luke
6,
adj.
7],
(fiowo'is),
24. 41 exere tl figooai-
have ye any food?
i.
a is, eoos, 7] (fiifipcco~Koo), eating, a) of the act of eating, e. spoken
1
Cor.
13
poo
8.
4;
2 Cor.
9.
10 ipros
els
TaXiXaloQ
75
fivQl'C it)
erosion,
an inhabitant of the city ofGadara,
corrosion, abstr. for concrete, Matt. 6. 19 a)]s KaX fipwcns moth and cor-
the fortified oapitalof Peraea, or the region east of the Jordan, Mark 5.1.
fip&criv
bread
rosion,
i.
James
5. 2,
food,
eaten,
27
6.
e.
eat
to
:
fig.
corroding rust, comp. b) of that which is 3.
=
(a) pr.
fipcofxa.
John
TTjV fip&GlV TT}U aTToWv/JLtVTJV,
food for the body; Rom. 14. ov ydo icrnv 7} jScunAefa rod &eov 17
i.
e.
Td(a,
r]s, 7),
or state,
a treasury,
Acts
of a king
e.
i.
8. 27.
Gaza, Heb. ' the strong,' a celebrated city of the Philistines, II.
Acts
8.
26.
Ta£o x erai shall then Christ come out of Galilee? Acts 8. 31 ttcos yaq av ^vvai[xy]v how can /then ? 19. 35 ris ,
ydp ear iv
6 avdpojiros
Rom. ydp what then is
there?
what man THEN 18 ri in a strong
3. 3, Phil. ?
(13)
affirmation or negation,
1.
John
9.
30
—
;
y cut
eV yap TovTCf) davfiaarSp eo'ri TRULY herein, or herein then, is a strange thing; 1 Pet. 4. 15 /jlt] yap ris v/xcou Traax^ca let then no one of you sufActs 16.37 ob yap' &\\a fer, &c.
words, and thus fixing the attention upon it, e. g. a part in reference to a whole, a single object in reference to many, a less in reference to a greater, and vice versa ; hence it often cannot be rendered in English, but must be expressed by a stronger
;
then
no indeed
kt\, no (7) in exclamations, as of wishing, with the optative, 2
!
Tim.
7 Scpy
2.
!
yap
croi
emphasis in pronunciation, &c. its general meaning is at least, indeed, even, &c. I. used alone, a) as marking a less in reference to a greater, at least, &c, Luke 11. 8, though he will not give him because he is his friend [the greater reason], hid ye ttjv avaifieiav avrov yet at least because of his importunity [the lesser reason] he will rise, &c. so 1 Cor. 4. 8 ocpeAoy ye I could wish at least, b) as marking a greater in reference to a less, &c. e even, indeed, Rom. 8. 32 6s ye who
6
:
may God then give thee, &c. more usually el ydp that 1
tcvpios
— so
Sept. Job 6. 2, 8. d) 'put by way of explanation, or demonstratively ; (a) where it merely takes up a preceding annunciation, and continues or explains it, like the Engl, namely, to wit, that is to say, though it is often not to be translated so after ovrcas, Matt. 1. 18 rod
;
;
5e 'lycrov Xpiarov
rj
yeuecris ovrcos
lxvt]a TevQeicrr)s
yag
(where some
eds.,
,
only
Tecewv
77
Trip
i\v'
kt\ however, have
rrjs /j.7}Tpbs
/jLvrjarevdeicr^s rrjs /J.r}rp6s), the
even.
birth of Jesus Christ was thus, viz. mother being espoused, &c. ()8)
II.
in
connexion with other aX\d ye or aWaye
his
particles,
in a less strict sense, where it introduces, by way of explanation, the ground or motive of what precedes,
yet at least, yet surely,
for, that is to say, since, &c, Matt. 6. in which sense it serves to 7, al. ;
introduce parenthetic clauses,
Mark
42, ssep.
5.
other particles, where, however, each retains its own with
II.
separate force and signification, e. g. £av ydp for if, Matt. 5. 46 el ydp for l8ov yap for lo, Luke if, Rom. 3. 7 1. 44 Kal ydpfor also, for even, Matt. 26. 73 so yap Kaifor also, Acts 17. 28 Kal ydp ovKfor neither, 1 Cor. 1 1. 9 fxlv yag, foil, by hi, for indeed, Rom. 2. 25 also where the clause with de is wholly omitted, 3. 2, or is readily supplied, Heb. 6. 16, comp. v. 13 so foil, by aX\d, Acts 4. 16 ov ydp (XT] yag for not, Jam. 1. 7; for not, Matt. 9. 13, al. ouSe ydp for neither, John 5. 22 ovre ydp for nei;
;
;
;
;
;
;
1
—
:
;
;
;
ther,
Luke
20. 36.
Luke
1.
31
;
hence euyaarpl exeiv
to
Matt. 1. 18. y4, an enclitic particle, serving to strengthen or render more emphatic the word to which it is appended, by placing it in opposition to other be with child,
but indeed, moreover, (j8)
dpaye and
1
Cor.
Luke
digd ye, see in
9.
2
;
24. 21.
apa
1.
and II. (7) efye if at least, if indeed, if so be, &c, foil, by indie, and spoken of what is taken for granted,
c.
Eph.
3.
deed
also,
4. 21 so efye /cat if inwhich, as applying only to what is taken for granted, may be expressed by since, although, Gal. 3. 4 ejfye Kal elKrj, i. e. since [in this case] it is in vain ; 2 Cor. 5. 3 eXye
2
;
:
Kal ev§vo~djJLevoi although being clothed,
we
shall not, &c.
=
now
comp. v.
4.
el 5e fAi), but stronger, el Se/jL-fiye but if not indeed, if otherwise indeed, and serving to annul the preceding proposition, whether affirmative or negative so after an affirmation,
(5)
;
but if not, otherwise, Luke 10. 6 13. 9 after a negation, where it consequently affirms, if otherwise, else, &c. 5. 36, 37. (e) Katye and at ;
;
Luke
19.42; and even, yea even, Acts 2. 18. (0 Kairoiye =/caiTOi, but stronger, though indeed, John least,
yao~TT)p, repos, by sync, rpos, 7), the belly ; hence a) in N. T. tig. and by meton. of abstr. for concr., a glutton, gormandiser, Tit. 1. 12. b) the womb,
(a)
(77) fxevovvye —(jLevovv, but stronger, yea indeed, yea truly, &c, Luke 11.28. (6) p.-i]Tiye =fx^ri, but stronger, not to say then, much more then, 1 Cor. 6. 3. r e 5 e & v, 03v os, 6, Gideon, Heb. a cutter-off,' the deliverer of Israel from the Midianites, Heb. 11. 32.
4. 2.
'
:
yetwa
78
yeevva, rjs, rj, gehenna, Heb. valley of Hinnom,' i. e. the place of punish'
ment
in hades, or the world of the dead, Tdprapos 2 Pet. 2. 4, Kipu/7j
=
rod irvp6s Rev. 20. 14, rb irvp rb alsimply yeevva, 5. oiviov Matt. 25. 41 29 yeevva rod irvpos gehenna of fire, 5. 22 yeevva, rb irvp rb dcrfiecrrov Mark 9. 43: Matt. 23. 15 vlbv ye:
;
;
evvns son of gehenna, i. e. worthy of punishment in gehenna; 23.33 apiy. condemnation to gehenna therefore a place of eternal fire and of thick darkness, comp. Jude 6. 13. The valley of Hinnom skirts Jerusalem on the south, and runs westward from the valley of Jehoshaphat under Mount Zion here the ancient Israelites established the worship of Moloch, to whom they sacrificed their infants this worship was broken up and the place desecrated by Josiah, after which it became the receptacle for all the filth of the city, as also for the carcasses of animals and the dead bodies of o*ls rrjs
it is
;
:
malefactors
left
unburied, to con-
sume which fires appear to have been from time
to time
kept up.
It
was
ytvecrig fig.
Acts
terity ?
33
8.
OLriyfjcrerai i.
t)]v
who
the
e.
yeveav aurov ris
shall declare his pos-
number
of his fol-
lowers, spoken of the Messiah, b) a descent, degree, i. e. in a genealogical line of ancestors or descendants, Matt. 1. 17 ter. c) spoken of the period of time from one descent to another, i. e. the average duration of human life, reckoned apparently by the ancient Hebrews at 100 years (comp. Gen. 15. 16 with Ex. 12. 40, 41), by the Greeks at three generations for every 100 years, i. e. 33 1 years each ; hence in N. T. of a less definite period, aw age, time, period, day, &c. as ancient generations, i. e. times of old, &c. Acts 14. 16 of future ages, Luke I. 50 els yeveas yevecov to generations of generations, i. e. to the remotest ages 16. 8 els r\\v yevzhv rrjv eavrwv, i. e. l are wiser in their day,'' so far as it concerns this life, d) meton. spoken of the men of any generation or age, those living in any one period, a race, class, e. g. 77 yevea avrrj the present generation, Matt. II. 16, saep. spoken of a former generation, Acts 13. 36; of the fu-
—
;
;
:
also called Tophet, i. e., probably, ture, Luke 1. 48. place of burning, i. e. dead bodies, &c. By an easy metaphor, the Jews yeveaXoyeco, S>, f. 'fjcrca (yeved, Xetransferred the name to the place of 7J/ (?) °f miracles and the like, to be wrought, ;
;
'
performed, Acts 4. 22 43,
by
irn6
Luke
9. 7.
;
foil,
by
(5) of a
81a 2.
pro-
81
ytpofxai
yivoficu
mise, or plot formed, made, Acts 26. 6 so of waste, dirwAeia, Mark 14. 4. (e) of the zw// or desire of any one,
spoken of persons or things which receive any new character or form. (1) where the predicate is a
£o be accomplished, fulfilled,
noun, Matt. rod irarp6s,
;
BeKrjfia
6. 10; cu-n^a Luke 23. 24. of repast, £o be prepared, made a (() ready, John 13. 2 of a judicial investigation, to be made, set on foot, Acts 25. 26 of a change of law, Heb. 7. 12. (tj) of particular days, festi-
Matt.
;
;
vals, &c. to be held, celebrated,
Matt.
persons advanced to any station or office, to be made, constituted, appointed, Col. 1. 23, 25 so (0) of
26. 2.
;
yiveadai
4-ndvoo,
Luke
19. 19.
of be ap(v at the corners of the streets, i. e. where several streets meet, in the most public places Rev. 7. 1 al reccrages ytavlai rrjs yrjs the four corners b) an inte(quarters) of the earth, rior angle, and, by impl., a dark ;
of any thing as taken alone, abstractedly, separate from every thing else, naked, mere, bare, e. g. d) yvfjLvbv kokkov, 1 Cor. 15. 37. metaph. uncovered, open, manifest,
corner,
ken
by ro?s 6(pda\fJLo?s, Heb. 4. 13. yvfAvSrys, ttjtos, r} (yvjuvos), nakedness, a) spoken of the state of one who is scantily clad (see in yvfxvos a. 7), Rom. 8. 35. b) by euphemism, for the parts of shame, fig. Rev. 3. 18. yvvaiKagiov, ov, t6 {ywi]), a little foil,
woman;
in contempt, a weak, silly woman, 2 Tim. 3. 6. fig.,
yvvaiKstos, female,
1
a,
ov (ywi)), womanish,
Pet. 3. 7.
ywi], aiKos, r), voc. yvvai, a woman, one of the female sex, viz. a) genr. Matt. 14. 21, al. ssep. spoken of a young woman, maiden, damsel, Luke 22.57; of an adult woman, Matt. 5. :
b) with a gen., exetv, or the adj. vwavdpos, it implies relation to some man, viz. (a) one betrothed, a bride, but not yet married, Matt. 1. 20 fig. of the church, 28,
al. seep,
:
tj,
6.
corner,
4.
wife,
22 where Ovyarep.
9.
c) spo-
rified/ &c.
woman,
a married
Matt. 5. 31, Rom. 7. 2, al. ssep. (7) 1 Cor. 5. 1 & a stepmother. (5) a widow, with %i)pa, Luke 4. 26 absol. 20. 29. c) in the vocative in a direct address, expressive of kindness or respect, Matt. 15. 28 d> yvvai, comp. (fi)
;
(yv/j.v6s), to be
€v), f. aVa>, tame, trans. Jam. 3. 7. /
dd/jiaAis,
ecas,
7}
to
subdue,
(5a/m£o>), a heifer,
Heb. 9.13. Adjiagis, ifios, 77, Damaris, a woman led by Paul's preaching to embrace Christianity, Acts 17.34. Aa/j.ao~K7)v6s, 77, 6v, belonging to Damascus, a Damascene, 2 Cor. 11. 33.
29 these spirits are spoken of as the authors of evil to mankind, both AafxacKSs, ov, 77, Damascus, Heb., a celebrated city of Syria, probably moral (1 Tim. 4. 1, Jam. 2. 19, comp. the oldest in existence it stands Eph. 6. 12) and physical, viz. by enon the river Chrysorrhoas, in a beautering into a person, thus rendertiful plain open to the south and ing him a demoniac, and afflicting him with various diseases, &c. so east, and bounded on the other sides by mountains, Acts 9. 2, al. in the phrases (a) elo-rjXOev ra Baifidvia eis demons had entered into Adv, 6, indec. Dan, Heb. * a judge,' pr. name of one of Jacob's sons. him, Luke 8. 30. (/3) Saiixoviov e%€^ to have a devil, i. e. to be a demoniac davci^w, f. etcro; (Jidveiov), to lend spoken by (^SaifJLOj/ifeaOcu), 4. 33 money, in N. T. without interest, inthe Jews of Jesus, John 7- 20 of trans. a) genr. Luke 6. 34. b) John the Baptist, Matt. 11. 18. (7) mid. Baveify/jLcu, to cause any one to e£epxzo~0ai e/c or air6 riuos to come out lend money to one's self, i. e. to borMark Matt. 18. 7. 17. e'/c29, of, (5) row money, Matt. 5. 42. /3aAAe*z/ Ta haijxSvia to cast out devils, ddvGiov, ov, r6 (ddvos), a debt, i. e. Matt. 7. 22, saep. pass. 9. 33. (e) for money lent, Matt. 18. 27. where the acts, &c. of demons thus dwelling in persons are spoken of, 8av€La"Trjs, ov, 6 (Saveifa), a credi8.
:
:
—
:
;
:
;
;
Mark
1.
tor,
34.
haLfjL0VL(i)Zi)s, cos, ovs, b, juloulov, e?5os),
7],
pr. god-like, divine; in
N. T. demon-like, Bal/jiccu, ovos,
o,
devilish, 77
(
=
Matt.
8.
Jam.
3. 15.
BaL/j.6uLou),
god ; in N. T. a demon, an devil,
adj. (5at-
a
evil spirit,
ritate, Gal. 5. 15.
and Bdupvov,
tear,
Rev.
haKpvw,
vov, r6,
a
vo-cti
fia,KTvAios,ov, d(8d,KTv\os), a fingerring,
Luke
f.
a>,
t^ctoj
{BairduTj),
to
spend, be at expense, trans. Mark 5. Acts 21. 24 26, absol. 2 Cor. 12. 15 Sairdvno'ov in avrols be at the expense of their sacrifices, i. e. on the completion of a vow in a bad sense, to ;
waste, consume, trans. absol. Jam. 4. 3. 5 a 7T d vt\,
Luke
77s, 77
Luke
15. 14,
(5a7TTa>), expense, cost,
14. 28.
15. 22.
ddfcrvAos, ov, 6, a finger, Matt. 23.4: by meton. d ddfcrvKos rov ®eov for the power of God, Luke 11. 20, comp. Matt. 12. 28 where Truevfia rod 0.
name of a city village near Magdala, Mark 8.10.
AaXfiauovOd, or
41.
:
7. 17, saep.
(daKpv), to shed tears, to weep, intrans. John 11. 35. f.
7.
Aavii]\, 6, indec. Daniel, Heb. ' a judge from God,' pr. name of the celebrated Jewish prophet who lived and wrote at Babylon in the time of the captivity, Matt. 24. 15. ^airaudoi,
31.
SaKVoo, f. d-f)£o/jLai, to bite, sting, trans. in N. T. metaph. to thwart, vex, irSdicpv, vos,
Luke
77,
pr.
AaXfiaria, as, 77, Dalmatia, a province of Europe on the east of the Adriatic sea, forming part of Illy-
5e,
a particle,
standing after one
or two words in a clause, strictly adversative, but more frequently denoting transition, and serving to introduce something else, whether opposite to what precedes, or simply continuative or explanatory; hence, in general, but, and, also, namely, &c. 1. adversative, but, on the cona) trary, on the other hand, &c.
;
u
88
erjtrig
simply, Matt. evxy, efoeXOe
comp.
v. 14,
6
6.
o~b 8e '6rap irpoo--
rb Tap.ie7op, v. 15 17 comp. v. 16, al.
els
v.
so before answers implying contradiction, &c. Luke 12. 14; 13. 8. b) in the formula fxep . . 5e indeed, but, though often not to be rendered in English, Acts 9. 7 23. ssep.
:
.
;
comp. in fxep. continuative, and the like.
8, al.
:
II. also,
but,
now,and,
a) genr.,
and
new paragraph
after introducing a
)ai7TV£(x)
avrbp aire\Qe7v els 'lepovSXv/jia, 26. 35 spoken of what is made necessary by divine appointment, John c 3. 14; 20. 9 6tl fie? avrbp etc peKpcop apao-Tijpcu, Acts 4. 12 eV y Be? ffccdrjpai vfias, al. of things unavoidable, must needs, Matt. 24. 6, Mark 13. 7, Set
:
;
Acts
b) spoken of what is right and proper in itself, or prescribed by law, duty, custom, &c, it is right or proper, one must, it ought, 16.
1.
should,
it
&c, Luke
13. 14, 16,
Mark
18 rod 8e 'I. 13. 14, John 4. 20; of what prudence 3. 1 t)p, 2. 9 would dictate, Acts 27. 21. Acts 6. 1, 2, 8, 9, al. ssep. in this Be7y/j,a, aros, to (fieiKPVfjLL), pr. what way it is sometimes emphatic, espec. is shewn, a sample, specimen ; in N.T. in interrogative clauses, as 2 Cor. an example, warning, Jude 7. 6. 14-16; Gal. 4. 20 rjdeXop 5e / deLyfiari^co, f. io~oo (Se?yjJLa),tomake could wish indeed, b) where it takes an example of, to expose i. e. to shame or sentence, Matt. Xp. 7] yevecns ovtoos
1.
;
;
:
up and carries on a thought that had been interrupted, then, therefore, &c, Matt. 6. 7 Trpocrevxofiepoi Se, John 15. 26, Rom. 5. 8 so in an :
apodosis after 17 iyoo 8e ris ever, c) as
el
for
eirei,
Acts
11.
(where, howhas only iycb ris.)
marking something added by
way
of explanation, example, &c, but, and, namely, for example, to wit, 4.
others supply eavrop, and translate to shew forth one's self, i.e. set 15
;
an example. de'iKPv/j.1 and
deucpva), fut. 5ei{a>, to
rjfjirjp',
Lachmann
&c, Mark
{=irapaBeiyjjLari^(a), absol. Col. 2.
37 t« de
KVfjtara eire-
&a\ev and the waves, i. e. so that the waves 16. 8 ef^e 5e avras rgojxos trembling also seized them, &c, where some eds. have yap; John 6. 10 r)p de x^pTos tto\vs ev rca tottcv now there was much grass in the place ; Acts 23. 13 Rom. 3. 22. d) Kcd 5e, where tcai always has the sense of also, i. e. arid also, Mark 4. 36 Ka\ aAAa 5e 7r\o?ar)p ;
shew, trans, viz. a) to point out, cause to see, present to the sight, Matt. 4. 8 irdo'as
tcls
John 5. 20 shew thyself ;
present thyself for inspection, Matt. 8. 4 of what is shewn in vision, Rev, 1.1. b) to offer to view, exhibit, display, John 20. 20; of deeds, &c. 2. 18: spoken of internal things, to c) manifest, prove, &c. Jam. 2. 18. to the priest,
want, need; in N. T. prayer, viz. a) pr. as the expression of need, desire, &c. sup-
$erio~is, ecos,
t)
(deo/uai),
plication, petition,
Luke 1.
19
Eph.
1. ;
13
:
foil,
6. 18.
prayer,
for one's self, in behalf of others, Phil. i.
2.
e.
to
shew, assign,
apaycuop
metaph.
p-eya, to
for use, e. g. d) 14. 15.
e.
i.
Mark
shew,
by words,
e.
i.
to
Matt. 16. 21.
8eL\ia,as,r) (5 eiAos), timidity, 2 Tim. 1. 7 TTPevp.a deiXias—KPevijLa dei\6v* 5eiAiaa>,
co,
fut. dcrco (SeiASs), to be
timid, afraid, absol.
John
14. 27.
e.
by virep 1.4; by iregi b) genr., spoken of any
Luke
i.
;
teach, direct,
John 15.27.
KofffAov,
Se7£op creavrbp Tcp iepe?
;
fxer avTov,
rov
fiacriXeias
37.
SeiAos, t), op Matt. 8. 26,
(deidco),
timid, fearful,
Mark
40.
4.
Be?pa, 6, rj, to, gen. 8e?pos, dat. 5e?pi, ace de?pa, some one, such an one spoken of a person or thing whom one does not know, or does not wish to name, Matt. 26. 18. .
Set, imperf. edei, infin. Setp,
imper-
need of, i. e. something that is absent or inN.T. wanting; only with an infin. deip&s, adv. (Seip6s) f greatly, vehemently, Matt. 8. 6. pres. or aor. expr. or impl., and with or without an accus., it needs, it is deLiTPeoo, cD, f. jjcroo {^eiirpop), to sup, intrans. Luke 17. 8; spoken of the a) pr. from the nanecessary, viz. paschal supper, 22. 20 in the sense ture of the case, from a sense of of to eat, to banquet, as figurative duty, &c. one must, Matt. 16. 21 Htl sonal, pr.
it
needs, there
is
;
:
89
CE17TV0V of the Messiah's kingdom, Rev.
3.
20.
4.
by imp]., favourable, propitispoken of a time, i. e. a time of
24
ous,
fiet-nvov, ov, t6, dinner or supper, viz.
a) pr. the chief meal of the Jews, and also of the Greeks and Romans, taken at or towards evening, and often prolonged into the night; hence genr. an evening-banquet, or a feast in general, Matt. 23. 6, al. fig. of the Messiah's kingdom, Rev. 19. 9.. b) spoken of the paschal supper, John 13. 2, 4 of the Lord's supper, 1 Cor. 11. 20. c) by meton. food taken at supper, 1 Cor. 11. 21. ;
Seicr loaifAoov, ouos,
6,
adj. (5et5o>,
7],
fearing the gods, i. e. in a good sense religiously disposed, in a bad sense superstitious ; in N. T. in the first sense, religiously disposed, spoken of the Athenians, Acts 17. SaifAQiv),
22 heio Lbaifxovea ripovs, more than others. ,
,
i.
e.
r)
aWovs,
Seio'iSaL/novia, as, r) (otiorifiaiiAwv), fear of the gods, i. e. religiousness, superstition
5e/ca,
;
N.T.
in
Acts 25.
religion,
;
24.11.
r)(oeKa, tt6Xis),
De-
Ten cities, a region embracing ten cities, all,
e. the
i.
so called,
excepting Scythopolis, lying in the country east of the Jordan, Matt. 4. 25.
Se/caTeccapes, wv, Matt.
5eKaT7?,
ol,
al,
fourteen,
17.
1.
(SeKaros), sc. /noTpa, a tenth part, tithe, i. e. of spoils, Heb. spoken of the tithes, which 7. 2, 4 by the Jewish law were to be paid both from the produce of the earth 7)s, 77
;
and from the increase of the
flocks,
8, 9.
Se/caTos, 07, ov, ordin. the tenth, Rev. 11.13; hence to deKarov the tenth part, tithe, 21. 20.
SeKarSw,
=
cocco (Se/cctT??), to tithe,
e. to
;
to be tithed,
Se/cTos,
f.
00,
receive tithes from, Heb. 5e/cdVas \ap.$dveiv v. 9 pass.
i.
r],
i.
6i>
e. to
Jam.
14.
1.
hevooou, ov, to, a tree, Matt. 3. 10 13. 32 and Luke 13. 19 yiveraL 5eV-
;
or els Sevoqov, i. e. Cos SevSpov, viz. in size, comp. Mark 4. 32; 8. 24 (BXeircc rovs avdpdoirovs ous Sevopa I dpoi>
men
see
as trees,
i.
e.
not distinctly,
larger than natural.
5e|io \dfios,
ov, 6 (oe^ios, Xafifidvw),
who takes
one
lit.
the
right
hand,
hence a guard, a body-guard, Acts 23. 23.
as opp. to left, viz. a) with a subst. expressed, e. g. Xeip Matt. 5. 30, ocpBaAfiSsv. 29, vlaywvv. 39, irovs Rev. 10. 2, ods Luke
Seed's,
a, oV, right,
22. 50,
to 5e£ia
oVAa Ta
John
fxepr]
21. 6;
(a)
7]
del;La teal
Matt
pay
tithes, v. 9.
(dexo/^ai), accepted, i.e.
metaph. acceptable, approved, Luke
the right hand,
x €L Q>
oe£id, sc.
put for the right hand or 3 side in general, the right, Heb. 1. 3 so rfj 5e|m or eV 5e|ia toC OeoC, &c. 6.
:
;
Ta
(j8)
right parts,
i.
5e|ia,
i.
the
e. p-ep-n,
e. the right,
in general,
on the right, Matt. 27. so 38 eV ro7s 5e|io?s Mark 16. 5 Ka07]cr0cu or ko~TT)K.evai e/c 5e|iaii/ tou e. g. e/c 5e|ia>j>
:
;
Mark
Acts
/ca7. 55 Matt. XpLarov, Orjadai 4k de^iwv rov 20. 21, to sit or stand on the right of God or of Christ, i. e. to be next in rank and power, to have the highest so seat of honour and distinction
Qeov,
16. 19,
;
:
e/c
Tivbs elvai to be
§e£t&>*>
right hand, protector,
deo/nai,
i.
Acts
f.
1 id€r]67]v
&c. ver.
trans,
beguile, trans.
10. 12.
d€KairevT€,fftee?i, John 11. 18. capolis,
5eA.ea£a>, f. daw (oeXeap), pr. to bait, entrap ; in N. T. metapho to entice,
b) without a subst. expressed, viz.
Se/caSuo, twelve, Acts 19. 7
ecus,
v. 19.
Matt. 20. 24;
;
AcKairoXis,
favour,
agio-regd arms for i. and e. of every kind, the right left, offensive and defensive, 2 Cor. 6. 7.
i.
19.
rd, ten,
al,
ol,
:
e.
religiousness,
often put for any specific number, 25. 1 Rev. 2. 10 6\?\pis rifieou/v oeica days, i. e. for a short time. ten of
7. 6,
ceeofj.cn
e.
2.
to
at ones
be one's helper,
25.
derjerofjiaL,
with mid.
dep. pass., aor. signif. (imperf.
3 pers. Ion. eSeVro, Luke 8. 38), to need, want; in N.T. to make known one's need, i. e. to beseech, pray, ask, &c. a) genr., absol. Rom. 1. 10 Seo/jL€Pos making request ; foil, by gen. of
twos Kara tl Matt. 34 deop.ai crov I pray
pers., pr. deo/xai
Acts 8. by accus. of thing, or infin. for accus. 2 Cor. 8. 4, 10. 2. b) spoken of prayer to God in general, oeop.. 9.
38
thee
;
;
foil,
;
90
S£ eov rod 0eo9, Acts 8. 22 24; absol. 4.31.
;
irpbs
rbv Kvpiov,
v.
b) plur.
ol Becrjaoi,
and Attic rd
Beajxa, bonds, imprisonment, viz.
oeov, ovros, to, particip. impers. of Set,
)SVT€pOe
necessary, 'proper needs, e. g.
5eW
;
5et, wzzjs£
ecrrf,
from the
=
cir-
cumstances or nature of the case, 1 Pet. 1.6: or in accordance with what is right and proper, ought, Acts 19. 36; rd Seovra 1 Tim. 5. 13.
13 Philem. 13 ev rod ebayyeXiov in bonds
ol Beo-^ol, Phil. 1.
to?s
Beo*fjLo7s
(a)
;
rd Beaiid in Luke's writings, Luke 8. 29, Acts
for the gospel's sake.
(/3)
16. 26.
Beo*fjLO(pvXa^ clkos, 6 (Bec/uSs,
BiayivdoGKoo
;
;
2. to distribution,
diffusion, &c. throughout, among, every
where, as BiayyeWw 3. to mutual or alternate efforts or endeavours, through, between, among, sc. one another, to and fro, as BiaKpivofxai, Bia4. to separation, == Lat. (xaxofxai dis, in two, in pieces, apart, &c, as
StaS/Sw/xi Biafi6\ov or vlbs BiafiShov elvai to be a child of the devil, i. e. to be like him,
John 8. 44, Acts 13. 10 in the same sense John 6.70 Bidj3o\os a devil, i. e. ;
an enemy of
BiayyeWoo,
God and man.
Xeyoo (did, ayyeXXca), to announce throughout, i. e. every where, generally, to publish far and near, to proclaim, trans. Luke 9. 60 ; pass. Rom. 9. 17. b) implying completeness, to announce fully, i. e. to f.
give exact and certain information trans., Acts 21. 26.
Bidye, see ye
I. a.
Biayivofxai, aor. 2 throughout,
i.
of,
e. to
BieyevSfiTjv, to be
be always
in N.
;
T. of time, to be through, i. past, have elapsed, Mark 16.
e. to
be
1.
;
;
Bunged), BiaAvca, Biapp^yvvfju.
tV
;
fut. (3a\co, pr. to thrust
through, to transport, to carry over hence metaph. and in N. T. to carry or deliver over to any one in words, i. e. to report or inform against, to traduce, accuse; pass. foil, by dat. Luke 16. 1 BiefiATjOri avrcp.
Biafiefiai throughout, make Sea,
mid.
u>, f.
strengthen very firm ; in N. T. coaco, to
Biafiefiaioofjiai, ov/xai,
metaph.
to
affirm strongly, asseverate, urge, foil, by irepi with gen. Tit. 3. 8.
diaPAe-rrco,
f. i|/a>,
to look
through,
view attentively / in N. T. clearly, i. e. fully, Matt. 7. 5. to
i.
e.
to see
know
throughout, i. e. accurately, to distinguish; in N. T. to inquire fully into, to examine, investigate, in a judicial sense, trans. 'Acts 23. 15.
Biayvoopi £ (did, &yco), to lead or bring through or over any place, &c. in N. T. spoken of time, to bring through, i. e. to pass, rjo-vxiov fiiov to absoL lead a quiet life, 1 Tim. 2. 2 ;
Bidfio?^os, ov, 6, tj (BiafidkXto), a a) calumniator, slanderer, accuser, genr. Tit. 2. 3. b) with the art. 6 BidfioXos the devil, i. e. the accuser by way of eminence, 6 ^aravas Satan, the prince of the fallen angels, who
=
Tit. 3. 3.
BiaBex°lJLaL
>
fut. Be£o/jiai, to receive
i. e. as transmitted another through a series,
through others,
from one to
to
receive in succession, succeed
to,
trans. Acts 7. 45. in N. T. appears as the constant enemy of God, of Christ, of the di- BidBrj/ma, aros, to (BiaBeco), a diadem, the symbol of royal dignity, Rev. vine kingdom, of the followers of 12.3. Christ, and of all truth, full of falsehood and malice, and exciting and BiaBiBccpn, fut. Bdocrca, 1. to deliver through, i. e. various hands, from one seducing to evil in every possible to another in succession, to deliver way, Matt. 4. 1, ssep. hence in rod :
95
coy^oc Ciac
over in succession, trans. Rev. 17. 13 in text, rec, others oi^6aaiu. 2. to deal out, divide out, distribute, trans. Luke 11. 22; absol.18. 22.
hia^(i}vvv\ii, fut.
round, self,
i.
to
e.
to
£7\ Matt. 26. 28, KpeirToci' Heb. 7.22, alojj/iosl3. 20, devrepa implied 8. 7; hence, Gal. 4. 24 dvo SiaOrJKai the two covenants, i. e. the old and the new.
Siaipecr is,
eoos,
act of dividing difference,
&c,
7)
alpeco),
to divide out, to distribute,
Luke
15. 12.
diaKadapi (ca, throughout,
i.
and 160, to demise thoroughly, trans.
f. tcrco
e.
Matt. 3. 12 T7\vahtova, i. e. by ventilation with a fan, to tttvov. ey^ofiai,
to
KareAzyxca,
the old or Jewish dispensation, in reference to the gospel, 9. 15 so v. 4 i.
(Sic£,
separate, divide
spoken of
;
7rAa/ces rrjs §iad7)K7)s,
e. to
a disposi-
;
t))v Kifioorbv rrjs Sia6r)K7)s
trans.
i.
confute in disputation, =diaKey6fiej/os
a testamentary disposition, a testament, will, Heb. 9. 16. b) a covenant, i. e. a mutual agreement, or mutual promises on mutual conditions in N. T. spoken of God's covenants with men, i. e. the divine promises conditioned on obedience, viz. (a) of the Abrahamic covenant, confirmed also to the other patriarchs, of which circumcision was the sign, Acts 3. 25 called also i) diad-qKr] irepLTo/jLTJs, 7. 8. (/3) of the Mosaic covenant, entered into at Mount Sinai with sacrifice and the blood of victims, Heb. 8. 9; called also i) irpcvTT} diaOrjKT) the first
aor. 2 SiglAov
5 iclkolt eAey^o fiai, fut.
perf. pass. 13. 5.
7)S, 7]
a>,
to take apart,
in N. T.
d id.8 oxo s, ov, 6, 7) (diadexo^ai), a successor in office, Acts 24. 27.
mid.
CLCLKOVLCl
(diaipeto), division,
;
in N. T. distinction,
1
Cor. 12.4
Sicupecreis,
foil,
by
Acts
dat.
18. 28.
diafcoveto, to, aor. 1 dirjKouTjcra (bidkovos), to serve, attend upon, minister unto, intrans. spoken a) of persons, ;
by dat. expr. or impl. (a) genr. as a master or guest, Matt. 8. 15 /ecu foil,
di7)K6vei
avroTs,
20. 28
especially
;
spoken of those who serve
at table.
to wait upon, Luke 10. 40. (j8) by impl. to minister to the wants of any one, to supply one's wants, with food, clothing, &c. Luke 8. 3 so of the alms collected by the churches, the distribution of alms, &c. Heb. 6. 10. (7) in the sense of to be the attendant or assistant of any one, as Timothy and Eratosthenes are said to be diaKovovvT€s t,
to
fj-
Cor. 11. 29 psi) ZiaKpivoav rb rod tcvptov sc. from common mid. Jam. 2. 4 kcu ov Sie/cgt-
aoofxa :
6r)re 4v eavroTs; interrog. and as apodosis, do ye not then make a distinction in yourselves ? i. e. are ye not partial? others, if ye do this without hesitation. With the idea of preference or prerogative, 1 Cor. 4. 7 rls
—
yag
S)
(Sia/cpiVco),
7)
a dis-
tinguishing, a discerning clearly,
i.
e.
spoken of the act or power, Heb. 5. 14 KaXov kclI kclkov, 1 Cor. 12. 10 t&v iruev/ndToov by impl. Rom. 14. 1 jlltj :
els BiaKplaeis §iaXoyt,crp.oi)V, lit.
scrutinisings of thoughts,
i.
e.
notfor *
not
with searching out and pronouncing
judgment on v. 5, 13,
—
their opinions,' comp. others, doubts, scruples.
diaKwAvo),
f.
va'cc, to
hinder through-
impede or forbid utterly, trans. Matt. 3. 14 6 ^IcodvvTjs foe/cwXvev abrov, i. e. spoken, in the imperf., of a continued action, or atout,
i.
e. to
tempt.
diaXaXeco,
speak to and a) to talk with any one, to fro, i. e. with, converse Luke 6. 11 SieXdXovv &,
f. tJctoj,
irpbs a.XXr)Xovs,
35.
SLaKpivoi),
Acts
dieKglvo/uev,
6. 1.
Blolkovos,
3ia\ey (0
consulted. where, i. e. pass. Luke
SiaXeyco,
i.
b)
to
to tell 1.
e.
to
they communed, speak of every
abroad, to divulge,
65.
gather out apart, i. e. to select; in N. T. only as depon. mid. diaXeyojjLcu, aor. 1 pass. 8ieXex~ dr}v with mid. signif., to speak to and
fro,
i.
e.
f.
|co,
to
alternately, to converse with,
;
,
97
SiaXeiTTb)
tiavevu) f. vaoo, to dissolve ; in N. T. spoken of a collection of people, to disperse, break up, pass. Acts 5. 36.
viz. a) spoken of a dispute, &c. to dispute, intrans. foil, by dat. Jude 9; with irpbs a\\r]\ovs Mark 9. 34.
diaXvca,
b) of public teaching, &c. to discuss, discourse, reason, argue, intrans. and absol. Acts 18. 4; foil, by dat. 17. 2
5 LCLp.apTvqop.ai, fut. ovpai, depon.
;
with accus. 24. 12 fig. of an exhortation, &c. to address, speak to, with dat. Heb. 12. 5.
by
irp6s
:
5taAei7ra>,
f.
i|/co,
pr. to leave between,
an interval of space or time hence in N. T. to intermit, desist, cease, with particip. Luke 7. 45 i.
e. to
leave
;
ov SieAiire KaracpLXovaa she has not ceased kissing my feet.
diaXeicTos, ov, 7] (dia\eyw), speech, language; as spoken by a people or province, a dialect, peculiar idiom,
Acts
1.
19.
5taAAct(T(r 12. 17, -nag kauTois Matt. 21. 25; foil, by tin John 11. 50, by irorair6s Luke 1. 29, absol. 5. 21. b) in a reciprocal sense, to consider together, deliberate, debate, foil, by eV through,
i.
e. to
eavro7s Matt. 16. 7, npbs aWrjAovs Mark 8. 16, irgbs eavrovs Luke 20. in the sense 14, absol. Mark 8. 17 ;
of to dispute, &c. 9. 33.
mid. to call throughout to witness, viz. gods and men, all beings, i. e. to affirm with solemn obtestations ; in N. T. to testify thoroughly, i.e. to bear full and complete witness, viz. a) to admonish solemnly, charge earnestly, urge upon, foil, by dat. Luke strength16. 28, absol. Acts 2. 40 ened by the adjunct zv&ttiov rov 0eoS 1 Tim. 5. 21. b) to testify fully, i. e. to declare fully, teach earnestly, ;
enforce,
dat.
trans.
and on,
Acts
10.
25
8.
42;
Heb.
of a sacred writer,
;
absol.,
by spoken
foil,
2. 6.
diajj.dxop.ai, f. rjaopai, depon. mid. to fight together; in N.T. metaph. to contend in words, dispute warmly,
Acts 23.
9.
diapevoo,
f.
i.
e.
to
ei>oD,
permanently,
remain through,
to
same place; in N.T.
continue in the spoken of state,
condition, circumstances, &c, to remain the same, to continue, endure, i. e. not to change, Heb. 1. 11, 2 Pet. 3. 4: with adjuncts, e. g. Kax/>osLuke 1. 22 ttq6s Tiva to remain to, i. e. to be preserved to any one, Gal. 2. 5 perd tlvos, spoken of persons, to remain with, i. e. to remain constant towards any one, Luke 22. 28. ;
;
diapepi^ca,
icw, to dispart, sepaa) rate into parts, divide up, trans,
pr.
Mark
f.
15.
24
;
pass. Acts 2. 3 dia-
yXooaaai disparted flames i. e. divided out to each person from one common source mid. in a recipr. sense, to divide up for one's self, or among one another, Matt. 27. 35 in the sense of to divide out, distripepi^o/jLevai
;
tiia\oyio~p6s, ov, 6 (b*ia\oyl£opai), computation, adjustment of accounts in N. T. reflection, cogitation, thought, Jam. 2. viz. a) genr. Luke 2. 35 ;
4 KgiTcu diaXoyLapHv -kov^qwv, i. e. ' judges having evil thoughts,' un-
:
bute,
Luke
22. 17.
b)
fig.
spoken
pass, to be of discord, dissension absol. i. e. into parties, ;
divided,
Luke 12. 52 foil, by hti with both Gram. Stuart's N. T. dat. and ace. to be divided against, see p. 142J: be at discord with, ver. 53. so in different shades of sense, e. g. for reasoning, opinion, Rom. 1. 21 diap.epio~p.6s, ov, 6 (diapeplfa), divifor mind, purpose, intention, Luke 6. sion, apportionment, portion ; in N. Tc 8, and especially evil thoughts, purmetaph. dissension, Luke 12. 51. also doubt, poses, &c. Matt. 15. 19 Luke 24. 38 diaAoyiapol doubtful diav4pco,f. epa), to distribute throughout ; in N. T. fig. to divulge, spread thoughts, suspense, b) in the sense of abroad, els -rov Kd6v, pass. Acts 4. 17. dispute, debate, contention, Phil. 2. 14 diavevoo, f. evcrco, to nod or wink reX^pls yoyyvvpoov /cat diaXoyiapHov, just, partial (for the gen. of quality,
;
;
;
K
'
;
98
)iavoT)jxa
peatedly,
make signs with &c. Luke 1. 22.
e.
i.
head, eyes, diavSrj/xa,
to
to
cltos,
didvoia,
(dia.voeop.ai), co-
Luke
gitation, thought,
the
(diavoeofxai),
r)
N. T. and genr, thought, mind, i. e. the power of thought, viz. a)meton. the thinking and sentient faculty, Matt. 22. 37. ssep. b) in the sense of inthe mind, thoughts, intellect,
telligence, insight, 1
mind,
i.
mode
e.
John
i.
e.
5. 20.
c)
of thinking and
feeling, the feelings, affections, disposition of mind, Col. 1. 21.
diavoiyco,
f.
with labour, pass, to be pained, burdened ; in N. T. mid. diaTroveofiai, ov/Liai, aor. 1 pass. dieirovf}to exercise
with middle signif., metaph. to pain or grieve one's self, be indignant, 07]v
11. 17.
pr. a thinking through, mature thought / in as,
)icunreip(i)
fco (Bid, avoiyco), to
open
Acts
4. 2.
diairopevofiai, f. evcrojaai, depon. to go or pass through, i. e. a place, foil,
by accus. Acts
Luke
gen.
by
16. 4,
by
6. 1,
did with
/cara with
ace.
13. 22, absol. 18. 36.
diairopeco, ca, f. rjcrw (did, airopeco), to be throughout in perplexity, in mzich doubt, to hesitate greatly, intrans.
Luke
by
folk
7
9.
t6 Xeye
remain, i. e. in a place, to sojourn, abide, with an adv. or other adjunct of place, John 3. 22; 11. 54; to
Acts
12. 19.
5 iarpo(f)7] f
food,
1
rjs, t)
Tim.
Biavyd^oe,
(8iarp€(pQ>), aliment,
f.
'
diavyqs,
4os,
ovs,
6,
t\,
12. 33.
b) metaph.
corrupt wholly, pervert, 1 Tim. 6. 5 diE(p6apjiL€P0L rbu vovv corrupted in to
men
of perverse minds Rev. 11. 18 robs diatyOzlpopras tt)p yrjp those corrupting the earth, i. e. seducing the nations to idolatry.
mind,
i.
e.
as,
;
(Siatydeipoo), corrup-
7}
N. T. as arising from putrescence, hence lde?p diatydotion, destruction
in
;
pdv to see corruption, i. e. to die, Acts 2. 27 13. 34 firjK€TL vnocrTpttyeiv els diacpOopdp, i. e. to die no more.
adj. (did,
shining through, i. e. pellucid, translucent, transparent, Rev. 21. 21 in later eds. for §ia £ L), teachin N. T. and usually, in a greater a) of the ing, instruction, spoken degree, to be superior, be better than, art or manner of teaching, Rom. 1 2. to surpass, Matt. 6. 26 foil, by dat. 7 in the sense of monition, warnttoo-w 12. 12, by iv nvi 1 Cor. 15. 41, b) of the thing taught, ing, 15. 4. by ovdev Gal. 4. 1. instruction, precept, doctrine, as com8i.a(p evyov, f. £co, to flee through, i. e. ing from men, perverse, &c. Matt. to escape by flight, absol. Acts 27. 42. or as coming from God, di15. 9 vine, &c. 1 Tim. 1. 10. SiacpTijULi^oo, f. iacti, to rumour abroad, ;
>
t
—
;
;
;
spread abroad, divulge, trans, tov \6yov, Matt. 28. 15 spoken of a person, nvd, to spread one 's fame abroad, ;
9. 31.
SiacfyOelpQi), fut. cpco, aor. 2 pass. 5te(pOdprjp,
perf. part. pass, diecpdapiuie-
corrupt throughout, destroy, trans., pass, to decay wholly, perish. vos,
to
a master, genr. teacher, instructor, Rom. 2. 20; of Jewish doctors or pa&fSi lawyers, Matt. 9. 11, hence John 1. 39 of John the Baptist, Luke 3. 12; of Jesus, Matt. 8. 19; of Paul, 1 Tim. 2. 7 of other Christian teachers, 1 Cor. 12. 28.
diddcrnaAos,
ov,
6
(5i&ao7ca>),
=
;
;
— 101
CtCaCTKO)
ditidaKo),
f.
|o>
(obsol. 5aa>), to teach,
and
a) genr.
instruct, viz.
absol.
Matt. 4. 23 constr. with an accus. of person or thing, or both; with accus. of person, 5. 2 foil, by accus. by accus. of both of thing, 15. 9 person and thing, John 14. 26 in pass, constr. 2 Thess. 2. 15 as ibiddxOTjre: instead of the accus. of :
;
;
;
thing, the infin. is sometimes found, Matt. 28. 20 or foil, by otl Mark 8. 31, or iregi with gen. of thing, 1 ;
John
b) in the sense of to
2. 27.
tutor,
advise,
direct,
put
in
mind,
Matt. 28. 15.
5i5ax^>
=
fa) V (8t5dV/ca>), instruction, SiSacr/caAia spoken a) of the art ;
b) of the of teaching, Mark 4. 2. manner or character of one's teaching, Matt. 7. 28. c) of the thing taught, precept, doctrine, &c, Matt. 5i5pa%/«io*>, ov, to (Sis, dpaxi*y)> didrachm, a double drachma, a silver coin equal to two Attic drachma?
and also to the Jewish half-shekel, making it equivalent to about Is. 3%d.; Matt. 17. 24 spoken of the yearly tribute to the temple paid
by every Jew. AidvfMos, ov, 6, 7], adj. twain, twin, double; in N. T. as a surname of the apostle Thomas, Didymus, i. e. the twin,
eBcov,
Keiv
f.
John
11. 16.
5,
aor. 1 e5a>/ca, aor. 2
pi up erf. e5e5c6(less usual forms pres. 3 pi.
perf.
—
accus., where the idea may often also be expressed by the verb cog-
nate with alvov
Qecp
rep
noun,
the
=
o&ovai
e. g.
to praise,
18.
43;
1.
22;
John
a.7r6Kpio~iv= to answer,
give occasion, 2 Cor. 5. 12 Bo£av to glorify, praise, honour, Luke 17. 18; eyK07T7]v=zto hinder, 1 Cor. 9. 12 evTo\r]v to command, to
a.(pogfA7)v
=
;
=
;
John
11.
2 Cor.
= offend, = strike, = X a Q^
57;
Trpoo~K07rr)v
3
pdirKT/uLa
6.
John
18.
Rev. yov
13. 16
22
;
to
to
(T(TeL1/ x^P a yfJLa so hihovai evo'iyxov Ao€vo"f)/j.ctis Xeyeiv to speak distinctly, 1 Cor. 14. 9. (2) spoken oj God or of Christ, as the author or source of what one has, receives, &c. to give, grant, bestow, impart, Matt. 6. 11 tov aprov tj/jlgov tov eVtovenov dbs tj/juv o"r\\x.eqov, 9. 8 Qeov tov dSura e^ovatav ToiavTTjv ro7s avdpdoTTots, 12. 39, ssep. so dovvai %ap iv to give or confer grace ox favour, and 77 x^Q LS V ^odeicra the grace given, i
;
:
=
:
16. 12.
didto/jLL,
licit) fxi
§eyixev7]v,
i.
e. elvai,
1 have granted, caused, an open door to be before thee (others under d below) spoken of evil or punishment :
divinely inflicted, to give, inflict, &c. 2 Thess. 1. 8 iKdUrjaiv, Rev. 18. 7 paaav io~fJLOv kcCi irevdos, 2 Cor. 12. 7 o~KoAo\p ttj aapKL.
metaph. of things which are the cause, source, occasion of any thing, &c. to give, impart, cause, Acts 3. 16 so with an accus., where the idea may also be expressed by the (5)
:
;
102
^idioui
Ot£
cognate verb, James 5. 18 SiS6vai verov veiv, Matt. 24. 29 rb (peyyos
—
— cpeyyeiv,
1
Cor. 14. 7
V7}v
=
Luke
19. 23,
terest
;
place
e. to
i.
so Ta Bv/judfiara
cnacrr7]pLov,
cpoo-
i.
it
iirl
at in-
rb Ov-
to offer in sacrifice
e.
reus irpoorevx^s Rev. 8. 3
[a/xa]
veiy.
PX°h at
Luke
;
22 metaph. to apply, in the Latinism Sovvai epya-
by
give up, deliver over, present, commit to, i. e. to put into the hands, power, possession of any one, &c.
foil,
(a) genr. e. g. a person, Luke 7. 15 things, Matt. 5. 31 Sorw avrfj airocrrdaiov, 14. 8, Acts 9. 41 bobs avrfj
endeavour, foil, by infin. 12. 58. (j8) spoken of miracles, do, to perform, exldbit, Matt. 24. 24. (7) with a double ace. of person, to appoint, constitute, i. e. as any thing, where the last ace. is by apposition,
b)
to
1.
Xelloa,
;
Eph.
15. 16.
(/3)
infin.,
in the sense of to com-
intrust, i. e. to the charge or care of any one, spoken of things, Matt. 16. 19; of works, &c. to be of persons dedone, John 5. 36 livered over, committed to one's charge, teaching, &c. 10. 29 hence (7) SiSovai eavrov to give one's self, :
deliver one's self, viz. (1) to consecrate or devote one's self, 2 Cor. 8. 5.
(2)
foil,
means
by
virep
or
irepi
twos,
it
give or devote one's self, i. e. to death for any one, Gal. 1. 4; foil, so rb by avriXvroov 1 Tim. 2. 6 to
;
crcojjLa,
Luke
22. 19, r^v cdpKa 6. 51 ; so also r)]v xpv-
avrov
avrov John y)]v avrov Xvrpov avri ttoXXqov Matt. 20. 28. (3) constr. with els and an accus. of place, to betake one's self to
any place,
to go,
c) to give
&c, Acts
19. 31.
forth, render zip,
yield,
&c,
especially in return for any thing bestowed, as a gift, labour, attention, &c, hence often found where airoSiSca/jn might have stood. (a) genr., e. g. of persons, Rev. 20.
13
;
of things,
Xoyov
Luke
Sever ei rc2
account
to
God,
spoken of what or recompense
metaph. ©eoS shall render an 6.
Rom.
38
:
14. 12.
(/3)
given as a reward for labour, &c. to
is
or give, reward, pay, Mark 14. 11 of the price of any thing, tribute, tithes, &c. 8. 37. (7) spoken of the earth, to give forth, yield, sc. Kaptt6p Matt. 13. 8. d) from the Hebr., used in the sense of riOrumi, to put, place, &c. ;
to
M
with accus., by thing, e. g. any upon place or put
(a) pr.
and
foil,
rb apyvpiou eiri ri]v rpdire^av to place money upon the table of the broker,
22 avrbv
i.
e.
eSooKe necpaXty virep
spoken of a law, ordi-
(S)
to give,
to ordain, in-
i. e.
stitute, prescribe, e. g. vofxov
John
7.
19, irepirop^v v. 22, StadrjKTju ?regi-
mit,
;
1.
nance, &c.
55,
8.
:
effort,
irdvra.
:
person and
apply
to
26 eScoKav KXrjpovs avrcov
dat. of
15.
ciav, dare operam, to give labour,
they gave in their lots (others under Luke 15. 22 Sore SaicrvXiov eh d) t)\v X e ^P a avTOv give or bring a ring for his hand (others under d) foil,
by
els
Acts 7. 8. Sieyeipw, fut. eQoo (Sid, iyelpco), to wake up fully, rouse, trans., pr. persons from sleep, Matt. 1. 24: fig. of TOfjirjs
of a sea, to agitate, 18; of the mind, to excite, incite, stir up, 2 Pet. 1. 13. things,
e. g.
John
pass.,
6.
Siei/OvjULeofiai, ovfxai (Sid, evdvjmeo-
mind throughout, consider carefully, foil, by iregi
p.ai), to i.
e. to
revolve in
with gen., Acts 10. 19 in recent eds. for ivdvfieofiai in text. rec.
Sie£oSos,
passage out through, a pass ; in N. T. a thoroughfare, i. e. a place in a city where several streets meet, and where many people usually collect or pass, Matt. 22.9, others, highways, i. e. leading out of a city. ov,
{Sid, e'^oSos)
y\
,
—
Siep[i7}vevT7is,ov,6 (Siep/jLrjvevw), an interpreter, 1 Cor. 14. 28.
Sieo jX7]vev(a,
f.
evo~, i. e. from the child of two years old and under,' others supply xp6-
—
uov.
dieria,
as,
7)
(8ieri)s),
years, biennium,
a space of two
Acts 24. 27.
or declare, i. e. the whole of any thing, trans, or foil, by ttus, tell,
irepi,
ftaa,
Luke
8.
i.
e.
&c.
Mark
5.
bers, just as
phy-
num-
should be, i. e. fit, proper, good ; hence usually and in N. T. in a moral sense, right, just, spoken a) of one who acts alike to all, who practises even-handed jusit
tice, just, equitable, impartial,
spoken
of a judge, e. g. God, 2 Tim. 4. 8 of a judgment, decision, &c. John 5. 30. b) of character, conduct, Sec. just as it should be, i. e. upright, righteous, virtuous, also good in a general sense 6 BiKaios is strictly one who does right, while 6 ayaQos is one who does good, a benefactor ; spoken of ;
;
hnjyeoixai, ovfxai, f. 7)o~op.ai, depon. mid. (5ia, yyeofxai), pr. to lead or conduct through, i. e. to the end, hence fig. to go through with, recount,
right, just,
a, ov,
sically, like, even, equal, e. g. co,
inquire through, i. e. till the inquiry is successful, to inquire for, e.g. r)]v oiKiav,
BiKaios,
16,
9.
9,
39.
what
John 3. 12, and hence rb
epya
things,
Rom.
7. is
12
1
;
right, proper,
evroXii B'ucaiov
&c. as wages,
genr. Eph. 6. 1. Of in the usage of common life, Matt. 5. 45 jSpe'xei em BiKaiovs Kal clBikovs, al. including the idea of innocent, 27. 19 of mild,
Matt. 20. 4
;
persons, viz.
(a)
;
dt-nyrja'is, eccs, tion, history,
r]
(dirjyeofxai),
Luke
hii)veK7]s, eos, ovs,
narra-
;
1.1. 6,
7),
adj.
(did,
carried through,!, e. extended, protracted ; in N. T. spoken only of time, continuous, perpetual, els rb Sirjveices, adverbially, continually, perpetually, Heb. 7. 3. TjfeKrjs), pr.
^tQaXaaaos,
(£) especially of those whose hearts are right with God, righteous, pious, godly, Matt. clement, kind,
13.
43 rore
1.
19.
ol Biicaioi eKXdfj.^/ovo'iv 6>s
6 tjAlos, v. 49, al.
;
Rom.
1.
17 Bi-
Kaios eK irlareas just through faith, BiKaioo0e\s Bid Tviareccs. (y) spo-
=
Aacrcra),
ken, in the highest and most perfect sense, of God, John 17. 25; of
in N. T.
Christ, Acts 3. 14.
ov, 6,
rj,
adj. (Sis, 6d-
between two seas, bimaris spoken prob. of a shoal or sand-bank at the confluence of two opposite currents, Acts 27. 41. BttKveofjLai,
ovfxai,
f.
Bii£op.ai
(Bid,
BiKaioavvT),
7]s,
7)
(BiKaios), pr.
tlie
doing or being what is just and right, a) the doing alike to all, i. e. viz.
104
ClKClWto)
spoken Heb.
justice, equity, impartiality,
of a judge, &c. Acts 17. 31
33 elgyoLffavTo
11.
cised justice,
i.
;
hiKcuocrvvr)v exer-
dispensed justice
e.
)iKaai)jia
of right, justice, &c.
i. e. from any charge or imputation, Matt. 12. 37 e/c tcov\6yoov crov diKcu(ti6r)o"n folk by airo with :
to the nations, &c.
gen. of thing,
b) of character, conduct, &c. the being just as one should be, i. e. rec-
rias,
titude, uprightness, righteousness, vir-
spoken of actions, duties, &c. SLkcuop what is right, proper,
tue,
= rb
Matt.
15; of disposition, conduct, viz. (a) in the language of common life, Eph. 5. 9 including the idea of kindness, benignity, liberality, 2 Cor. 9. 9. (/3) spoken of that
fit,
3.
;
righteousness
which has regard
to
God and the divine
ac-
to absolve,
quit, clear,
Rom.
7 airb c\}xapv. 18 where iXevdepoco.
comp.
6.
So SiKaiovv kavTov
to justify one's excuse one's self, self, Luke 10. 29. b) spoken of character, &c. to declare to be just as it should be, i. e. to pronounce right, &c. ; of things, to regard as right and proper, &|f oco in N. T. only of persons, to acknowledge and declare any one to be right-
=
good; hence (a) by
eous, virtuous,
impl.
:
vindicate, approve, honour,
to
&c,
law, viz. either (1) merely external, and consisting in the observance of external precepts, as duccuoo~vvr] rj Iv vofup or e/c vofiov, Phil. 3. 6, 9 (where it is contrasted with 7] Sik. 5m irlcTecas) or (2) internal, where the heart is right with God, piety towards God, and
glorify, pass, to receive honour,
thence righteousness, godliness, i. e. vital religion, genr. Matt. 5. 6, 10, so Xoyi&aOai 20, 6. 33, al. ssep. els §utaioo-vvr)v to count or impute as righteousness, i. e. to regard as evidence of piety, Rom. 4. 3, 5, 6, 9, 22
ovvtgs eavrovs iv&mov rwv apdgceiroov, i. e. ' those who profess themselves righteous, pious, before men:' spoken especially of the justification
;
:
;
r) e/c or 5m iri(rrecos the righteousness which is of or through faith in Christ, i. e. where faith is counted or imputed as righteousness, or as evidence of piety,
hence
r)
diKcuoo~vvr}
Karat, tcIcttiv Heb. by meton., Christ as the
9. 30, Phil. 3. 9
11. 7; and,
;
source or author of righteousness, 1 1. 30 hence too fiiKctiocrvvn ®eov objectively, i. e. the righteousness which God approves, requires, bestows, Rom. 1.17; by meton. r) 5i/c. ©eoD is SiKaioi irapa, ©6$, 2 Cor. 5. 21. (j8) spoken, in the highest and
Cor.
;
=
most perfect sense, of God subjectively, i. e. as an attribute of his character,
John c)
Rom. 3. 5 perhaps ;
of Christ,
16. 8, 10.
Ktxidodr)
r)
i. e.
imputation of
righteousness, justification,
=
SikclIoo-
2 Cor. 3. 9 r) 5mKouia rrjs diKaiocrvprjs, opp. to r) 5m/c. put for the mode rr)s KarctKpiaecos 5.
17
29
;
v.
35
4di-
aocpla airb rccu tekvccv avTr)s 9
wisdom is acknowledged and honoured by her real followers.' (/3) in relation to God and the di-
i.
e.
true
*
declare righteous, regard
vine law,
to
as pious,
e. g.
Luke
16. 15 oi 5:/ccu-
bestowed by God on men through Christ, in which he is said to regard and treat them as righteous, to approve and reward as truly pious, i. e. to absolve from the consequences of sin, and admit to the enjoyment of the divine favour, Rom. 3. 26 fiiKaiovma rbv e/c ttIo'teoos^Itjo'ov, v. 30 so pass, of men, to be justified, e. g. iriffrei, 5m rr)s or e/c iriarecDS 3. 28, 30 e| epycov 3. 20, ovk e{ egyew Gal. 2. 16, ;
;
genr. Rom. 2. 13. c) in the sense of to make or cause
ovk eV
vojjlw 3.
to be upright,
self upright,
Rev.
;
mid.
;
e. to 1
to
make
one's
be upright, virtu-
pass, in mid. sense,
S'ikcuos SiKcuoodrjTw
en
him be upright but recent eds. read diKawffvirni/
he that still,
116
22.
11
&c.
i.
&c. aor.
ous,
upright,
is
let
any thing justly or rightly done, hence right, justice, equity, &c. a) spoken of a doing right or justice to any one,
by meton. in the sense of being BLKaicojua,
Rom.
7.
Troi^crctTw.
regarded as just, ais,
Luke
rbv 0eoV
e. g.
;
:
or way of justification, Rom. 10. 3. ducaiSc*, ft, f. coaco (Siicaios), to justify, i. e. to regard as just, declare a) as a matter one to be just, trans,
aros,
16
(SlkcuSqo),
a judicial sentence, &c. (a) favourable,
i.
e.
justification, acquital,
Rom.
5. 16, opp. to KarciKpi/xa. (J3) unfavourable, i. e. condemnation, judgment, implying punishment, Rev. 15.4. Hence b) genr. a decree, as
-
105
)iKaiii)Q
defining and establishing what is right and just, i. e. a law, ordinance, precept, e. g. rod Kupiou Rom. 1. 32, rod i/6fxov 2. 26 rr)s Xargeias, i. e. respecting worship, Heb. 9. 1 rrjs aa.QK.6s, i. e. carnal, ver. 10. c) spoken of character, &c. righteousness, virtue, piety towards God, e. g. of saints, Rev. 19. 8 of Christ, as manifested in his obedience, Rom. 5. ;
;
;
18,
=
viraKor) v. 19.
oifcaicos, adv. justly, rightly,
Luke
i.
e.
a)
b) with strict justice, as is right and proper, as one ought, 2 Cor. 15. 34. c) righteously, piously,
IThess.
23. 41.
2. 10.
BiKaiooo'is, i.
(BiKai6oo), justifi-
r)
e.
oiKaffrris, ov, 6 (Bwdfa), a judge,
Luke 8 Iter},
reformation, Heb. 9. 10 Kaipbs Biopdwaeoos, i. e. the time of a new tion,
and better dispensation under the Messiah. Biopixrcoo, f. fa> (Bid, opvo'o'oo), to dig through, i. e. the walls of houses, which in the East are built of clay, earth, &c. Matt. 6. 19.
Ai6orKOvpot,
12. 14.
(Ai6s, K0Vp0S
oou, ol
=
K6pos), the Dioscuri, i. e. Castor and Pollux, in heathen mythology the patrons of sailors, Acts 28.11.
=
Bia rovro on, Bi6ri, conj. (Bi tin) on account of this that, for this reason that,
because, for,
e.
i.
Aiorg€(pf)s,
eoos,
which God bestows on men through Christ, Rom. 4. 25.
cation,
coo CL\f/a
2. 7.
cos, ovs, 6 (Ai6s, rg4 two
;
f»
(5t%a), to divide in
dcroo
in N. T.
fig. to set
at variance,
SiSirep, conj., on which very account, wherefore, 1 Cor. 8. 13.
trans. Bixdfciv riva Kara rivos, i. e. to excite one against another, Matt.
o toirerrjs, eos, ovs,
10. 35.
iriroo
—
6,
Triirroo), fallen
r),
adj. (Ai6s,
from
Jove, hea-
ven-descended, Acts 19. 35 rod Biowerovs sc. aydA/naros.
Bi6gBoofxa, aros, r6 (Biop66oo), an emendation, reform, improvement, Acts 24. 3 in some eds.
Bi6pdoocis,
eoos,
r)
(BiopQooo),
emenda-
Bixoffraffla,
as,
fj
dissension, discord,
(Si'xa,
Rom.
o^rdans),
16. 17.
Bixoro/JLtoo, oo, f. r)o~oo (Bixa, refivoo), to cut in two or in pieces ; in N. T. genr. and fig. to inflict severe punish-
ment, Matt. 24.51. Bi\pdoo,
oo,
f.
^goo
(the
contraction
;
;
106
dlx^og
being properly always into rj in8i\f/a belongs to tbe later Greek), to thirst, be athirst, viz. a) pr. intrans. Matt. 25. 35 Rom. 12. 20. b) metaph. to thirst after, long for, desire vehemently, foil, by accus. t)]v diKcuoo~vj/7iv, i. e. piety towards God and its attendant privileges, Matt. 5. 6 hence absol. to thirst, i. e. stead of a
;
;
;
^OKLfXa^ 0) 9 e8oi-a
Se?v iroWh, irpa£cu
ijuavrcj)
yew
ev kavroLS think not, presume not,
&c, John
and privileges of the children of God, John 4. 14
Tpelav Trpocr^ofjiaL (Slot),
pr.
hence genr. to pursue flying enemies; hence in
N. T.
a) to pursue with malignity, to persecute, foil, by accus. expr. or impl. Matt. 10. 23 23. 34 teal dtdo;
{6T6 [auTous] airb TrSXeoes els tt6Klv so genr., to persecute, harass, malb) genr. to treat, foil, by ace. 5. 12. pursue, follow, i. e. in company, or in order to find, overtake, &c, spoken of persons, absol. Luke 17. 23 metaph. of things, to follow earnestly, pursue after, in order to acquire or attain to, Rom. 9.30 ; absol. to follow on, press forward, Phil. 3. 12. :
:
dSyfia, aros, t6 (doKeca), a decree, edict, ordinance, e. g. of a prince, Acts 17. 7; of the apostles, 16. 4; of the Mosaic law, i. e. external precepts, Eph. 2. 15. 5 07ft ar l( co,
f.
lew
(d6yfjia), to
make
a decree, prescribe an ordinance, intrans. ; in N. T. mid. SoyfAaTlfrficu, to suffer a law to be prescribed to one's self, to
be subject to ordinances, Col.
2.20. u> } f. 8o£o>, aor. 1 edo^a, to seem, a) appear, neut. and intrans. viz. used with a reflex, pron. expr. or impl. denoting self, Sokco ep.avT(p or eavTtp, &c. to seem to one's self, i. e. to be of opinion, think, suppose, believe, foil, by infin. pres. Acts 26.
tioKeoo,
yey ovevai without dative, but with an infin. of the same subject, which then takes the adjuncts in the nomin., Acts 17. 18 \evuv daifjLovlwp :
Spoken SoKe? KarayyeXevs elvai. also, in the moderation and urbanity of the Greek manner, of what is real and certain, Mark 10. 42 ol SoKovvres 'dpx^iv =ol dpxovTes, Luke 22. 24. Gal. 2. 6 ol tionovvTes ehai tj who seem to be something, i. e. who are persons of note, distinguished, comp.
v. 9
so ol SoKovvres chiefs,
;
leaders, ver. 2, 6.
c) impers. Soke?
[jloi
it
seems
me,
to
(a) == pers. to think, suppose, interrog. rl croi done?, or vjuu, what think-
thou? Matt. 17. 25, 18. 12; without interrog. Acts 25. 27 &Xoy6v fiot 5o/ce?. (j8) it seems good to me, it is est
my pleasure, —pers. by
solve, foil,
to determine, re-
infin.
Luke
particip. neut. to Bokovv
seems good will,
to
me,
&c, Heb.
avTols,
i.
e.
doKip,d(oj, try, trans,
'
f.
i,
e.
12. 10
1. {jloi
3
:
so
what
one's pleasure, Kara to Zokovv
as they thought best.' dcrco (doKifjios), to prove, a) pr. to
make
trial of,
put to the proof, examine, e. g. metals, &c. by fire, l'Pet. 1. 7, 1 Cor. 3. 13 so of other things by use, Luke 14. 19 and genr. in anyway, Rom. 12. 2 spoken in respect to God, to put ;
:
8
;;
107
COKL/JL acta to the proof,
e. to
i.
tempt,
= Trtipd-
Heb. 3. 9 hence, by impl., to examine and judge of, i. e. to estimate, (civ,
;
Luke
b) in the sense of to have proved, i. e. to hold as tried, regard as proved, and genr. to approve, judge fit and proper, e. g. persons, 1 Cor. 16. 3, 1 Thess. 2. 4 distinguish,
SedoKifJLoio'iJ.eda
with
12. 56.
things,
;
Rom.
14. 22,
infin. 1. 28.
doKi/xaaia,
as,
r)
(tioKipd fa) pr. trial, ,
probation ; in the sense of temptation, act of tempting, Heb. 3. 9 in mss. o*oki(jlt), rjs,
(Dokijxos), proof, trial,
i)
a) the state of being tried, a trying, 2 Cor. 8. 2 eV iroWfj hoKifiy
i.
e.
through much affliction.' b) the state of having been tried, tried probity, approved integrity, Rom. 5. 4; 2 Cor. 9. 13 doKifxr) rrjs SiaKovias tried probity exhibited c) proof, in the in this ministry. sense of evidence, sign, token, 2 Cor. 13.3. 6\l\peo)s,
*
e.
i.
doKifitov,ov, r6 in N. T. proof,
trial,
=
viz,
doKip.r),
a trying, Jam. 1. 3 pass, tried probity, sincerity, &c. 1 Pet. 1. 7. ;
6,
7],
adj. (Se^o^ou), re-
spoken of money, as having been tried and refined hence in N.T. metaph. tried, proved, approved, and therefore genuine, Rom. 16. 10: by impl. acceptable, ceivable, current,
well reported
Sokos,
ov,
86\ios,
a,
r),
of,
14. 18.
a beam, joist, Matt.
7. 3.
ov (d6\os), guileful, deceit-
ful, 2 Cor. 11.13. SoAicfco,
fut.
co,
guile, deceive,
where
cocrco
(b*6\os), to use
intrans.
Rom.
3.
13,
ovv; for this Alexandrine form of
the 3d pers. pi. of the historical tenses, see Stuart's N. T. Gram. p. 81.
b*6\os, ov, 6 (SeAco, SeAeap), a bait; hence genr. fraud, guile, deceit,M.att. 26. 4, saep. co,
f.
pearance, opinion, i. e. which one has of any thing, or in which one is held by others, estimation, reputation ; hence in N. T. honour, glory, viz. a) spoken of honour due or rendered, i.e. praise, applause, &c, Luke 14, 10 t6t€ eorai col 5o|a ivde~ ttiov irdvroev, John 8.54; 5AlAafxfidvetv 8o£av napa avdpdeircev and 1 Thes. 2. 6 (flrelv 86^av e| avdpcviroev applause from men ; John 12. 43 bo^av av6pdeiroev the applause of men, &c. so (flreiv rrjv D6^av twos, i. e. to seek that one may receive honour, 7. 18. Spoken of God, e. g. els do£av rov Qeov to the honour, glory of God, i. e. that God may be honoured, glori-
&c. Rom. 15. 7 and so irpbs 86^av rov Qeov 2 Cor. 1. 20, inrep tt}s do^7]s rov Qeov John 11. 4 also Aa-
fied,
;
;
$tiv rrjv 86£av to receive praise, glory, i. e. to be extolled in praises, &c. Rev. 4. 11 so in ascriptions, Luke ;
2.
14:
by meton. spoken of the
decree
nour or glory, 1 Cor. 11. 15. b) in N. T. spoken also of that which excites admiration, to which honour, &c. is ascribed, viz. (a) of external condition, i. e. dignity, splendour, glory, 1 Pet. 1. 24; so, by meton., that which reflects, expresses, or exhibits this dignity, &c.
Cor. 11. 7: spoken of kings, &c. regal majesty, splendour, pomp, magnificence, e. g. of the expected temporal reign of die Messiah, Mark 10. 37, and of the glory of his second coming, 13. 26 also of the accompaniments of royalty, e. g. of splendid apparel, Matt. 6. 29 of wealth, 1
;
i8oAiovo~av instead of eSoAi-
do\6ce,
So'fc
ground, occasion, or source of hoSkijaos) , proof, test
(
act.
SoKifJLos, ov,
;
(SoAos), to deceive,
;
treasures, &c. 4. 8 meton. spoken, in pi., of persons in high honour, e. g. d6£ai dignities, i. e. kings, princes, magistrates, &c. 2 Pet. 2. 10, others, a?igels. (/3) of an external appearance, :
—
i.
e. lustre,
brightness, dazzling light,
viz. (1) pr., ovk ivefiX^rrov awb rrjs d6^r}s rod (jyceros Acts 22. 11 ; so of
the sun, stars, &c. 1 Cor. 15. 41 of Moses' face, 2 Cor. 3.7; of the ce;
in N. T. to falsify, i. e. to adulterate, corrupt, e. g. rov Xoyov rod ®€ov, by Jewish traditions, &c. trans.
;
2 Cor.
4. 2.
86/j.a, aros,
to
(Sidcc/jLi),
a
gift,
Luke
11.13.
§o£a,
rjs, r)
(So/teco),
a seeming, an ap-
lestial light
which surrounds angels,
18. 1, or glorified saints, Luke 9. 31, 32. (2) spoken especially of
Rev.
the celestial splendour in which God sits enthroned, the divine effulgence, dazzling majesty, radiant glory, genr.
:
108
£o£), serving, bound to serve, in bondage, foil, by dat. Rom. 7),
6.19. II.
/
cvvajiai e.
opanoov, ovros, 6 (depKO/xai) a dragon, a huge serpent ; in N. T. symbolically for 6 ^aravas, Rev. 12. 3. ,
dp da ceo, mid. Spdaaofiai, f. ^ofxai, to grasp, i. e. with the hand, to seize, take, in N. T. and later writers foil, by accus. fig. 1 Cor. 3. 19. ;
fjs, t\ (Bpaaaco), a drachma, an Attic silver coin current among the Romans as equal to the denarius, which was worth about l%d.,
opaxnv, oovAos,
servant,
ov, 6, subst.,
a) pr.
a slave,
spoken of involun-
tary service, e. g. a slave, as opp. to so genr. 4\€v6€pos, 1 Cor. 7. 21 servant, Matt. 13. 27; Acts 2. 18 oi hovKoi /jlov, i. e. the servants among my people, b) fig. spoken oi voluntary service, a servant, implying ;
obedience, devotedness, &c. John 15. 15 so in modesty, 2 Cor. 4. 5, or in praise of modesty, Matt. 20. 27 spoken of the true followers
Luke
15. 8.
rpix®'
dpe/xoo, see
open avov,
t6 (opzirw), a sickle, crooked knife for gathering the harvest and vintage,
scythe,
Mark
i.
ov,
e.
a
4. 29.
;
:
and worshippers of God,
e. g. 2>oO-
\os tov Qeov, either of agents sent from God, as Moses, Rev. 15. 3, or the prophets, 10. 7, or simply of the worshippers of God, 2. 20. Used in the oriental style of addressing a superior, instead of the pers. pron. J,
Luke
2.
29.
Spoken of the
fol-
lowers and ministers of Christ, dovXos rod XpLcrov, Eph. 6. 6 especially of the apostles, &c, Rom. 1. 1. Spoken also in respect of things, of ;
one who indiilges in, is addicted to, any thing, foil, by gen. e. g. SovAos rr)s a/xapTias
Rom.
c) in the
6. 17.
sense of minister, attendant, spoken of the officers of an oriental court, Matt. 18. 23, al. dov\6a>, Co, f. ooo'co (dovAos), to make a slave of, bring into bondage, trans., pass. perf. StdovAooficu with present signif. to be a slave, to serve, BovAeuco. a) pr. Acts 7. 6 metaph.
=
:
bondage,
defiovAco/nai, to be in
i.
e. to
be bound, be held subject, Gal. 4. 3.
of voluntary service, to make devoted to any one, pass, to be or become devoted, &c. spoken of persons, 1 Cor. 7. 15 iraCLP i/xavrbv idovAooo~a, i. e. * I have conformed, acb)
fig.
;
commodated myself to all Rom. 6. 22 t£ 0e,
^(ra>
mss. hence to shew one's self able, mighty, &c. 2 Cor. 13. 3. ;
fivvaros,
6v (J>vvap.ai), able, strong, powerful, viz. a) genr. e. g. of things, 2 Cor. 10. 4 cforAa hvuara t$ 0e£, i. e. mighty through God, or exceedingly mighty, like acrretos t£ @ew, t),
see dcTetoj. Of persons, 6 hvvar6s the mighty, and spoken of God, the Almighty, Luke 1. 49 hence dvuar6s el/j.1, =^vvajxai, to be able, lean, :
with 1. 9;
infin., viz. infin. present, Tit.
Luke
aor.
iyco 5e ris
14. 31,
Acts
11. 17
dvj/arbs Kw\vo~ai
fj/jirju
metaph. Swards, strong,
i. e. firm, 15. 1 ol hvestablished, Rom. fixed, varoi, i. e. 4v wicrr^L; so Swaros efyu
without an 12. 10.
in
infin., to be strong, 2
Bwarbs
b)
any thing,
i.
Cor.
%v rivi powerful
e. able, skilful,
emi-
Luke
24. 19 ; Acts 18. 24 eV ra?s ypacpals, i. e. eminent in Scrip-
nent,
^—
111
wvarefj)
dQfJLCL
5 us-, an inseparable particle implying difficulty, adversity, the contrary, &c. like the English un, in, mis, &c.
SvorfidarraKTos, ov, 6, rj, adj. ($vs-, fiao-rdfa), hard to be borne, oppressive, e. g. (popria, Matt. 23. 4.
Svo'evTepia,
as,
r)
evrepov),
($vs-,
dysentery, flux, Acts 28. 8.
8var€p/j.r)UGVTos, ov,
6,
r),
adj. (8vs-,
difficult of explanation, by impl. hard to be understood,
eptxrjvevto),
and Heb. 5.11. dvcTKoXos, ov,
6,
7),
adj. (8vs-, ko-
difficult about one's prop. food,' genr. hard to please, morose, \oi>),
*
ra 8vo~Ko\a difficulties ; in N. T. difficult, spoken of things, i. e. hard to accomplish, Mark 10. 24.
peevish,
Suct/cJAws, adverb, with hardly, Matt. 19. 23.
difficulty,
usually only pi. at Svcr/uLai, the going down, setting of the sun in N. T. by impl. the west, Matt. 8. 11.
dvo-/j.r),
f/s,
7]
(Svvca),
;
ture-learning, c) ol dvvaroi the dvavorjTOS, ov, 6, r), adj. (8us-, vo7]t6s), hard to be understood, 2 Pet. powerful, the mighty, spoken of persons in authority, &c. 1 Cor. 1. 26 3. 16. of members of the Jewish council Bvafprj/meco, w, f. r)o'cc (8vs-, , see fivvw. as a subst. r) dvvafiis, power, Rom. 5co5e/ca, ol, al, rd, indec. twelve, 9. 22. Matt. 9. 20 so ol 8a>5e/ca the twelve, dvvw, aor. 2 eb*vv (Svca, Sdfu), to sink, i. e. apostles, corresponding to the go down, intrans. of the sun, Mark ;
:
;
:
=
;
1.
twelve tribes, 26. 14.
32.
Svo,
ol, at,
rd, two, indec.
by the At-
SwdeKaros,
7],
ov, the twelfth,
and in N. T. (except that the and later dative 5vo-[ occurs); dooBeicdtyvAov, ov, r6 Ar)), collect, the twelve in nom. Matt. 9. 27 dvo rv, fut. icra) (iu, Kevrpifa), mid. to rise sons, up against, i. e. as to prick in, as spurs, to spur on ; in an adversary, foil, by ivi nva, Matt. N. T. to insert, ingraft, metaph. Rom.
convalescence,
24. 7
to set
so iyelpeadai Iv
;
rivos, 12.42.
(0)
rfj Kpicrei
fxerd
11. 17.
spoken of things,
eyKXrjfJLa, aros, to (iyKaXeco), charge, Matt. accusation, Acts 23. 29. 12. 11 so genr., in later usage, to iyKOfJifioo/JLai, ovfxai, f. cocro/xcu (iv, erect, build, e.g. vaov John 2. 19. k6jul&os), mid. to tie or bind one's self c) metaph. to raise up, cause to into an iyK6fJL^ct)(jia, i. e. to put on, arise or exist, mid. to arise, appear, clothe one's self in, foil, by ace. of &c. Luke 1. 69 tfyeipev Kegas crwrrjthing, metaph. 1 Pet. 5. 5. mid. spoken of pias, i. e. a Saviour prophets, 7. 16 in the sense of to iyKOirr), rjs, r) (iyKo-rrrco), an impedi-
out of a
to raise up, e. g.
pit,
;
;
:
d) intrans., or with kavr6v, &c. implied, cause
to be born, to create, 3. 8.
awake, arise; thus to awake, i. e. from sleep, or fig. sluggishness, Eph. 5. 14 also to rise up, arise, i. e. from a sitting or a recumbent posture, to
;
Mark
2. 9.
;
iyKoideros,
ov, 6,
7),
pr. as adj. (£y-
ambush, lying in wait; in N. T. metaph. i. e. a suborned emissary, spy, Luke 20. 20. KaB-nfiai), sitting in
ecu,
ra
(iv,
kcuv6s),
pr.
initiation or dedication of something new; in N. T. a festival at the conse-
cration of something new or renewed, and genr. the festival of dedication, John 10. 22.
iyKaivi^a, to
fut. icrw (iv, Kaivifa), pr.
renew ; in N. T.
to initiate,
consecrate, sanction,
iyKaXew,
Heb.
i.
e. to
9. 18.
w, fut. i)aco (iv, KaXeuj), to
demand ;
in N. T. to call in question, i. e. to accuse, arraign, bring a charge against, foil, by dat. of pers. Acts 19. 38, and 5ia with ace. 23. 28 foil, in pass, by gen. of thing, 26. 2, or Kepi and gen. of thing, 19. call in,
i.
4yK6TTTCo,
e.
to
;
40; by Kara with gen. of pers. 8.33.
iyKaraXelira),
f.
Rom.
behind in any place or state hence genr. to leave, trans, a) pr. Acts 2. 27 in the sense of to leave remaining, Rom. 9. 29. b) by impl. to leave unsuccoured, i. e. to forsake, to leave
;
;
Cor.
9. 12.
metaph.
impede, hinder, trans. Rom. 15. 22 in the sense to render of to delay, Acts 24. 4 fruitless, 1 Pet. 3. 7 in later eds. to ;
;
as,
i)
(iyKparr)s), conti-
nence, temperance, self-control,
24.25; Gal.
5.
mid.
Acts
23; 2 Pet. 1.6.
iyKpar€vop.aL,
depon.
fut. Gvcofxai, e. to
be con-
tinent, temperate, abstinent,
to liave
iyKparr)s,
to be
i.
self-control, 1 Cor. 7. 9
iyKoarrjs,
ovs,
4os,
9. 25.
;
6,
7),
adj.
(e*>,
Kodros), pr. strong, powerful, having over, master of; in N. T. metaph. having self-control, continent, temperate, abstinent, Tit. 1. 8.
power
lyKpivoi, in,
i.
among,
iv(h (iv, KQLVoi),
f.
to
judge
admit by dat. 2 Cor. 10. 12.
e. to
after trial, to
reckon
foil,
eyKpvTTTa, fut. t|/o> hide in any thing,
(iu, Kpvirrco), to
trans.,
i.
by
e.
covering, mixing, &c. hence in N. T. by impl. to mix in, knead in, i.e. leaven with flour, Matt. 13.33. ;
iyKvos,
ov,
r),
adj. (iyKvco), with child,
pregnant,
Luke
iyXpiM, £
"7"&>
2. 5.
(sPj
XP'lQ3 )i
in N. T. to rub in with anoint,
Rev.
t°
ruo
•»
any thing,
to
3. 18.
pron. of the first person the monosyllabic forms /jlov, fxoi, fxi, are usually enclitic, but are orthotone after prepositions, except in irpos fi€. a) nom. iyco, pi. 28. 14, al. saepiss. 7]fj.€7s, Matt. 8. 7 so with a certain emphasis, 3. 11,
iyeb, gen.
tyco (iv, KaraXdiroj),
1
xpu (eV, kotttco), to strike
f.
cut in;
in, to
iyKgdreia,
eyepCLS, eccs, 7) (eye'ipa), a waking up from sleep in N. T. resurrection from the dead, Matt. 27. 53.
iyKaiv La,
ment, hindrance,
£/jlov,
p.ov, I,
:
;
;;
14; 6. 12, al. saep. Used sometimes by Paul Koii'QoviK&s, i. e. where the speaker puts himself as the repre-
sentative of
or vice versa; e. g. eydo for 7]/nt?s, Rom. 7. 9 7]fie7s for eyco, 1 Cor. 1.2. In the phrase Idov eyw, Kvgie, Acts 9. 10, and eydo, Kvpie, Matt. 21. 30, put by Hebraism instead of an affirmative adverb, b) gen. fxov (not 4/j.ov) and r)jj.a>v are often used instead of the corresponding possessive ejnos, &c, e. g. ixov Matt. 2. 6, 7)/ulwv 6. 12 so fiov as passive or objective, John 15. 10 ev rfj aydirrj jllov, i. e. love of or towards me. c) dat. in the phrase ri ifiol Kal croi what is to me and thee? i. e. in all,
;
;
common, what have Matt.
I
with thee?
8. 29.
eSaQigco, f. iVcy (edacpos), to level with the ground, raze, destroy, trans. Luke 19. 44.
e5aos, eos, ovs, t6 (e5os), pr. base, bottom, floor; in N. T. the ground,
Acts 22. edpa?os,
edviKcos, adv. (IOvlkSs), in the man" ner of gentiles, GaL 2. 14.
eOvos, eos, ovs, to, a multitude, people, belonging to each other and living together, a) genr. Acts 8. 9 t5 eOvos T7js ^.ajaapeias the people of Samaria ; 17. 26. b) in the sense of nation, people, as distinct
from
7. 37.
eSgcuco^ua, aros, ro (eSpaTos), basis, foundation, 1 Tim. 3. 15.
'E^eKlas,
ov, Hebr. 6, Hezekiah, strength from Jehovah,' pr. name of a king of Judah, Matt. 1. 9. 1
ede\o8g7](rKela,
as,
7)
(e6e\oo, dprj-
voluntary worship, will-worbeyond what God requires, supererogatory, Col. 2. 23 ev edeXo-
ffKeia),
ship, i.e.
Kal TaTreivotypoo-vvn, probably referring to the phrase 6e\wv ev rair. Kal OprjaKeia toov ayye\03V in OpTjo'Keia
v. 18.
;
tions,
e.
i.
gentile nations? the gentiles,
spoken of all who are not Israelites, and implying ignorance of the true God, and the practice of idolatry, Matt.
4. 15, al. saep.
eOos, eos, ovs, to, a custom, usage, manner, whether established by law or otherwise, Luke 1. 9, saep.
only in perf. 2 efada with pres. signif., to be accustomed, be wont hence pluperf. elcbdeiv as imperf. Matt. 27. 15 particip. /cara t6 elooObs ai>T§, according to his custom/ as he was wont, Luke 4. 16.
e0a>,
;
'
conditional conjunction, if, expressing a condition which is merely hypothetical and separate from all experience, i. e. a mere subjective possibility, and differing therefore from lav (comp. el and edv as used together in 1 Cor. 7. 36, Rev. 2. 5) el is sometimes construed with the optative, more usually with the indicative, and rarely with the subjunctive. I. as a conditional particle, used alone, i. e. without other particles. 1. with the Optative, implying that the thing in question is possible, but uncertain and problematical, though assumed as probable in N. T. followed only by the indie, in the apodosis, affirming a.
:
;
ede\co, see de\ca.
something definite edl£co, fut.
(eQos), to accustom,
icroo
pass, to be accustomed, and of things, to be customary ; in N. T. pass, par-
to elQia\xevov what customary, and as a subst. custom,
ticip. perf. neut. is
rite,
Luke
eQvdpx^s, ethnarch,
i.
2.
27.
ov, e.
6 (edvos, ^p%oj),
an
ruler of a people, a pre-
fect, ruler, chief, 2 Cor. 11. 32.
£Qvlk6s,
all others,
Matt. 20. 25 Luke 7. 5, al. c) in the Jewish sense, to, eQvt\, the na-
el,
ov (eS pa), seated, seden-
a,
N. T. metaph. fixed, firm, steadfast, i. e. in mind and purpose, Cor.
€t
7.
tary ; in 1
•»
116
€da(j)iC,ix)
ov (edvos), national, popular ; in N. T 6 in the Jewish sense, gentile, heathen, spoken of all who tj,
are not Israelites, Matt.
6. 7.
pres.,
1
Pet.
3.
14
el
;
e. g.
foil,
by
Kal irda-xoire dia
diKaiocrvvrjv, [icucdpiot, sc. eare, even if
ye suffer [as foil,
by pret.
most probable], &c. Acts 24. 19 ots edei eirl
is
aov irapeTvai Kal KaT7jyoge?v, el ti %X 0L * V Trpos fj.e. Elsewhere in parenthetic clauses, Acts 27. 39 els %v e$ovXevx ol should it so hapel deXei. pen [as is probable], i. e. it may be, Here the perhaps, 1 Cor. 14. 10. apodosis in each case lies in the
1
u affirmation.
117
In Greek writers the
use of et with the opt. is much more extensive. 2. with the Indicative, implying possibility without the expression of uncertainty, a condition or contingency about which there is no doubt, a) with the indie, present, and in the apodosis (a) foil, by pres. Matt. 19. 10 et ovtods iarlv rj atria rod avQpu>ttov, ov (rvfAcptpei yajjcrjcrai. (/3) by imperat. Matt. 4. 3 et vibs el rov 0€ov, dire, (y) by fut. Mark 11. 26 et 5e v/jlz?s ovk acpUre, ovde 6 irarrjp aQrio-zi. Instead of the indie, fut. the subjunct. aor. is put after ov firj, 1 Cor. 8. 13 so also in exhortations, 15. 32. (5) foil, by aor. Matt. 12. 26. (e) by perf. 1 Cor. 15. 16 et vtKQol ovk iyeiQourai, ou5e Xpicrbs tyhysprai, i. e. admitting, supposing that the dead are not raised. b) with the indie, future, and in the apodosis (a) foil, by pres. implied, 1 Pet. 2. 20. (/3) by fut. Matt. 26. 33. (7) imperat. after et p.-fj, 1 Cor. 7. 17. c) with the indie, perfect, and in the apodosis (a) foil, by pres. 1 Cor. 15. 19; Acts 25. 1 1. (£) by imperat. ;
Acts
(7) by fut. John 11. 12. (5) by perf. 2 Cor. 2. 5. d) with the indie, aorist, and in the apodosis (a) foil, by pres. Rom. 4. 2 et 'Afipaa/j. e'| ipyojv e5t/cata>077, 16. 15.
exet Kavxiw-a, 15. 27. (j8) by imperat. John 1 8. 23. (7) by fut. Rom. (5) by aor. Rom. 5. 15. e) with the indie, of the historic
5. 10, 17.
tenses, and in the apodosis a similar tense with &v, expressing a previous condition on which depended a cer-
tain result, but implying that neither has taken place, (a) foil, by imperf., in the sense would be, would do, &c. after imperf. with et, Luke 7.
89 ovros et i\v 7rpo(pr}r7)s, 4yivcQ0~K*v &v if he were a prophet, he would know ; after aor. with et, Heb. 4. 8, Gal. 3. 21. (/3) by aor., in the sense would have been, would have done, &c. after imperf. with et, John 14. 28 et ijyairare /j.e, e'xap^re &v if ye had loved me, ye would have rejoiced, 18. 30, Acts 18. 14 after aor. with et, Matt. 11. 21 et eyivovro p.erev6r\o-av &v if these had been done, they would have ;
.
repented, 1 Cor. 2. 8
.
;
.
after a pluperf.
with et, Matt. 12. 7 et eyvwKGir* . • ovk av KareSiKacrare. (y) by pluperf. in the sense would have been, &c. after imperf. with et, John 11. 21 et iis co5e, 6 ade\(p6s /jlov ovk av iredvf}Kei, 1 John 2. 19; after a pluperf. .
John
such constructions &v is sometimes omitted in the apodosis, e. g. John 9. 33 15.22; 19.11; Acts 26.32; Rom. so too Matt. 26. 24. 7. 7 f) with the indie, sometimes where the optative would naturally be expected, viz. where a thing is uncertain, though assumed as probable (see in 1. above), Acts 20. 16 eV7r€i>5e yap, et Bvvarbv i\v avrcp, yeviaQai Kr\ (where, however, Lachmann has efy) so where there is no probability, nor even assumed possibility, Mark 14. 35 et hvvariv iari, irap4\eri 77 &pa, 13. 22, Matt. 24. 24. g) in the urbanity and delicacy of Attic discourse, et with the indie, is spoken of things not merely probable, but certain, and dependent on no condition, (a) after dav^dfe, and other verbs signifying an emotion of mind, where it is equivalent to '6ri, Mark 15. 44 idav/xaaev et rfdrj re6v7\Ke he wondered if he were already dead, i. e. that he was so soon dead 1 John 3. 13 Luke 12. 49 /cat with
et,
(5) in
14. 7.
:
:
;
;
ti 0e'Aa>, et
rfdrj avrjcpdrj
Acts* 26. 8, (£) elsewhere ;
22, 23 2 Cor. 11.15. also as equivalent to eVet, i. e. since, as, inasmuch as; with indie. present, ;
xh
Matt. 6. 30 et 5e rbv T0V & &ebs anx.form, shape, appearance, Luke 3. 22 o~Q0jxa-> tik$ eXhei, 9. 29 2 Cor. 5. 7 ov dia eXSovs Tregnrarovfiev, i. e. * our future bliss has yet no visible appearance, form.' b) fig. manner, hind, species, 1 Thess. 5. 22 hirb iravros eXdovs irovrjoov, others here, every evil appearance. ;
—
etSco, to see, obsolete in the
present
which opdea is used the tenses derived from the theme eXdoo form two families, one of which has active, for
:
exclusively the signification to see, the other that of to know. I. to see, viz. aor. 2 eTSov, opt. ffioifu,
subj.
XBco,
infin.
lBe?v,
part.
imperat. Att. Ide and later We these forms are all used as the aorist of bpdw, in the sense of I saw, trans., Iti&v,
:
eccii)
implying not the mere act of seeing, but the actual perception of some object, and thus differing from fi\ea) pr., foil, by accus. of person or thing, Matt. 2. 2 eXSofxev avrov tov aarepa, 5. 1 Idoov robs ox^ovs, al. saep. foil, by accus. with particip. 3. 7 iSwv iroWobs epxo^evovs, Luke 5. 2 with an adj., oura being implied, Matt. 25. 38, 39 by Hebr., with particip. of the same verb by way of emphasis, Ificbv elfiov, Acts 7. e 34 foil, by 6ri with indie. Mark 9. 25 absol. Luke 2. 17 hence ol lb*6vres the spectators, 8. 36: before an indirect question, Matt. 27. 49. Also in various modified senses, viz. iteiv.
:
;
:
:
:
:
(a) to behold, look upon, contemplate,
Matt. 9. 36 28. 6. (£) to see, sc. in order to know, to look at or into, to examine, Mark 5. 14. (7) to see, sc. ;
and talk with, to have personal acquaint-
face to face, to see visit,
to
e.
i.
ance and intercourse with, Luke 8. 29, 9. 9: so of a city, Acts 19. 21. (5) to see out, watch, observe,
to
e.
i.
wait
to see, to
Matt. 26. 58.
(e) to
see take place, witness, live
Mark
2. 1
Luke
17. 22.
to
see,
so I8e7v rr\v rj/xepav tlv6s to see one's day, i. e. to witness the events of his life and times, &c. 2
:
spoken of the mind, to perby the senses, &c. to be aware of, to remark, Matt. 9. 2 Idclov rr)v irio-Tiv avrCbv, v. 4 foil, by bWt 2. 16. c) by Hebr., to see, L e. to b) fig.
ceive,
sc.
;
experience, viz. either good, to enjoy,
or evil, to suffer,
Odvarov
Luke
2.
foil,
by accus.,
26, $ia, fut.
forth,
Acts
try out, i.e. to
*J/co,
13. 4;
to
send
out,
send
17. 10.
adv. abundantly, exceedingly, vehemently, Mark 14. 31 in some eds.
iK7T€pio~o~a>s,
f. dcroo, to spread out, expand, stretch forth, e. g. the hands in supplication, Rom. 10. 21.
iKireTai'i'v/j.i,
iKiri)ddco,
6o,
forth, intr. i ktt
i it
too,
f.
f.
t\cjoo,
Acts
14.
to leap out,
rush
14 in later eds.
iKTreaov/uLcu, perf. £ktt4tt-
2 i^eireaov, aor. 1 i^eireaa, a) off, intrans. pr., spoken of things which fall out of or from their places, &c. e. g. stars from heaven, Mark 13. 25 flowers, dvQos avrov e£e7re(T€ Jam. 1. 11; chains from the hands, Acts 12. 7; a boat from a ship, 27. 32: spoken of a ship, to fall out or to be driven out of its course, usually foil, by els with ace. of place, to be driven upon, v. 17: fig. to fallfrom any state or condition, i. e. to lose one's part or interest in that state, foil, by gen.
tooko,, aor.
to fall
out of,jrom or
;
;
136
£K7r\£(t) rrjs
%apiTos Gal.
rod Idiov arrj-
5. 4,
piy/nov 2 Pet. 3. 17, iroQev eKireirrcoKas Rev. 2. 5 text. rec.
b) metaph. to fall away, i. e. to fail, be without effect, be in vain, r) aydirr) 1 Cor. 13. 8, 6 \6yos rod &eod
Rom.
9. 6.
eKirXeoo, f. evcroficu, to sail out of or from a port or harbour, foil, by els, Acts 15. 39; by air6 20. 6. eKir\r)p6co,
co, f.
cocco, to fill out,
to fulfil,
com-
in N. T. metaph. e.g. a promise, Acts 13. 32.
plete in full, trans.
eKir\r)poocrLS,
coos,
;
(eKrrXripooo),
r)
filling out, completion;
in
a
EKreXeo) lightning 22.
1
;
rjfxepcov
fire
9.
17, a river
by aw6 Mark
7.
15;
by
with gen. Matt. 4. 4 by e
i Kir via), fut. evaoo, to breathe out
or
forth, trans.; in N. T. intrans. to expire, die, Mark 15. 37, 39.
eKtrrpecpco, fut.
if/ca,
to
turn out of
a.
place in N. T. metaph. to change for the worse, i. e. to pervert or subvert, pass. Tit. 3.11. ;
eKiropevofxai, f. evaofxai, to go out of, eKrapdaaoo, f. |o>, to stir up wholly, go or com eforih; spoken a) of perdisturb or agitate greatly, trans, e.g. sons, foil, by e/c with gen. of place fig. rr\v ivoXiv, Acts 16. 20. whence, eKTrogevofxevov avrov e/c rod perf. reraKa, to iepov Mark 13. 1; by air6 Matt. 20. eKreivoo, fut. rev 00, stretch out, extend ; in N. T. spoken 29 ifarop. avrcov arrb 'legix^ by e^oo a) of the hand, rrjv xelpa eKreiveiv to with gen. Mark 11. 19; by eKe?6ev stretch forth the hand, genr. Matt. 12. 6. 11 by irapd with gen. of person 13; for the purpose of healing 8. 3, from whom, John 15. 26; absolute, Luke 3.7; spoken of demons, absol. of assisting 14. 31, of entreaty John 21. 18 foil, by eVt with ace. of pers. Matt. 17. 21 foil, by els with ace. of to stretch out one's hand upon, i. e. place whither, eiarop. avrov els boov Mark 10. 17 by eVi with ace. of pers. genr. towards, Matt. 12. 49, or to lay hands upon in a hostile manner, Rev. 16. 14; by7rposwith ace. ofpers. Luke 22. 53. b) of an anchor, i. e. b) of things, to go Matt. 3. 5. to let go an anchor with its cable, to forth from, proceed out of, foil, by e'/c cast anchor, Acts 27. 30. with gen. e/c rod avQpooirov Mark 7. 20, e/c rrjs Kapolas v. 21, rb eKirop. eKreXeoo, So, fut. eaoo, to finish out or off, to complete fully, absol. Luke e/c rod orro/maros Matt. 15. 11; also 14. 29. symbol, of a sword Rev. 1. 16, of ;
;
;
;
=
;
137
EKTeveia
dKreueia, as, r) (eYreiVa>), extension; in N. T. fig. intentness, assiduity, Acts 26. 7 e/c eKreveia intently, assiduously.
eKrewns,
eos, ovs, 6,
i),
adj. (eKreivw),
fig. intent,
pr. extended,
earnest, fer-
12. 5 irpoo~evxhi 1 Pet. 4. 8
Acts D/ya^: neut. compar. eKrevearepov as adv. wore earnestly, Luke 22. 44.
vent,
eicrevoos, adv., intently, earnestly, Pet. 1. 22.
1
Acts
clare,
eK6i)cra), to
f.
11. 4.
eK.rivao~o~w, f. a£a>, to shake out or q^, e. g. kovloqt6v Matt. 10. 14, %°^
Mark
6. 11,
ra
ifxaria
Acts 18. 6:
these were symbolical actions, signifying the total breaking off of intercourse. or din. num. (e£), the the sixth hour, i. e. &ga sixth in the Jewish reckoning noon, Matt.
euros,
;
7),
be brought back and established, b) foil, by accus. of person or thing, to turn away from, to avoid, 1 Tim. 6.20. eKTpecpoo, f. eKOgetyw, to nourish up, bring up to maturity, e. g. children in N. T. genr. to nourish up, cherish, e. g. rr]v eavrov capita, Eph. 5. 29 in the sense of to train up, educate, ;
:
trans. 6. 4.
ov,
€KT7)
20. 5, ssep. (e/c),
out
of,
without, i.e.
a) pr. of place, with the art. to euros as a prep, the outside, Matt. 23. 26
born prematurely,
one Cor. 15.8.
abortion, 1
fig.
eK(pepco, fut. e£oi(ra>, aor. 1 etfiveyKa, aor. 2 etfiveyKov, to bear out, carry a) pr. out of out, bring forth, trans,
a place,
Luke
22
15.
r)\v o~roXj\v,
Acts 5. 15 robs aadeveh: so of a body for burial, 5. 6. b) spoken of the earth, to bring forth, yield, trans. Heb. 6. 8 ras aKavOas. fut. ev^ojxai, to flee out of a place, intrans., Acts 19. 16 eKo~Kca),
place out, exa) an infant, that pose, trans, viz. b) mid. Acts 7. 21. it may perish, eicridefiai, to set forth, expound, de-
iKTiOri/jii,
EK X e o)
;
;
with a gen. ow£ o/, 2 Cor. 12. 2 euros rod ado/xaros, 1 Cor. 6. 18 irav a[xapry]}xa eKrbs rov o'wp.arSs eo~ri i. e. does not pertain to the body, is not physical.' b) fig. without, i. e. except, besides, as prep, with gen. Acts 26. 22 ovoeu eKrbs \eyoou &v KrK, 1 Cor. 15. 27: by pleonasm prefixed to el fir], as euros el p.r], lit. '
eK {4v, iraifa),
(earlier
form
4vewcuo'a), pr. to
sport in, or with, against
Lat. illudere,
to
aor. 1 4ve-
mock,
i.
any one, e.
a) to
deride, scoff at, foil, by dative, Matt. 27. 29 4ve-ncti(ov avrcp, absol. 20. 19.
b) in the sense of to delude, deceive, pass. Matt. 2. 16.
kcu (pouov. 4fjLTrogevojJ.ai,
mid. 4{jL7raiKT7)s, ov, d(ifJLTralfa), a mocker,
spoken of impostors, false prophets, &c, 2 Pet. 3. 3, Jude 18.
scoffer,
efATrepnraTeao,
a),
f.
rjo'c*)
(4v,
ttsqi-
fut. evo'op.ai,
depon.
go in, enter journey to ; in
(4u, iropevofJLai), to
in, to travel
about
in,
and usually, to travel about, as a merchant or trader on a large N.
T.,
scale,
i.
a) trade, traffic, viz. b) foil, absol. Jam. 4. 13.
e. to
irareoo), pr. to
walk about in a place; in N. T, metaph. to walk in or among a people, to live among, i. e. to be habitually conversant with, absol. 2
genr. and by ace us. to traffic in, make gain of, 2 Pet. 2. 3 vfxas 4p.iropev(rouTai, i. e. ' they will deceive you for their own
Cor.
gain.'
6. 16.
a journey for traffic ; in N. T. trade, traffic, commerce, Matt. 22. 5.
i/jLiropla, as,
e/JLirSpiov,
rj
(ejxiropos),
t6
ov,
y
143
ZfJLTTOplCL
(e/jLiropos),
empo-
rium, mart, John 2. 16 oIkov piov a market -house.
ep.7ro-
EV
Acts 10.40; metaph. to become manifest, known, &c. Rom. 10. 20. i/Li(pavi(ot),
a) pr. Matt. 27. 53
efiiropos, ov, 6 (ev, irSgos), lit. a passenger from one place to another, a traveller, espec. a passenger hy ship, who pays fare in N. T. and usually a merchant, one who trades to fo-
make
(e/JLcpavys), to
icroi
f.
apparent, cause to be seen, to shew, trans., pass, to appear, be seen openly. eve(po.vLGBr,(jav
Heb. 9. 24 euc()avLcr6rjvaL to! 7rpocrdoTra) rov Qeov virep v,p.wv, i. e. in our behalf, b) fig. to manifest, make iroXXo7s,
known,
shew, folL by dat.
to declare,
;
reign countries by sea or land on a large scale, a wholesale dealer (distinguished from the K&TrqXos or ayopcuos, who purchased his wares of the efiiropos, and retailed them),
Matt. 13. 45, Rev. 18.3. i/jLTrgv,6o),
f.
(ev, irpr}8co),
rjaco
incendo, to inflame, set on fire, to destroy by fire, Matt. 22. 7.
Lat. i.
e.
euirpocrOev, adv. and prep. (ev,irp6crBev), before, viz. 1. as adverb of place, after verbs of motion, forwards, Luke 19. 28 or before a perso ra. e/jLirpo(rson implied, v. 4
Acts
23. 15 e/uLcpavicare
tw
yj\io.pyj$
ktX, by irp6s with ace. v. 22, by otl Heb. 11. 14. In a judicial sense, forcos
with dat. and Kara tlvos, to inform against, accuse, Acts 24. 1 so irept twos, 25. 15. Of a person, eixcpavi£eiv eavrov tlvl to manifest one's self, i. e. to let one's self be intimately known, John 14.21. ;
ep.5i5ucr/cco
clothe in a
one's
formable 3. 8,
6,
adj. (6 ivdiKr)), con-
rj,
to right,
Heb.
i.
e. right, just,
Rom.
2. 2.
prop. something built in ; in N. T. genr. a structure, building, Rev. 21. 18.
£v86/jly)0- is,
ev5o£
a fa;,
ecos,
f.
&c,
quality,
8. 27, 16. 19.
evfiiKOS, ov,
of armour, Ta 07r\a, Rom. 13. 12. b) metaph. (a) of the soul as clothed with the body, 2 Cor. 5. 3. (j8) of a person as clothed (i. e. endued or furnished) with any power,
Spoken
daw
r)
(e^So^teco),
(4V§o|os), to cause
SvvafAiv
acpdapcriav,
aOavaaiav
aivXdyxva
oIktip/jlov,
Luke 1
24.
49
Cor. 15. 53;
compas(7) of one who i.
e.
sion, Col. 3. 12. puts on, i. e. assumes, a new character, &c. Thy Kaivbv &vQponvov Eph. 4. 24 eV5. tov Xplott6u, i. e. to be filled, imbued with Christ's spirit, to be ;
like him,
Rom.
13. 14.
tvcvmc i'pfivais,
€0)s,
(ipdvco), the putting
7)
on of clothes, wearing,
eVeS^a,
ay,
rj
149
1
ambuscade ; in kill any one, Acts
wait, pr. in war, an
N. T. in order to
avrov ac ording
to the efficiency, acexhibition, of Ids might, i. e. in raising up Jesus: especially as exhibited in mighty works, miracles, e. g. of God, Phil. 3. 21 of Satan, 2 Thess. 2. 9 by meton. put for the wr orks or miracles themselves, v. 11 ipepyeiap irXavns, i. e. false miracles, delusive signs, viz.
tive
Pet. 3. 3.
eSpa), a lying in
(eV,
tVZ\li)
;
:
25. 3.
tpedpevco, f. evaco (ipedpa), to lie hi wait for, trans., pr. in war, to lie in ambush against; in N. T. in order to kill any one, Acts 23. 21 by impl. to lie in wait for as prey, in order to ensnare or seize, to watch narrowly,
those mentioned
v. 9, 10.
:
Luke e
11. 54.
vedpov,
ov, t6, in text. rec.
= ipe8pa in later eds.,
16,
4p€l\4co,
23.
q. v.
to roll ox wrap up and with dative of thing,
co, f. t)(TU),
in, trans,
Mark
Acts
15. 46.
any
eveifii, pr. to be in
place, fig. to
be in or with
any person; in N.T.
impers.
but only in the the Ionic form of the
form
euecrrt,
ivi (i. e.
the verb being dropped), with, among, e. g. eV* sc. iu vfiiv, Gal. 3. 28, others ip Xpicrt, fut. 7]o~oo, cately or luxuriously in,
(ivTeWofjiai), instruc-
rpos: in the sense of a public charge,
adj., pr. in
7),
e.
a) honoured, estim-
tion,
collect.
i.
ii/rpoTTT),
10. 18 evroXi)V zKafiov irapa rod ira-
ov, 6,
to tremble,
e. g. rjs,
in, hence pass, imbued 'with, foil, Tim. 4. 6.
trembling with fear, terrified; hence tvrgo^xos yivofiai or el/ii bling,
2. 4, 6.
£vto\t),
up in
bring up
to
dat. of thing, 1
adj. (£v, ripLT]), pr.
b) precious, spoken of a stone, fig. 1 Pet.
evQptyu), to nourish
be skilled in,
evrpofios,
4. 5.
Luke 7.2.
f.
any thing,
mss., but the
reus cnrdrais,
their frauds, or
common reading i.
e. fig. to
revel in
by means of them.
ij/rvyxdvu),
fut. rev^ouai, to fall in with, to light upon, genr. to meet and
N. T„
come to, address, apply to, foil, by dat. Acts 25. 24 TTcpl ov irav rb irArjOos svkTvy6v /iiOL in the sense of to intercede, make intercession for or against any one, viz. foil, by dat. expr. or impl. and virep or Kara with gen., Rom. 11. 2 &>s iurvyxdueL rep @€, to roll up in, to inwrap, trans., with dat. of thing, Matt. 27. 59 also to fold or wrap ;
together,
John
20. 7.
ivrvTTocc, a), f. doaco (evrvwos), to instamp, impress, engrave, pass. 2 Cor. 3.7.
;
15
evvfjpl^ii)
cvvfSpi^co, f. icrco, to be contumacious in or towards any one, to treat ivith
Heb.
despite, contemn,
see 4k.
e |,
Matt. 17.
e£, ot, at, rd, six,
e£ayy eW w,
10. 29.
iuvirvid^co, also evvTrvid£op.ai depon. (ivvirviov), to dream, intrans., spoken of visions in dreams, Acts 2. 17; fig. €Vwnvia£6fA
o,
with God, Luke
3. 37.
i.
e. to
2. 14.
Heb.
*
dedi-
who walked
eJeiAeTo
e'/c
impl.
by
rescue,
e. to
i.
and
(e/c,
aXp), to
Acts 12. e/c x €L 0S 'Hgc£5oi>, with P
fjis
e/c,
7. 34.
f.
aga>
out of
any place,
N. T.
to take
13 rbv
power of
ace.
take up
up from; in out of or from, to
to lift
away
remove, trans.,
6.
5 rioto'ev zvqqtvlov iravros, i. e. was pleasing to all also in the phrase evoicTKco %dpw ivomiSv twos to find favour in the sight of any one, 7. 46 elsewhere irapd rwi, Luke 1. 30.
take out of the
to one's self,
1 1
ei-aigco,
chcrel
Acts
fig. to
deliver, foil,
15. 18 rj/uiaprov ev(ain6v aov, 16. 15
24. 11 £(pdvnaav kvooitiov avroov
mid. to select for Acts 26. 17. c)
to select,
one's self, to choose,
of, i. e.
Heb., kv&inov twos, where in Greek a dat. is usual, Luke 15. 10 x aP a y^^roLL evtioTTioi' roov ayyiXoov, i. e. joy to them, they rejoice
10. 3.
i^aipecc, ca, f. rjcca (e/c, alpico), aor. 2 QeiXov, aor. 2 mid. irreg. efeiAaTo (see avaipico), to take out, trans., i. e. a) to pluck out, e. g. an eye, Matt. 5. 29. b) to take out from a
in the mind, will, purpose, judgment, of any one, Luke 1. 6 hiKaLoi evcoiuov rov ®eo0,
taph. in the sight
John
flock,
foil,
by
e/c,
irovriQbv e£ vfxoou,
i.
e.
Cor. 5. to expel,
1
excommunicate. £
^aireco,
),
to deceive wholly, beguile, seduce,
i.
e.
out of the right way into error, trans. Rom. 7. 11, 16. 18.
to lead
i^diriva, adv. (later form for e'lcnrivt]s Ion. for i^aicpurjs), suddenly, unexpectedly,
Mark
££a7rop€Ofji.ai,
make thoroughly out, 2 Tim. 3. 17. to
i^aarpdirTOD, to flash
trans.
9. 8.
ov/j.at (e/c, airopiofxai),
wholly without resource, despair utterly, foil, by gen. 2 Cor. 1. 8, absol. 4.8. to be
e|a7ro
Acts 26. 11
out,
Luke
even to foreign
ras
els
1.
efcu
iroXeis
Fig. of those not belonging to one's society, church, &c, in N. T. not Christians, 1 Cor. 5. 12, 13, or of those not belonging to the number of the apostles, Mark 4. 11 so e|o> tj/jloov dvSpcoiros our outward man, the body, 2 Cor. 4. 16. As a prep with gen. out of, outside of, Heb. 13. 11. b) of place whither, out, forth, out of doors, foras (i. e. from a place), after verbs implying motion or direccities.
:
t
John 19. 4 dyco v/juv abrov e£co, Matt. 5. 13 el @\r)Qr}vai !{», John 11. 43 devpo e£o>, Acts 5. 34 ttoltjo'cu e£co, 16. 30 Trpoayaycov e£a>: so after verbs of motion compounded with tion,
^
eK, as e£dyco
Luke
24. 50, eicBdAXco
8. 54, i^^xop-cct Matt. 26. 75. As a prep, with gen. Matt. 21. 17 e^rjXBev
e£co rrjs iroXecos.
adv. of place (e£co), from ivithout, i. e. outwardly, externally, viz. a) pr. Matt. 23. 27 so 6 e|co6ev as adj. outward, external, 1 Pet. 3. 3 rb e^coQev the outside, Matt. 23. 25; that from without, Mark 7. 18:
e^coOev,
:
;
fig. ol
e£co6ev those
not Christians,
1
from without, i. Tim. 3. 7. b)
e.
=
out of, without, as prep, with gen. Mark 7. 15 e^ca&ev rod dvQp iirriyyeXrai, i. e. to whom the promise was made.' b) in the sense :
'
make
of
to profess,
by
ace. Qeocrsfisiav 1
uiv 6. 21.
profession
Tim.
of,
foil.
2. 10,
yv&-
iTraipeo, fut. up, raise
tip,
apw
(iiri, atpco),
take
to
a) pr. as a sail,
trans,
Acts 27. 40 pass, to be taken up, be borne upward, 1. 9. Spoken of the hands, to lift up, as in prayer and benediction, Luke 24. 50 fig. to lift up, e. g. tous 6v enaKOXovdovvrcov a"q{xeioov the accompanying signs ; with dative, 1 Tim. 5. 24 5e
ricrl
eiraKoAovdovaiv,
kvu
sc.
at
and some they follow after, i. e. are manifest only subsequently metaph. 1 Pet. 2. 21 'Iva eiraKoXovafxapTiai,
i
ro?s ix v * (TLV uvrov to follow his footsteps, i. e. to follow his
6r)crr}T€
upon
example
Tim.
1
;
5.
d
10
ttclvt] ep-
ycc ayaOcp eirrjKoXovdrjae has followed
upon every good work, studious of, devoted to.
close
iiraKovoo, fut. ovcca (eTri, hear to, hearken upon, i.
any thing
i.
e.
been
cutovoo), to
at
to
to
hear
which one
hear
iiraKpodofiai,
deponent mid.
to hear to, hearken with gen. Acts 16.25.
(eTri, clk po do /aa l)
to, —sttclkovgo',
to,
w/jtai, ,
eirdv, conj., for e7rel av, whenever, so soon as, with subjunct., Matt. 2. 8 eirav evprjre,
Luke
11. 22, 34.
GiravayK.es, adv. (eiri, avdyKij), ne ~ cessarily, and rb eirdvayKes necessary, Acts 15.28. iiravdyca,
d^oo (eiri, avdyu)).
f.
1. to
upon, in N. T. as a nautical term, to lead up or out upon the sea, to put out to sea, els rb fidOos, Luke
lead
upon, mea) to abide upon, remain 10. 6. b) to confide in,
eiravaTravofjiai, to rest
taph. viz.
Luke
rely upon,
by
foil,
Rom.
dat.
eiravegx°lJ a h aor 2
eiravrjABov (eiri,
«
-
2. 17.
avipxo^ai), to come back upon or to a place, to return hither or thither,
Luke 10.35,
&c. absol.
eTtavio~Ty\\xi
(eiri,
T. only mid. jxai, to rise
one,
foil,
avicTr^fxi),
eiravio'Ta/JLai,
up upon,
by
19. 15.
in N. GT^aro-
against
any "
riva Matt. 10. 21.
eiri
eirav6pB(acis,
e.
i.
f.
ea>s,
(eTravopdSoo), a
i)
setting to rights, reparation, restitution,
e. g.
of a city
;
correction, reformation,
and
life,
N. T.
in
of heart
e.
i.
fig.
2 Tim. 3.16.
also prep, with gen., pr. up above, i. e. above, over, upon, &c. a) as an adv. of
eirdvoo, adv.
(eiri,
&vvos at the
time of, Acts 11. 28 iirl KAavdiov in the days of, under: so of actions as e. g. inl ra>u irpoo 1
specifying time,
evx&v I
my
p-ov in
pray,
Rom.
3. fig.
1.
prayers,
spoken
;
i.
e.
when
10.
Rom.
a) of dignity,
9. 5 6 oov iirl
irdvrw 0€os, yd&s,
Acts 27 t>s fy TOV koltcouos so kolQ12. 20 TOP io~TT){xi iiri Matt. 24. 45, Sdxrw e|ovb) criav iirl rcou iQvoov Rev. 2. 26. 8.
M
iirl irdo-rjs rrjs :
of a subject of discourse, on, of, concerning, only after verbs of speech, writing, &c. Gal. 3. 16 ob Keyei els c) of iirl iroWccu, aAA' cos €' kvos. manner, where hei with gen. forms a periphrasis for an adverb, e.g. eV aXriOeias, lit. upon the truth, i. e. of a truth, truly,
=
a\r)doos,
Mark
12. 14.
e. g. 1. of with the dative same sense and circumstances as iiri with gen., so that the Greek poets often use the gen. and dat. interchangeably, while in prose the dat. is more usual, a) of place where, after words implying rest upon, on, in, &c. comp. 1. 1. a. (a) pr. Matt. 14. 8 iirl irivaKi, Mark 2. 4, 6. 39 eVi roi x&Q TCC avanXivai, v. 55 iirl rols upafidrois, Luke 11. 44 XiBov iirl XiBco, Rev. 19. 14 4$' 'lirirois XevKo7s. (/3) as implying close proximity, contact, upon, at, close by, Matt. 24. 33 iyyvs ianv iirl 6v-
II.
;
place, in the
John 4. 6 iKade(ero iirl rfj irr]by the fountain i. e. on the side yfj of the well, Acts 3. 10 iirl rfj irvXy, paLS,
9 iirl rfj dvpa. (7) foil, by dat pi. of persons, —with, among, Acts 28. 14 671-' avrols iirijAuvcu, 2 Cor. 7. 7 i(f>' vpXv i. e. &v. b) of place whither, after words implying motion or direction upon, 5.
to,
towards, &c.
avrfj,
John
so
Acts
8.
Mark 5.
35
Fig.
Heb.
10. 16
SiSovs v6-
rats KapSiais. (j8) fig. of a direction of mind towards any one; e. g. in a friendly sense, 2 Cor. 9. 14 x^9 LV T °v ®-ov i(p* vpuv, Luke 18. also in a 7 /JLaKpoOvfAcov iir avrols hostile sense, against, 12. 52 rptis iirl hvtrl nal 5uo iirl rpicA Siap-epicrG'qcrovraL, Rev. 12. 17 ccpyiaBrj iirl rfj
fjiovs iirl
1
:
yvvaiKi.
of time when, chiefly as marking a definite period of time, upon, at, in. a) genr. Heb. 9. 26 iirl avvTeAe/a revv altovtov. As designated 2.
authority, &c. upon, over, Matt. 2. 22 fiaaiXevei iirl tt)? 'lovdaias over Ju-
dea,
iir'
:
rots avQpdoirois ri /xeAAeTe irpdo~-
L0. 16.
iirl
2.
avrrj /3aAeVco
iir
and including the
by contemporary &c. 2 Cor.
institutes, actions,
avayvwaei rrjs iraAaias dia£'f]K7}s during the reading, whenever it is read; Phil. 1. 3 iirl irdcrr) rfj p.veia v/jloov at every mention, as often as I think of you Heb. 9. 15 iirl rfj irpcorrj 8iadr)Kr) during the first covenant, while it was So, as implying merely in force. co-existence in time, 2 Cor. 7. 4 iirl 3.
14
iirl rfj
;
irdarj rfj OAixpet.
der
our
all
6 tjAlos
fJLi)
tj/jloov
during, un-
in,
afflictions
Eph.
;
4.
26
iiriSveroo iirl rep irapopyia-
vjjlcou during, while your wrath continues. b)in the sense of after, immediately following upon, Acts 11. 19 0AuJ/ecos rr)s yevofxivns iirl
lj.ee
iZrecpdvw,
i.
immediately after
e.
Stephen; John
4.
27
iirl
rovrtc upon
thereupon.
this,
fig.; spoken a) of power, authority, care over, &c. Matt. 24-. 47 3.
iirl
iracn rols virdpxovcnv
avrov'Ka-
b) as marking acraarrjazi avrov. cession or addition upon or to something already mentioned or implied, upon, unto, besides, Matt. 25. 20 aAAa
raKaura
5
e/cepS^cra e7r
avro7s,
Luke
26
iirl iraai rovrois besides all Cor, 14. 16 igu rb a/xV iirl this, rfj o~fj eu%apicrTia, Phil. 2. 27 Xvirr] iirl \virri text. rec. c) of that upon which any thing rests as a basis, in various foundation, or support specifications, viz. (a) genr. Luke 4. 4 £fjv ovk e7T cLprcx) fxouco, &AA' iirl
16.
1
;
5
iravrl prip-arL to sustain or
Qeov to live upon, i. e. support life upon. So
9
162
E7TL
words implying hope, trust, confidence -upon or in any person or thing, Rom. 15. 12 eV avr$ eBprj i\TriovcTLV, Mark 10. 24 irsiroiOoTas after
eV! to?s xpypaciv, Luke 24. 25 7ncT€V€iu eVi iracrip oTs kt\, Acts 14. 3
t£
Trapp7](Jia£6fAevoi iir\
fcvpicp
also
:
5
in the phrase e7r iXiriSi upon or fw &0/9e, lit. resting wpow hope, Acts 2. 26. Here belongs the phrase eVi
upon the name of do any thing upon or in the name of a person, on the ground of, under colour of his name, &c. Acts 4. 18 8iSd(TK€ip iirl
5
67r
Hence
rod
teach upon
'Irjcrov to
name of Jesus, i. e. resting upon his name, upon him as the ultimate teacher and author so Luke 9. 49 the
;
gov itcfidWoPTa ra, daifAovia casting out demons upon thy name, i. e. resting the efficacy of their exorcism upon thy name Acts 2. 38 fiaTrTiffOyiTQ) iirl rep bp6p.aTi I. Xp. be baptised upon the name of Christ, i. e. the baptism being grounded upon the profession of his name Matt. rep
e7r!
dvofACLTi
;
5
;
18. 5 bs eap oi^nrai iraidlop %v
t§
iirl
as resting upon or professing my name as a Christian. (/3) of the subject of an action or of discourse, upon, in reference to, ovojiari fxov,
Mark TO
6.
i.
52 ov
e.
avpr\K 6ri, on this account that, because, Rom. 5. 12.
iirl Tcp
i.
24 (see oaircLvdw).
21.
clvtoIs
re? ovSjuari tlpos
one,
r
E7TI
®ex ajLiapTTjcraPTas e7Ti t
(j8)
where the motion or direc-
tion upon implies also an affection of the mind for or against ; e. g. favourable, kindly, Luke 9. 38 hei/3Aei//ou inl rbv vlov fiov, 1 Pet. 3. 12
Kvpiov inl robs SiKaiovs i. e. are directed upon ; of disfavour, upon, against, v. 12 npocrccnov Kvpiov inl noiovvras KaKa i. e. is directed ol b(pQaXfxol
In a hostile sense, Matt. reKva inl yoveTs, Luke 12. 53 biafiEpLaO^aerai nevdega inl rrjv vv/j.
fiaA&v e/cAaie rushing forward, i. e. out of the hall (comp. Matt. 26. 75
—
and Luke Ktov
i.
e.
or head
;
others, iirifia22. 62), tfidnov, covering his face others, by impl., begin-
Hence impers.
to fall upon, or belong to pertain fall any one, Luke 15. 12 D6s fioi rb iirifidWov fxipos the portion pertaining to me.
ning.
to,
i.
e.
to
So, f. r^o'cc, lit. to burden upon; in N. T. metaph. to be burdensome upon, e. g. in a pecuniary sense, foil, by accus. 1 Thess. 2. 9.
iirifiageco,
2 Cor. vfjicis i.
e.
2. 5
'iva
fj.^
iirifiapcv
irdvras
I may not burden you all, bear too hard upon you all in that
—
my
censure, others take 'iva /jl^j iiriftapSb as parenthetic, that I may
not be too severe, v/xas
depends on
and then irdvras
AeAvir-nKev.
daw,
cause to mount, for riding, foil, by iiri with accus. Luke 10. 34 iiri&ifidcras abrbv iwl rb tdiov tcrrjvos with iiri impl. 19. 35.
^7rt/3i/3a^u>, trans., as
f.
to
on an animal
:
e7TiyiV(i)(TKU)
iiriyafifigevcc, fut. evaco (eVt, ya/j.&o6s), to contract affinity with, to intermarry with; in N. T. to marry by right of affinity, trans. Matt. 22. 24, spoken of the marriage of a brother's widow, according to the Jewish law.
eiriyeios, ov, 6, tj, adj. («rt, yrj), upon earth, i. e. earthly, terrestrial, viz. belonging to the earth, as ra acofxara 1 Cor. 15. 40; persons, Phil. 2. 10 ra iiriyeia earthly things, i.e. relating to earth and this life, 3. 19 crocpia iiriyeios earthly wisdom, i. e. imperfect and perverse, Jam. 3. 15. ;
i-Kiyivo\xai, to arise upon, come on, intrans., e.g. of a wind, to spring zip,
Acts 28.
13.
iiriyivcbo'KCt),
yvcoaofxai,
fut.
know thereupon,
pr. to
by looking on as a spectator; hence genr. with iiri intens. to know fully, both in an inchoative and a completed sense. 1. to
know
i.
e.
inchoative,
fully,
i.
e.
come to know, to gain or receive full knowledge of, to become fully acquainted with, &c. a) genr., foil, by to
ace. of thing, expr. or impl., 1.
4
Luke
iinyvccs r^jv acrcpdAeiav,
'iva
Acts
22. 24; by iregl with gen. 24. 8; absol. 1 Cor. 13. 12 by ace. of pers. ;
rbv vl6v, rbv irarepa, Matt. 11. 27: so with air6 twos, to know from or by any thing, 7. 16, 20. b) in the sense of to know well, i. e. from others, to ascertain, find out, learn, foil, by tin, Luke 7. 37 iiriyvovaa on avaKetrai ktA, 23. 7 absol. Acts 9. 30. c) in the sense of to perceive, ;
be fully aware
of, foil,
by ace. Luke
22 imyvovs rovs diaAoyia/Jiovs, Mark 5. 30 by on 2. 8. d) in the sense of to recognise, know, i. e. by sight or person, foil, by ace. of person, Matt. 14. 35 so of things, Acts 12. 14 iiriyvovaa r)]v (peevqv twos, 27. 39 r))v yrjv ovk iireyivccaKov i. e. did not know it from any other. 5.
;
iirifiAiirco,
f. i|/a>,
to look
upon, fix the to look upon,
eyes upon; in N. T. fig. have respect to, with iiri and accus., i. e. in kindness, favour, Luke 1. 48 in partiality, James 2. 3. ;
r6 (iirifiaAAco), lit. any thing put on, an addition, hence a patch, Matt. 9. 16, Mark 2. 21.
iirifiATHJLa, aros,
:
2.
to
know fully,
in a
completed
sense, to have a full knowledge of, &c. and foil, by ace. of thing,
a) genr. co, f. jjcrco, to cry out upon, exclaim vehemently, absol. Acts
iirifiodco, to
25. 24. iirtfiovAr),
tjs, 7] (fiovA'f)),
pr. counsel
upon or against, hence plot, conspiracy, Acts 9. 24; 20. 3, 19; 23. 30.
Rom.
1.
32 rb
Sucaioo/xa
rov ®eov
iirt-
yvovres, Col. 1. 6 by ace. of pers. in attraction with on, 2 Cor. 13. 5 absol. Acts 25. 10; pass. 1 Cor. 13. 12 Ka\ iireyvcccrd^v. b) in the sense of to acknowledge, i. e. as being what :
166
Z7riyvk)arLQ
one
is or professes to be, a prophet, apostle, teacher, &c, Matt. 17. 12
'HAias
ovk iireyvooo'av 1. 14: so of doctrines, an epistle, &c, v. 13 bis. c) from the Heb., and with the idea of goodwill, to know and approve, acknow^Afle, koX
?j5?7
avrov, 2 Cor.
Udge and
accus. 1 Cor. 16. 18 TOVS T0L0VT0US. iiriyvooo'LS,
ecos,
full knowledge,
coming
foil,
by
I^Wnr/cere
ovv
care for, cherish,
rj
a) the act of
a full knowledge of any thing, cognition, acknowledgment, e.g. iiriyvcocis a\r)deias 1 Tim. 2. 4, aya6ov Philem. 6, rod ©eov 2 Pet. 1. 3 so iirlyvoocris auaprias Rom. 3. 20, b) objectively, full knowledge, spoken of what is known, in N. T. of God, Christ, divine things, &c, Rom. 1. 28 rbv ®ebv e%€i^ ev eiriyvcticrei to retain God in knowledge, i. e. to retain a knowledge of him ssep. to
;
;
(imygdcpoo), an inscription, superscription, e. g. on coin, Mark 12. 16 ; on the breast or over the head of one crucified, stating his name and crime, 15. 26.
£iriypa, to
shew before any one,
shew up,
genr. to shew, exhibit, trans., the idea of motion up to, towards any one being implied. a) pr. Matt. 22. 19 imdei^are /jlol to vofxior/JLa mid., Acts 9. 39 iTTidsua'vp.evcu x LT ^ vas shewing their tunics; Luke 17. 14 iirid. eavrovs roils Upsvcri shew yourselves, present yourselves before the priests. So of deeds, miracles, to shew forth, exhibit, Matt. 16. 1. In the sense of to point out before or to any one, i.
e.
:
e. g.
avrcp ras olKodofids, Matt. 24.
b)
1.
ments,
fig.
to
shew, i. e. by argudemonstrate, prove, with to
Heb. 6. Acts 18. 28. ace.
£ ir
i$ exo pa i,
to receive
17,
with ace. and
infin.
John 10:
admit, assent
to
fig.
^ofjLUL,
upon or up
depon. mid., to
one's
self,
to receive, admit, in
to,
ver. 9.
faca (iiridrjfJios), to be among one's people, be at home; in N. T. to come among a people, i. e. as
6 7riS77 U€o>, /
f.
oo,
a stranger,
to reside
as a stranger,
intrans., Acts 2. 10 ol iiriSriixovvTzs 'Poo/ulcuoi, i. e. Roman residents at
Jerusalem i.
e.
17. 21 ol eTTLd-nfiovvres
;
resident foreigners.
iTTLdtardcrcro fiai, fut. £ofiai, to arrange upon, superadd unto, e. g. other and further conditions, fig. Gal. 3. 15. f. Bdeo~w, to give upon, i. e. in addition to; in N. T. to give forth, i. e. from one's self upon or to another, to give or deliver over, i. e. to put into one's hands, trans. a) genr. Matt. 7. 9 /jltj kiOov €Tri8d>o~€i aurop, Luke 4. 17 iiredodr} abrcp /3xb) fig. to give over, commit fixiov. to, as a ship to the wind, Acts 27. 15 eTTifiSpTzs [i. e. rb tt\o7ov or ra
eTridiBcofji.1,
icrria rep ave/acpl iepepofjieda.
iirid to gdooo,
fut.
a>,
straight upon,
to
cocrco,
to
e.
i.
T. only mid., Tit. ZmBiopOobo-n,
1.
make
put further
rights, arrange further, trans.
;
in
to
N.
5 ra Xe'nrovra
where Lachmann gives
£tt id io p decoys
active.
go down upon, spoken of the sun, to set upon or during any thing, foil, by 4ttI rivi,
iiriBvca, fut.
Eph.
dvo'cc,
to
4. 26.
iirieiKeia, as, r\ (£iri€iK7}s), propriety, probity, moderation; in N. T. gentleness, clemency, Acts 24. 4. iirieLK^is, eos, ovs, o, f), adj. (eltcos, fr. eoiKa), pr. fitting upon, i. e. fit,
hence neut. rb
suitable, proper,
=
£ttl-
67Tiet/c6ia, propriety, probity, eitces moderation, Phil. 4. 5 by impl. mild, :
gentle, clement, 1
£iri£r}Tetc,
S>,
f.
Tim.
tjctgo,
quire after, trans,
3. 3.
to
seek for, in-
a) genr.
Acts 12.
19 zinQr)TJ](ras avrbv koX fx)] zvpwv. In the sense of to seek at the hands of any one, to require, demand, Matt. 12. 39 o~7)fA€iop iirifrre?: so Phil. 4. 17 rb U[xa, Acts 19. 39. b) to seek to acquire, strive after,
f.
N. e. genr. T. in kindness, hospitably, trans.,
i.
3
feVot,
pr.
(iiriyLvcticrKCti),
e.
i.
kiri^ribi)
long for, trans.
im^re?, Foil, by inf. Phil. 4. 17 rbv Kapirov. to desire earnestly, Acts 13. 7 eVe^32 ravra ra
Matt.
6.
rrjerev
aKovaai rbv Xoyov rod
eOvrj
0eot>.
167
kiridavaTLOQ
'YjirLKOvpuoe
adj. (err/, 6dva-
of invocation addressed to Christ for
tos), appointed to death, condemned,
Acts 7. 59 ~%Te(pavov eiriKaXovp.evov\rbv Kvpiov] Kal XeyovTa. Hence genr. to invoke, pray to, worship, spoken of God, tov Kvpiov Rom. 10. 12 foil, by to ovopa Kvpiov Acts 2. 21 also of Christ, foil, by to ovop.a tov Kvpiov *It]o~ov XpiaTov 1 Cor. 1. 2. b) in adjurations, imprecations, &c.
eiriQavaTios, 1
Cor.
ov, 6,
7),
aid,
4. 9.
4-ntdeo-is,
coos,
(emiiB-npLi), aplaci
r]
g
or laying upon of hands, the emblem through which the Holy Ghost was
imparted, Acts
eiriBvpew,
oo,
f.
;
:
8. 18. rjo~oo
(eiri, Bv/n6s), to
fix the desire upon, desire earnestly, a) genr., foil, by gen. long for, viz.
Acts 20. 33 apyvpiov ovSevbs by infin. aor. Matt. fir]o-a:
Luke
eireBv-
2 Cor.
13. 17
KaXovp.ai
with with Kara infin. pres. Heb. 6. 11; twos Gal. 5. 17; absol. 1 Cor. 10. 6. b) spoken of unlawful desire, to in covet, Rom. 7. 7 ovk eT-iBvp.T}o~eis regard to a woman, to lust after, with gen. Matt. 5. 28. iTre6vjJL7}(TCLP l$e?v,
22. 15
;
:
iTTL6vfxr]T7}s, ov, 6 {e-KiBvp-eoo), a desir er, one
eager for any thing,
1
Cor.
as,
r]
22. 15, Phil.
earnest a) genr. Luke
23
ttjv eiriBvp.lav ex,
f.
7}(T(*),
upon, to attest, with accus. 1 Pet. 5. 12. iTTi/neXeia, as,
to
testify
and
infin.
(iirip.e'Xopai),
t)
care
;
a) pr.
to forget.
aor.
Mark
8.
and
foil,
by
infin.
14 iireXdOopro Aa/3e2V
b) &provs: with birotos Jam. 1. 24. in the sense of to neglect, not to mind or care for, foil, by gen. Heb. 6. 10 iiriXaOizo-dai rod epyov: by ace. So pass. perf. Phil. 3. 14 ra oirlaco. part. Luke 12. 6 ovk earns eViAeXrjcrfJLeyop epdoiriou rod ©eou is notforgotten, neglected, before God,
speak or say upon, in N. i. e. besides, in addition to 1. to say or utter upon, i. e. by T. impl. to name, call, John 5. 2.
eiriXeyw,
f.
|co,
to
;
for, attention, Acts 27. 3 iirificXeias rvx&v, i. e. to enjoy the kind atten-
tions of his friends. eTTL/uLeXo/jLai, or iojiai ovfxai,
f.
t)o~o-
have care upon or over, to take care of or for, foil, by gen., e.g. of the sick, Luke 10. 34; of the church, 1 Tim. 3. 5. pai,
depon. pass.,
to
iiri/uLeXcos, adv. (iTnfieXTjs), carefully,
sedulously, £ Tripe poo,
Luke
f.
remain upon,
epoo,
aor.
1 eirefxeipa,
to
longer, remain, continue, ina) pr. in a place, foil, by ahi.e. in addition,
whence genr. trans.
15. 8.
to
;
169
tTTlVlVb)
Acts 15. 34; by iv with by iiri dat. of place, 1 Cor. 16. 8 with dat. of pers. Acts 28. 14; by irp6s with ace. of pers. Gal. 1. 18, of b) fig. time how long Acts 10. 48. to continue in any state, course, &c. to be constant in, persevere in, with rov
there,
;
dat., t?; iriarei Col. 1. 23, rfj x&P LTL Acts 13. 43, rfj ajj.apria Rom. 6. 1 ;
1
Tim.
16
4.
i.e. in
iirifieve avrols,
Foil, by part. Acts one's duties. 12. 16 iirefieve kqovcov, as in Engl. he continued knocking.
iirLVtvco, on,
assent to
e. to
i.
evcroo, to
f.
nod or wink upby a nod or wink
to
fut.
forswear one's
rjorco
self,
i.
e.
to
swear
falsely, not to fulfil one's oath, absol. Matt. 5. 33.
iiriog kos, ov, 6, r), adj. (iiri, SpKos), forswearing, false-swearing, perjured, pr. i taking oath upon oath' lightly, and therefore breaking all in N. T. of persons, as subst. aforswearer, ;
a perjurer,
1
Tim.
iin.ovo~ios, ov,
6, r),
1.
10.
word found 11 and Luke
adj., a
only in N. T., Matt. 6. one 11. 3 &prov tj/jlccv rbv iiriovo~iov from derive it interpreters class of the part. iiriovo'a i. e. r)/uL€pa, and then &gros iiriovo-ios would be tomorrow's bread, bread for the coming daily bread others, because day, this &gros iinovo-ios is asked not for to-morrow but to-day, derive iiriov-
ax^vs 13. 11, bveidicr/jLoi Rom. 15. 3. So of the Spirit, to descend upon, foil, by iiri riva Acts 10.44, iiri nvi 8.16. iirnr\r)o~o~co,
;
from iiri and ovoria being, existand translate bread for sustaining life, i. e., by impl., sufficient, o~ios
ence,
blows upon, beat; in N. T. fig. to chide, rebuke, foil, by dat. 1 Tim. 5. 1.
iimrviyco,
f.
iiriiriirroo,
f.
ireaov/iaL,
aor. 2 iire-
•7T60W, perf. iiriireirrooKa, to fall upon,
in N. T. only used of persons, viz to throw one's self upon, with a) pr.
=
Acts 20. 10 iireiTeo'ev avr,
some mss. Luke
strangle, in
a>,
f.
to
8. 7.
upon,
to desire
f)o~a>,
over and above, besides
e.
in
;
N.
long iimro11 1. for, 6o) idtw vfjLas with accus. of thing, to ydXa 1 Pet. 2. 2 of person, to long after, regard with longing, to love, 2 Cor. 9. 14: foil, by irp6s ri, to incline towards, tend to, Jam. 4. 5 irpbs ,
tivated tract of country, Matt. 15. 33. eprj/nos, ov,
6,
r),
adj. solitary, desert,
region uninhabited and uncultivated, Matt. 14. 33 els epy]jj.ovr6iTov. In the sense a) pr. of a place or
viz.
of deserted, desolate, laid waste, 23. Spoken of 38 6 oTkos v/jlcov eprj/jios. a female, solitary, destitute i. e. of a husband, unmarried, Gal. 4. 27 7roAAa ra retcva rr)s epr)p.ov. b) as subst. 7) epr)p.os sc. x^P a a solitude, desert,
=
>
ep-qfxia,
i.
and uncultivated Matt. 11. 7,
3.
3
e.
an uninhabited
tract of country,
fiouvros ev rfj epr)/uLoj, 5. 16; of a desert as
cpoiVT)
Luke
adapted to pasturage, i. e. uninhabited, &c, 15.4, comp. Matt. 18. 12 ra opt}. Spoken of the desert of Judea, i. e. the south-east part thereof, from the Jordan along the Dead Sea, which was mostly uninof the desert habited, Matt. 3. 1 or mountainous region where Jesus was tempted, probably near Jericho, 4. 1 of a desert probably between the Mount of Olives and Jericho, Acts 21. 38 of the Arabian desert, between Mount Sinai and Palestine, ;
;
;
God, genr., 15. 18, Heb.
1. 10. So 7. 30. works implying power, and put eg 7] /a 6 co, oo, f. oocroo (eprjpos), to desofor power, might, e. g. of God, John late, lay waste; in N. T. only pass. 9. 3 of Satan, 1 John 3. 8 iva \vo-n to be made desolate, be laid waste, e.g. ra epya rod SiajSSAov, i. e. destroy fiao~iAeia Matt. 12. 25, ttoAis Rev. 18.
of
e
;
his power. epedi£oo, f. io~w (epedco), to excite, pr.
irXovros i. e. to be destroyed, come to nought, v. 16; so of a person, 17.
19
;
;
176
€pflfJHi)(TtQ 1
6
i.
riQrj/iLoo/jLevrjj/ 7roir)o'ovo'i
e.
shall despoil her.'
'
ipr)iuc0
Herpos.
eg/jirjueverai
Hermes, pr. name,
of a Christian at Rome, 14. b) same as Mercury
mythology, Acts
Rom.
a) 16,
m heathen
14. 12.
'EpfJLoyevrjs, €os, ovs, 6, Hermogenes, pr. name of a man, 2 Tim. 1.15.
t6 (epirerSs), a creeping animal, reptile, Acts 10. 12.
epirer6v,
ov,
in N. T. only in epvBpa BaXaaaa the Red Sea, Acts
epvBpSs, i)
to come, with adjuncts implying motion to or toivards any person or place, viz. a) pr., spo-
a, 6v, red,
7. 36.
epxofiai,
f.
eXevcrojxai, aor.
2 t)XBov,
perf. eXr)XvBa, pluperf. eXrjXvBeiv, to
come, go, move or pass along, i. e. in direction, as marked by the adjuncts, or often simply by the the forms from eXBe'iv, context: however, more frequently signify to come, so that, e. g., r)xBev is rarely said of one who goes from or away while those from epxe&Bai are used indifferently of both directions. 1. to go, with adjuncts implying motion from a place or person to a) pres. and imperf., foil, another, by els and accus. of place, ¥iqx ovto
any
—
ken of
persons,
9 Xeyca
ciXXcp,
(a) absol. Matt. 8.
epxov, Kal egx erai i ssepiss. Pres. in an historical sense, i. e. instead of the aorist, Matt. 25. 11 ijcrrepov epxovrai Kal at Xonral irapBevoi, comp. ver. 10 apparently in a, future sense, but only of what is certainly to take place, Luke 3. 16 epxerat 6 l^xvpSrepos fxov, John 4. 25 especially in the phrase 6 ipXOfievos the coming, i. e. the future one, he who shall come, the Messiah, 12. 13, also 6. 14; so in the periphrasis of the name Jehovah, 6 &v Kal o r)v Kal 6 epx^^vos, Rev. 1.4. By a species of pleonasm, the part. eXBcav is prefixed to other verbs in which the notion of coming is already pre-supposed, in order to render the idea more full and com:
;
of a
meton. for faculty of interpreting,
1.
:
2.
epideia,
eg is,
,
pres. in a preter sense, Heb. 11. 8. b) improperly aor. 2 fjXBov, absol. Mark 11. 13; with irpos riva Luke 15. 20; with ace* of distance, odbv r)jULepa,s, 2. 44. 21. 3
21. 20.
(epis), to strive,
f. icrco
6a\do o'r)S eh Kairepvaov/Ji John 6. 17 by accus. 65oV to go one's way, Acts 9. 17; by avv rivi John
irepav tt)s
;
(eprjfiSoi)),
7]
a laying waste,
4pi£o),
in
ttjv irSpurjv
epxofiai
els iroXiv,
23 eXBcav KaryKricrev Engl, he came and in as
dwelt, 8. 2
;
plete, Matt. 2.
comp.
auicrrri/JLi II. d.
(/3) with adjuncts marking object or purpose, e. g. foil, by infin. Matt. 2. 2 rjxBofiev irpoa'Kvvrja'ai avrcp: by part. fut. 27. 49 el epx^Tai'liXias a&crcav avTov, Acts 8. 27: so with part,
pres. implying purpose and manner, rpia errj epxo^ai Qnroov Kapizov
Luke
with
13. 7;
iva,
John
10. 10.
(7) with dat. of person, either pleoto, for, or directly t for Trpos riva, Matt. 21. 5 6 fiacriXevs crov epxerai croi, Rev. 2. 5, 16: so with dat. of thing, as manner or instrument, John 21. 8 oi &XX01 fiaByrai r
5e,Mark with adv. and infin. of pur5. 27 pose, John 4. 15 /Hyde epx^i^ai ev0a§€ avrXeiv also a>5e els tovto eXr];
:
XvBei, (e) viz.
Acts 9. 21. construed with prepositions, (1) ct7ro with gen. of place, Acts
2 iXr)Xv66ra airb rrjs 'IraXias, Mark 1. 9; of pers.,/row a person, 18.
:
-PX 5. 35.
^
ekwith
(2)
177
ace. of place, to
come into, e. g. els tt\v oIkiov to enter, Matt. 2. 11; a country, city, &c. to come to or z'w/o, Mark 5. 1, 8. 10; of purpose (i. e. els final), John 1. 7 ovtos ^XOeu els /maprvpiau, 4. 45 els tt)u eopTTjv i.e. to attend the feast with els repeated, both of place and final, 9. 39. (3) lie with gen. of place whence, John 3. 31; e'/c and Us 4, 54. (4) eV with dat. of manner, Luke 23. 42. (5) eVi with gen. of thing, implying rest upon, Matt. 24. 30 eirl rcov vev: with ace. of place upon or to which one comes, Mark 6. 53 t^v yrju Yew., Luke 19. 5; of object or purpose, em to fid-xTicr/ma avrov Matt. 3. 7; of person, to come to or before any one, Acts 24. 8 to come upon any one, e. g. to TTPev/ma, 19. 6 also to come
—
M —
—
;
;
against,
Luke
14. 31.
(6) ea>s avTov,
(7) Kara, with ace. to move to, toward, along by, Acts 16. 7. (8) fxeTa with ace. of pers. to come after 4. 42.
i.
in time, to follow,
e.
appear
later,
Acts 13. 25. (9) o7riVco with gen. of pers. to come after, i. e. to follow, fig. to become the follower, disciple, of any one, Matt. 16. 24 of time, to ;
come
after,
appear
later, 3. 11.
with gen. of person,
ircLpa
to
one comes, and
sense, 17.
1 1
:
foil,
of manner, 11. 19.
this is the 3. 2;
by part. pres. So ev vapid,
came, appeared in the flesh,' spoken of Christ, 1 John 4. 2 eVi rrp ovoixari twos Matt. 24. 5, see i.
e.
'
;
erri II. 3. c.
(see did
ical
cCi/jiaTos,
b)
I. 4.
John
1
by Us, as
:
ihOwu
Bid, as 6
5.
6
eav-
els
tov eXdup coming to himself, i. e. recovering his right mind, Luke 15. 17; Us x^P 0U th-Qovaa growing worse, Mark 5. 26 els aire\ey^6v, Acts 1 9. 27 els Kpiaiv i. e. to be condemned, John 5. 24 els eiriyucoo'ip, 1 Tim. 2. 4; els TTju &qolv TavT7]v, John 12. 27 by e/c, Rev. 7.14 e/c tt/s QXityews i. e. have escaped from. e) fig., spoken of things, e.g. (a) of time, as eXevo~QVTai rj/uepai Matt. 9. 15 iiKQev or e\i]\vBev r) &qo., John 16.4,32. Pres. in a fut. sense, of a time near and certain, to be coming, be near, Luke 23. 29 epxovrai ^ue'gai so part, epxo^evos coming, i. e. future aloov Mark 10. 30, to, epx6;
;
;
:
;
:
;
apayye\e'i
fxevci
John
16. 13, eopTTj
Acts 18. 21. (/3) of the kingdom of God, to come, i. e. to be established, Matt. e?s ti Phil.
upon,
&c.
guilt,
upon,
Rom.
1.12, by eVi
Matt.
elprjuT}
7}
(7) of good or
6. 10.
evil, e. g. of good,
come
tivol to
of
10. 13;
by
evil,
two. to come to, irdvTa John 18. 4,
foil,
happen Eph. 5.
by
3. 8, foil,
eiri
Matt. 23. 35
so of offences, to come, arise, 18. 7. (5) genr., of a voice, with e'/c, Mark 9.7] of a star, Matt. 2. 9 of floods, 7. 25, 27; of rain, Luke 12. 54; of wind, John 3. 8 of utensils, to be brought, Mark 4. 21. So of a law, faith, &c. to come, i. e. to be announced, made known, Rom. 7. 9 els to tyavep6v to come abroad, i. e. be
with ace. of thing, v. 20. b) in the sense of to come forth, i. e. before the public, to appear, make one's appearance, Matt. 11. 14 6 fxeWoov epxecrOcu, v. 19; pres. in fut.
vdaTos
5i
by
e. g. foil,
come
along, irapa t^v OaAacraav Matt. 15. 29. (11) ivp6s with ace. of person
whom
persons,
d) metaph. of
45.
7.
(10)
;
to
person, John
opy-f]
from any one, i. e. as sent, Luke 8. 49 with accus. of place, at, near,
more usual construction, John
epojrau)
c) in the sense of to
come again or back, to return, absol., Luke 1 5. 30 fiKQev, of the prodigal son; ews epxop-ai, 19. 13; eXdiav pleonastic (see in a. a), Matt. 5. 24. So with infin. of purpose, 2 Thess. 1. 10; with part. pres. of manner, John 9. 7 fjkBe fiKeiroov he came back seeing ; with Us and ace. of place, Matt. 2. 21; with irp6s and ace. of
6,
oHjxa
;
;
;
;
manifested, Mark 4. 22 otclv eKdrj to TeXeiov when that which is perfect is come, is established, 1 Cor. 13. 10. epco, see elirov. ;
epcoTaa), i.
to
e.
co,
f. rjcra),
a) to ask,
to ask.
interrogate,
to inquire of,
with ace. of pers. Matt. 16. 13 tovs fiaOrjTas clvtov Keyoov accus. of person and thing,
—
:
rjocoTa
foil,
by
ipiaTTjaca
\6yov eVa, 21. 24 of person and irepi with gen. of thing, Luke 9. 45 absol. 22. 68. b) from the Heb., to ask, i. e. to request, entreat, beseech, foil, by ace. of person, 7]puToov uvtov XeyovTes Matt. 15. of thing, to. irpbs tt)v elp-fjj/rjv 23; of pers. and prepoLuke 14. 32 v/uias
;
:
—
;
sitions, e. g.
—
7re£>i
twos
4. 38,
virep
178
L(jQi]Q
ecr^arog
— of person and Xva or Mark 26 avTbv %va kt\, Luke 36 3 — of
eat of, partake of, for 4k or airo tlvos as above, 1 Cor. 8. 7.
person and
4o~6Ulv or (payeiv Kal 7rivetv to eat
rivos
2Thess.
2. 1;
faces,
7.
4o~6r}s, t)tos,
rjgcora
7.
faces v.
;
;
infin. aor. 5. 3. {evvvixi,%crQy]v)
t)
Luke
ment, vestment,
,
a gar-
23. 11.
to"
c)
from the Heb., in the phrase
and drink, absol. or with accus. (a) simply for to take a meal, &c. Luke 10. 17.
^ctOtjctls,
eces,
raiment,
Luke
e
7)
(4crd ,f)s),
a garment,
24. 4.
edce,
Att. fut.
edo/jLcu,
aor. 2
ecpayov fr. obsol. (payee, later fut. (pdyo^cu, 2 pers. (pdyecraL, 2o eatf, take food, spoken both of men and
—
animals, a) genr. and absol. of persons, Matt. 12. 1 tlWclv . a) pr. implying motion into a place, &c, Matt. 26. 58 zlo-eXdoov eo~ct): with gen. Mark 15. 16 ecru rrjs avKr\s. b) of place tvhere, within, John 20. 26 hence 0, 7), rb
ecrco,
in,
yvvi].
;
as adj., inner, interior, metaph. 6 ecru) frudpooTTos the inner man, the
in refer-
ence to two, the later, latter, e. g. ra ecrxard twos the latter state or condition of any one, Matt. 12. 45: so 7] £)
mind,
within the church, 1 Cor. 5. 12.
eV Kaipcp lo~xdrco
and
eV
—
world is in part broken, but will be wholly destroyed only at his second advent, ra reXrj rati/ alclovoiv 1 Cor. 10. 11: these expressions seem, therefore, strictly to include the whole interval between the first and the final advent of Christ; but they sometimes refer more particularly to the period in which the
from implying motion from (eVa>),
pr.
Mark 7. 21 ZaooQev ek rrjs By impl., like etrco, within,
of persons, Matt. 7. 15 ecroodev elal Xvkol hence 6, i), rb eacodeu as adj., the inner, the inside, fig. for the mind, heart, &c. Luke :
11. 39.
io'corepos,
ov (compar.
a,
inner, interior,
Acts
fr. e t0 ex ~ press one's gratitude with dat. of pers. Luke 17. 16 evx^p^Ttov avrcp, Rom. 16. 4: elsewhere in N.T. used only in reference to God, to give thanks to God, usually foil, by rep @€(p, &c. and also other adjuncts, as with 7repi, virep, iiri, otl, %va, &c», Rom. 1. 8 evxaPLarto tq> ©ecp iregl iraPTtov vjjitov Stl ktK, Eph. 5. 20 v-
=
;
3 im; absol. Eph. 1. 16; pass, with accus. 2 Cor. 1. 11 %va evXagLcrTrjdfj [ray 0eo5] to xdp^pa. nep, Phil.
1.
f),
adj. (eu,
X ap' ' 1
—
make mid. and
implic, well-pleasing, acceptable to
glad, cause to rejoice, trans., aor. 1 pass, in mid. signif., to be glad,
once, 2 Cor.
ov, 6,
C^opaC), grateful, pleasing ; in N. T. grateful, i. e. thankful, full of gratiothers, by tude to God, Col. 3. 15,
12. 16.
a) genr., act.
;
:
evxdpL&ros,
avto (evcbptov), to
rejoice, exult, intrans.
,
1
*
€v
l
!•
prayer to
comp. v. 16. 2. a voiv, spoken of the vow of the Nazarite, Acts 21. 23, -in the case of indigent Nazarites, it was customary among the Jews for others to be at the expense of the sacrifice by which their vow was termiGod, Jam.
5. 15,
—
nated, who thus became partners in the vow: 18. 18 tceipdfAevos t^v Ke%€ty,
in
good
oo,
f.r)o~to
(evipvxos), to be
spirits, Phil. 2. 19.
of ofa), good odour, sweet savour, fragrance ; in N.T. fig. of persons or things well pleasing to God, 2 Cor.
e v cod ia, as,
2. 15,
Eph.
r)
(eucocfys, fr. o5o?5a pf.
5. 2, Phil. 4. 18.
evtovvpos, ov, 6, i), adj. (ey, ovofxa), pr. of good name, honoured; hence of good omen, used by way of euphe-
:
187
l(j)aXKo/JLat
mism
instead of apicrr€o6s the
;
Mark
the
10. 37, 40, 15. 27;
Rev.
left foot,
10. 2:
of
so adver-
Acts 21. 3 KaraAnr6vres avrrju cvdovvjuLov, i. e. on the left hand.
bially,
£ John €
ject and the predicate, such an affection or emotion is in Greek writers often said to have or possess a perin N. T. only Mark 16. 8 €?%€ son ai/TCLS TgOfJLOS koX €KaraO~LS. ;
(7) pr. of things which one has in, on, or about himself, including the idea of to bear, carry, e. g. in one's self, as eV yaarpl exetf to be
pregnant, Matt. 1. 18; fig. 2 Cor. 1.9: so on one's self, of garments, to bear, arms, ornaments, &c. wear, Matt. 3. 4 e?xe rb ei/Sv/xa, John 12. 6 rb yXwacrSKOfMov e?x e 18. 10 fidxaigap foil, by hrt expr. or impl. Rev. 9. 4, 13. 17 1 Cor. 11. 4 iX Kara K€(pa\9js to have upon the head, prop, so as to hang down from it, like a veil, toga, &c. fig. of persons
=
>
;
w
;
:
wearing an appearance, &c. Col. 2. 23 of a tree having leaves, Mark :
11. 13. tain,
i.
Heb.
e.
9.
13.21,
(5) in the sense of to conto have within one's self,
4
fig.
:
Mark
pi&v
h
eavrcp,
Matt.
4. 17.
and intensive, to have firmly i. e. in mind, to hold to, d)
fig.
hold fast, things,
roXas
John
(a) genr., e. g. of 14. 21 6 ix 03V Tas * v ~
viz.
fxov Kal T7\p6i>v auras, ssep.
:
so
®e6v, rbv irarepa, rbv v\6v to have God and Christ, to hold fast to them, i. e. to acknowledge them with love and devotedness, 2 John 9. (/3) by impl. to hold for or as, to regard, count, with ace. of pers. and noun in apposition, Matt. 14. 5 Cos iroo [SiSoj/cm], rovro aoi 5i5co/u. f) intrans., or with kaor6v impl.,
always with an adverb or adverbial phrase, to have one's self so and so, to be circumstanced, to be, &c, e. g.
%X eLV t0 oe rea dy, Acts 21. 13 io~xcus ex ere (where Lachmann has 60s to (pcos), ZafiovXdbv, 6, indec, Zabulon, Heb. II. as prep, governing the gen. dwelling,' pr. name of one of Jain later writers, until, unto, marking cob's sons in N. T 8 meton. the tribe a terminus ad quern, and spoken both of Zabulon, Matt. 4. 13. of time and place. 1. of time, viz. Za/cxcuos, ov, 6, Zaccheus, Heb. a) foil, by gen. of a noun of time, pure,' pr. name of a chief publiMatt. 26. 29 eons rrjs r)jj.epas iKeivrjs can, Luke 19. 2. by gen. of person or event, 1. 17 Zap a, 6, indec, Zara, Heb. dawn,' ecus Aa/3i5, ecus rrjs /JueroiKecrias Bapr. name of a son of Judah by Tha$v\oovos, %oos rod Xpiarod. b) by mar, Matt. 1. 3. :
>
i
'
;
'
gen. of a pronoun,
until
xP^vov,
i. e.
e. g.
(a) ecus ov,
what
time, until
when, i. e. simply until, with indie, or subjunc. with indie. Matt. 1. 25 %oos ov eVe/ce rbv vl6v, 13. 33 with subj. aor. without ctv, 14. 22 cuvr\aav rovs yoveTs, Matt. 5. 25 with subjunct. without &v, Luke 13. 8 ;
;
;
by adv. of time, with or without rod so ecas rod vdv c)
ecus ttrov ctkcuJ/cu.
:
until now, Matt. 24. 21
but
;
eoos rrjs ar\-
2 Cor. 3. 15 so genr., without rod, usually in later writers, eoos &pri until now, Matt. 11. 12; eoos ir6re until when, i. e. how long? 17. 17, Mark 9. 19. 2. of place, as far as to, unto, &c. a) pr. in various constructions, (a) foil, by gen. of place, Matt. 11. 23 Ifcus rod ovpavov to, up to heaven; 26. 58 eoos rrjs avXrjsrod apxiepeoos, Luke 2. 15 eoos BrjOXee/ji, 26. 11 ecu? kcl\ els tc\s e|cu rr6\eis to and even intoforeign cities, the construction being here adapted to els and not to ecus: so with gen. of person, as marking a place, 4. 42. (/3) by adv. of place, (jLtgov 27. 8,
eoos crrj/Jiepov
:
the brim, John 2. 7 Karoo to the bottom, Matt. 27. 51
e. g. eoos avoo to
%oos
ecus ecrcu
Mark
14.
54
;
ecus cuSe
;
Luke
23. 5. (7) by prep, and its case, e. g. eoos els BrjOaviav as far as into Bethany, i. e. quite thither, Luke
50
so eoos e£oo rrjs rv6\eoos as far as to without the city, i. e. quite out of the city, Acts 21. 5. 24.
b)
:
fig., foil,
by gen. of a term or
Zax&pi-tts, ov, 6, Zacharias, Heb. Zechariah, ' God remembered,' pr. name of two men in N. T. 1. the father of John the Baptist, a priest of the class of Abia, Luke 1. 5.-2. a person killed in the temple, Matt. 23. 35. (doo,
cu,
(fjs,
(fj,
and
later
live,
intrans.
infin. (rjv, fut.
(r)(fco
0)o-o/j.ai,
aor. 1 e(rjaa,
The
Attics rarely
—
to
em-
ployed this verb except in the pres. and imperfect, supplying the other tenses from {$1600. a) to live, have life, spoken of physical life and existence, as opp. to death or non-existence, and implying always some duration,
(a) genr. of
human
life,
&c. Acts 17. 28 ev avrop (oo^ev, 22. 22, en (m Matt. 27. 63, (wvres nal veKpoi Acts 10. 42; rb (fjv, subst. Phil. 1. 21, 22. Of persons life, raised from the dead, Matt. 9. 18 tj Ovydrrjp julov clqti ere\evrr\aev, aAAa spoken also eXOoov . (rjaerai, saep. of those restored from sickness, not to die, by impl. to mend, to be welly .
.
:
John
4. 50 j/ Tiv'i,
'
to
live
to,
according to any one, i. e. to be devoted to, live conformably to the will, purpose, precepts, example, of any person or thing, e. g. ra> 0e£ in,
Rom.
t£
6. 10,
t,
f.
'fjo'to,
to seek,
trans,
a)
pr. to seek after, look for, strive to find (a) genr., e. g. absol. in the ;
proverbial phrase, Matt. reTre, Kal €vpr)(T€T6
:
foil,
7.
by
7
&-
ace. of
pers. 2. 13 Qmruv rb iraidlov: so (r)re?u rbv &€ov to seek after God, i. e. to turn to him, to strive humbly and
sincerely to follow
and obey him,
Acts 17. 27. Foil, by ace. of thing, pr. something lost, Matt. 18. 12 £rjre?rb irAavdbfxwov,
Luke
accus. impl. 15. 8;
19. 10 with genr. Matt. 12. ;
43 avdiravffiv, 26. 59 y\/svb*op.apTvp{av, Rev. 9. 6 tov Qdvarov so of what one seeks to buy, {xapyapWas Matt. hence, from the Heb., (tj13. 45 :
:
tClv tt\v tyvyfav tivos to seek the life of any one, i. e. to seek to kill him,
or inquired about, a topic of inquiry or
dispute, Acts 15.
2, 18. 15.
(&T€to), act of seeking, search ; in N. T. inquiry, discussion, dispute, John 3. 25 iyev^To
£t)t ye?
is,
£t)t7}0-is: i.
3.
£r)T€to,
i. e.
some-
sees,
7)
meton.
=
£f)Tr)fia,
question,
topic of inquiry or dispute, Tit. 9, Acts 25. 20, 1 Tim. 6. 4.
e.
£i£dviov, ov, to, zizanium, Lat. folium, a general name for weeds in grain, like our cockle, darnel, &c. in N. T. spoken of a plant common in Palestine, which infests fields of grain, and resembles wheat in appearance, but is worthless, bastard wheat, Matt. 13. 25.
Zopo&dfieX, 6, indec, Zorobabel, Heb. Zerubbabel, pr. name of the leader of the first body of Jewish exiles from Babylon to Jerusalem, Matt. £6. Fig. of things, e. g. of time, John 2. 4 &pa rjKei, Luke 13. 35 of the end or consummation of any thing, Matt. 24. 14; of evils, calamities, Rev. 18. 8: so foil, by hri Tiva, to come upon anyone, i. e. spoken of evil times, Luke 19. 43; of
rjyrjcracrde,
:
virepeKirepio~Tcu
:
absol. v. 20.
to (rjTTdo/uLai), a being inferior, in a worse state, i. e. as compared with any other or former state, duty, &c. Rom. 11. 12 H\Try\p.a avroov i. e. their being brought into a worse state,' diminution, degradation: hence failure, fault, 1 Cor.
7}TT7]/j.a, aros,
*
=
6.7. H\ttoov, ovos,
6,
7),
used as an irreg.
com par.
to Kan6s, viz. worse, inferior,
weaker
in N. T. only neut.,
Cor. 11. 17 els to t)ttov for the worse; adv. 2 Cor. 12. 15 t)ttov ay awccfxai the less
f/^ecc,
;
am I
6o,
fut.
1
loved. t)ct iv Bavdrcp. c) in O. T. death often has the sense of destruction, perdition, misery, implying both physical dissolution and exclusion from the presence and favour of God, in consequence of sin in N. T. this notion is applied with more definiteness to the gospel-scheme, and as (cor) is used to denote the bliss and glory of the kingdom of God, including the idea of a joyful resurrection, so Bdvaros is put for the opposite, viz. exclusion from the kingdom of God, including the idea of physical death as aggravated by eternal condemnation; John 8. 51 Bdvarov ov fify Beccprjorrj els rbv ouoova, Rom. 6, 16 SovXol afxaprias els Bdvarov, v. 21 rb reXos eKeivoiv Bdvaros, 2 Tim. 1. 10 Karapyi)o~avros p.ev rbv Bdvarov, ricravros 5e £oor)v dia rod evayyeXiov ;
:
called also 6 devrepos Bdvaros, Rev. 2. 11. d) poet. 6 Bdvaros personified, death, as the king of hades, meton. for a8r]s itself, Rev. 6. 8 :
Bafx^eco,
fut.
60,
(Bd[i(3os), to be
7](T(a
astonished, amazed, intrans. Acts 9. 6 rpefxcov Kai Ba/Jificov text. rec. later
Matt. 4. 16 ev x®P a K(* L o~Kiq Bavdrov death-shade, the shades of orcus, i. e. thickest darkness.
:
also trans., hence pass. BapLfieo/uai, to be astonished, amazed, Mark 1. 27. B a p. j6 os, eos, ovs, ro (QdofAai), aston-
ishment, amazement,
BavdcifMos,
ov, 6,
Luke
i),
Bavarrjcpopos, (pepco),
Mark
60, f.
ooo~oo
(Bdvaros), to put
N. T. by the intervention of others, i. e. to cause to be put to to
death, in
death, to deliver over to death, trans.
4. 36.
adj. (Bdvaros),
deadly, e.g. poisonous,
Bavar 600,
16. 18.
a) pr. Matt. 10. 21 Bavar (xxrovcriv av-
mortify, subdue 8. 13 pass. to become dead to any thing, be freed rovs, ssep.
b)
fig. to
evil desires, &c.
(Bdvaros, death- bringing, deadly, Jam. ov, 6,i), adj.
from
its
Rom.
power, with
;
dat. 7. 4.
3.8.
Bdvaros,
ov,
6
(Bavelv,
ft*.
Buf)(TKco)i
death, the extinction of life, natua) genr. and rally or by violence,
of natural death, John 11.4; Mark 14. 34 irepiXviros eojs Bavdrov sorrowful even unto death, comp. Engl. to grieve one's self to death ;' Rev. 13. '
Bdirroo,
fut.
t|/o>,
perform funeral
aor. rites,
burning and burial
;
to bury, inter, trans.,
©apa,
6,
to
in N. T. genr.
Matt.
8. 21.
indec, Thara, Heb. Terah,
name of Luke 3. 34.
pr.
2 eracpov,
pr. including
the father of
Abraham,
;
;
199
Ocifjfjtu)
Bapf>4co, w, f. 'fjcrco (Bdfipos, later Att. for Bdpaos), to be of good cheer, have
of hope and confidence, intrans., 2 Cor. 5. 6 Bappovvres ttolvtotg, v. 8 foil, by tv tivi, to have hope and confidence in any one, 7. 16; by ds viva, to be bold towards any one, 10. 1, 2.
good courage, be
full
:
Bap&eco,
to, f.
'fjorco
(Bdpaos),
same
as
N. T. only imperat. Bdpo~ei, 6apae?T€, be of good cheer, have good courage, spoken by way of encouragement, Matt. 9. 22, 14. 27. Bappito
in
;
Bdpcros, eos, ovs, to, cheer, i.e. a cheerful mind, courage, spirit, e. g.
diXrifia sense, to see, look at, behold, trans* a) pr., including the notion of de" sire, pleasure, &c. Matt. 11. 7 so irpbs to Bea£i;7]\0eT€ BedaacrBai Brjvat avTols in order to be seen by them, 6. 1. In the sense of to visit,
H
;
Rom. 15. 24. b) simply to see, to l$€?v, with perceive with the eyes,
=
accus. John 8. 10 fi7]heva Beao-d/xevos: pass. iOedB-r] vn cloths Mark 16. 11
:
with ace. and part. v. 14, 27: foil. by&Vi John 6.5.
BeaTpi^to,
f.
icrco
Luke
5.
(BeaTpov), to be an
actor in the theatre, to bring upon the theatre, present as a spectacle, trans.
make a pub-
Xafxfidveiv Odpcros to take courage, i.e.
hence in N. T. genr.
encouraged, be full of hope and confidence, Acts 28. 15.
lic spectacle of, expose to public scorn, pass. Heb. 10. 33 criminals were
to be
Bad /a a,
aros, to (Bdo/uai), a
wonder;
in N. T. admiration, Rev. 17. 6.
Qavfxd^co,
dcroficu, aor. 1
iBav/xaaa
{Bavfxa), to wonder, viz. a)
intrans.
f.
to be astonished,
amazed, absol. Matt.
10 S'lrjaovs i6av/jLao~€, ssep. With adjuncts, to wonder at any thing e. g. with ace. of pron. as remote object, John 5. 28 /at] Sav/id^ere rovto, Luke 24. 12 to 76701/0'$ with did 8.
:
Ti
Mark
6. 6,
%v tivi
tivi 2. 33, irepi
twos
Luke v.
1.
18:
by
wonder that, because, &c. 11. 38 by el, to wonder if, whether, Mark 15. 44. b) by impl., trans, to wonder at, i. e. to admire, with ace. Luke 7. 9 6 'Irjaovs iBavp.ao~sv clvt6v, Acts ;
7. 31 pass. 2 Thess. 1. 10. From the Heb., Jude 16 BavjudfrvTes 7rcoVtona admirers of persons, i. e. * having respect to persons, partial.' In const, prseg. Rev. 13. 3 &av/jid(eiv oiriaco tov Brjpiov to wonder after the beast, i. e. to admire and follow him, ;
his worshipper,
comp.
Bav/j,ao-T6s,->i,6v (Bavpidfa), wonderful, admirable, wondrous, Rev. 15. 1, Matt. 21 42. In the sense of strange, unusual, 2 Cor. 11. 14 teal ov Bavfxatr.
9. 30.
Bed, as, rj (Be6s), a goddess, e.g. Diana, Aets 19. 27. f.
do-o/uicu,
in
the theatre.
BitiTQov,
t6 (Bedo/xai), a theatre, i. e. the place where dramatic and other public spectacles were exhibited here too the people were accustomed to convene on other occasions, to hear harangues, hold public consultations, &c. Acts 19. 29 meton. a spectacle, public show, fig. 1 Cor. 4. 9. ov,
;
:
Be?ov, 19.
ov, to*, sulphur, brimstone,
20
;
ttvq not BeTov fire
depon. mid. (Bea,
Bdo/aai), aor. 1 pass. 4Bed0r)v in pass.
Rev.
and brim-
sulphurous flames, 14. 10 sulphurous flames and smoke, 9. 17. stone,
i.
e.
;
irvp kclI kclttvos kcu Belov
Be?os, a, ov ((deos), divine, pertainNeut. to ing to God, 2 Pet. 1. 3, 4. Beiov the divine nature, Divinity, Acts 17.29. 7] (&e6s), Deity, Godhead, i. e. the divine nature and perfections, Rom. 1. 20.
& glottis, 7)tos,
BeitoDrjs, eos, ovs,
21.15.
Bedo/aai,
sometimes exposed and punished
6,
r),
v. 4.
BavfxdcrLos, ov, 6, 7], adj. (Bav/j.d(to), wonderful, admirable ; in N. T. neut. to Bavfxdcnov, a wonder, miracle, Matt.
toV no wonder ; John
:
21, hri foil,
0V1, to
become
to
eldos), sulphurous,
phur, Rev. BeXrjfjLa,
i.
e.
adj. (Belov,
made
of sul-
9. 17.
cltos,
t6 (BeXto),
will,
i.
e.
active volition, a) pr. will, the act of willing, wish, good pleasure, Matt. 26.
42
yeu7]Br)Tco
to
BeXr\jxd crov,
1
Cor. 16. 12 ovk r)v BeXy/Aa: so BeXrjfia cragKos carnal desire, John 1. 13. b) me ton. will, the thing willed, what one wills to do, or to have done, Matt. 7. 21 6 rroitov to BeXr\ixa tov ttcitqos, Eph. 2. 3 tc\ B eX'f} juaT a ttjs aagKos. Hence, by impl., will, i. e. purpose, counsel, decree, law, Matt.
— 200
Oe\l](TLQ
18. 14 ovk eo'riv BeXrjfia efxirpocrBtv rod -warpos so collect, rb BeXy/na rod &eov, the counsels, eternal purposes of God, 6. 10. c) meton. will, :
the faculty of willing-, free-will, 1 Cor. 7. 37 e^ovcriav e%ej irepl rod Idldv BeXrj/naros of God, 1 Pet. 3. 17 el BeXei rb BeXy/ua rod ©eod. :
BeXyjCLS,
eoos,
(BeXoo),
7]
Heb.
pleasure of God,
will,
good
2. 4.
de\oo and eOeXoo (fut. BeXrjaoo), both forms being used alike by the Attics, though not indiscriminately,
implying acand purpose, and thus differing from fiovXofiai. a) pr. to will, i. e. to have in mind, to purpose, intend, please, (a) of God and Christ, foil, by infin. aor. Rom. 9. 22 el OeXoov 6 ®ebs evdei^ao'Bai r )jv opyi]v, CoL 1. 27; by inf. and ace. 1 Tim. 2. 4 absol. with inf. impl. John 5. 21. (/3) of men, foil, by inf. aor. Matt. 5. 40 tw BeXovri coi tcpiBr\vai, John 1. 44 pres. Matt. 19. 21 el BeXeis reXeios elvai, John 6. 67 by inf. and ace. Luke 1. 62 absol. with to will, wish, desire, pr.
tive volition
r
;
;
;
;
2 eav BeXys, Mark 3. 13. So with neg. ov BeXoo, not to will, not to have in mind, and by impl. to will not, to determine not to do this or that, to refuse, &c. foil, by inf. aor. Matt. 2. 18 ovk tfBeXe irapaKX'qBrivai, inf.
impl. Matt.
Mark
6,
with
inf.
tith.,
e
8.
pres. John 7. 1 absol. impl. Matt. 18. 30. In an-
26
;
;
g. to will
and
to
do,
Rom.
Phil. 2. 13. Further, with a negative, the idea of BeXoo sometimes approaches that of Svvafiai, to be able, T can, Luke 18. 13 ovk tfBeXev ovde robs ocpBaXjUiovs eirapai, * would not, could not, dared not.' of the wind, John 3. 8 ottov (y) Jig. QeXei irvei, i. e. pro lubitu. b) genr. to wish, desire, choose, foil, by inf. aor. Luke 8. 20 lde?v a] TroiTjo'o} vfuv, as in Engl, what will ye [that] / should do unto you ? 26. 17 7rov BeXets eroLfxacrajfiev croi !• fa® (0yoiov, fj.dXQ/uai), to fight with wild beasts, like
sq.,
N. T.
pass. part. perf. repressed together, made narrow, whence Matt. 7. 14 Te0\ijxp.4vn b) fig. to 77 656s narrow is the way. oppress with evils, afflict, distress, 2 \
hunt, take
in the
in
upon,
0KLfj.ij.ivos
in
condemned persons
harm, Heb. 11. 28 to press, press
fut. \pw,
in a crowd,
II. 9. to
to smite,
6 6\o6p€vccv diyn avrccv.
trans.;
pa, as, 77 (0r)p), hunting, the chase, prey, game ; in X.T. meton. destruction, i.e. cause of destruction, Rom. €vo~o) (6770a),
fxT)
0\lfici),
0i]
f.
—
bly,
6r\Xsia,
as subst. a female, a woman, Horn. I. 26, 27. b) to 0f,Au, only in the phrase apaev Kal 6r)\v male and female, Matt. 19. 4, Gal. 3. 28.
07)P6vo),
which
chest, box, casket, in
:
8\fyis Kal o~T€voxupia> Kal avdyKT] 2 Cor,
\pis
that Paul
Rom.
2. 9, 0A.7-
6. 4.
0vr)(TK), mortal; cr^aa
:
204
6opv(3e a)
Rom.
12, adp£ 2 Cor. 4. 11: to 6v7)t6v mortal nature, mortality, 5. 4. 6.
Bopvfieco, co, f.^crca (BSpvfios), to make a noise, uproar, clamour, spoken of a multitude, genr. in N. T. a) mid. spoken of loud lamentation, wailing-, to make a noise together, among themselves, to wail together, Matt. 9. 23 iScbi' o%Aov OopvfiovfAsvov. b) trans. to set in an uproar, excite tumult in, ;
Acts
rr)v iroXiv
17. 5.
:
Mark
14. 2,
Bpoju&os,
Luke
ov,
22.
44
a large drop,
6,
clot,
BgSjufioi a'^aros.
BpSvos, ov, 6 (Bgdco obsoL), a seat, pr. a high seat with a footstool later and in N. T. a throne, as the emblem ;
of regal authority,
a) pr. as attri-
buted to kings, Acts 2. 30 also to God, as the sovereign of the universe, Matt. 5. 34; to Jesus, as the Messiah, 19. 28; to the apostles in the kingdom of God, ib. symbolically to the elders around God's throne, Rev. 4. 4 further, to Satan, :
;
BSpvfios, ov, o, noise, uproar, clamour, of a multitude, viz. a) genr. Matt. 27. 24 Bopvfios ylverai of loud lamentation, wailing, Mark 5. 38. b) of popular commotion, tumult, Matt. 26. 5,
Ovfilafxa
Acts 20.
1.
Bpavco, f. ceo, perf. pass. reBgavCixai, to break in pieces, crush; in N. T. fig. to break, crush, i. e. the strength of any one reBpavcr/xevos, crushed, bruised, oppressed, Luke 4. 18 airocrreiXai re6 gavtr fxevovs ev acpecrei.
:
2.
13
;
10.
32
symbolically to the beast, 16. b) meton. for dominion, Luke
rbv Bp6vov Aafiio', Heb. 1.8: also for a potentate, higher power, Col. 1. 16 efr-e Qq6vol kt\, where Bpovoi is spoken generally of earthly or of celestial potentates, i. e. archangels. 1.
dcoaei avrcp
;
Opifxfxa, aros, to (rpecpco), pr. a nursling, thing bred, breed, and hence cattle, flocks, herds,
Bpr\vito,
co,
fut.
'fjo'co
John
(Bprjvos), to
aloud, wail, mourn, viz.
John
4. 12.
weep
a) intrans.
20 K\avor€T€ nal Bprjvrjaere of hired mourners wailing for the dead, Matt. 11. 17. b) trans, in 16.
:
later usage, to bewail,
Bpr\vos,
ov,
Luke
23. 27.
6 (Bpeco), loud weeping,
wailing, Matt. 2. 18.
6prjo~Keia, as, r\ (BgrjCKtvco), a worshipping, worship, often with the idea of superstition, e. g. BprjCKela rcov ayyeXtov Col. 2. 18: so of a severe mode or form of worship, Acts 26. 5 genr, of the worship of God, and :
hence
religion, piety,
Jam.
1.
26.
BprjcKos, ov, 6, 7J, adj. {6pew), fearing God, pious, religious, Jam. 1. 26.
©vdreipa,
rd, Thyatira, a city
on the confines of Lydia and Mysia, near the river Lycus, between Sardis and Pergamus, Acts 16. 14. Bvydrrjp, repos, rp6s, t\, a daughter. a) pr. and genr. Matt. 9. 18, saep. fig. as expressing a relation of kindness and tenderness, 2 Cor. 6. .18; also voc. in a direct address, Matt. 9. 22 6dpo~ei, Bvyarcp. b) from the Heb., daughter, i. e. a female descendant, Luke 1. 5, 13. 16. c) from the Heb., put before names of places,
Luke
23. 28 Bvyarepes
'lepovcraA-fifJi
daughters of Jerusalem, i. e. born and living there, its female inhabitants hence in sing. Bvydrrjp ~%ilov daughter of Sion, pr. collect, for the inhabitants of Sion, and in poet, personification :
put for Sion Matt. 21. 5.
Bvydrpiov, BpiafxfUsvco, f. crco (dpiafifios), to triumph, hold a triumph in N. T. a) to lead in triumph, triumph over, with ace. Col. 2. 15. b) causat. to cause to triumph, with ace. 2 Cor. 2. 14.
tov,
of Asia Minor,
itself,
i.
e.
Jerusalem,
r6 (Bvydrrjp), a little daughter, female child, Mark 5. 2,3. ov,
;
rptx^s, dat. pi. Bpi^i, a hair, pi. the hair, sc. of the head, sing. Matt. 5. 36; pi. 10. 30, of the hair of animals, 3. 4. saep.
0/n'£,
rpixo's,
rj,
pi.
:
Bpoeco,
to,
fut. rjeco
(6p6os, Bpiio), to
make a clamour, tumult; later and in N. T. trans, to disturb, trouble, terrify, pass.
Matt, 24. 6 u^ BpocTaBc.
BveWa,
(0vco),
rjs, r)
a tempest, whirl-
wind, Heb. 12. 18. 6 vivos,
Rev. 18. 12 the Bv'Ca or Ova was an evergreen African tree with aromatic wood, from which statues and costly vessels were made, Lat. citrus. 7],
ov
(Bvi'a),
thyine,
:
Bv/niajna, aros, ro (Bv/jLidco), incense burnt in religious worship, Rev. 5. 8: meton. Luke 1. 10 &pa rod 0vfxid^aros, and v. 1 1 Bwiacrrjjpiov rov
205
Ov/juarripiov
6vVO)
for
to give access, present opportunity,
BvfAiari)piov, ov, r6 (Bv/uiidco), a censer for burning incense, Heb. 9. 4,
so Rev. 3. 8 Bvpa ai/€ocy^ivn, free access to one's self: meton. one who is the medium of access to any thing, John 10. 7 el/A
hour and altar of incense, burning incense.
Ov/jl.
—
i.
e.
Acts 14. 27
others, altar of incense.
Ovjulloloo,
co,
f.
burn 9 eAa%e rod
ao~co (Bv/na, Bvco), to
incense, absol.
Luke
1.
Bv/jLiaaai.
Ov/AO/nax*®,
fiaxoT. to be
(Bv/ulSs,
i\crco
cD, f.
in N. greatly offended, enraged against, by dat. Acts 12. 20. p.ai), to
fight fiercely
;
6v/j.6s, ov, 6 (Bvco), pr.
mind,
foil,
soul,
as the principle of life, the seat of the will or desire, of the emotions or passions hence genr. and in N. T. passion, i. e. violent commotion of mind, indignation, anger, wrath, differing from bgyr) in the mode of conception rather than in the thing signified Luke 4. 28 eir\{l(rdy)o'av irdvrts Bvfiov, Eph. 4. 31 e. g.
;
;
y)
Bvqa tCov
;
Trpofidroov.
6vpe6s,
ov, 6 (Ovpa), pr. a door, i.e. a stone for closing the entrance of a cave in later Greek and in N. T. a shield, as being large and of an oblong shape like a door, fig. Eph. 6. 16 rbv dvpebv rrjs irio'Tecas. ;
Ovpis, idos, i) [Ovpa), a little door, aperture; in N. T. a window, Acts 20. 9 Ka9r}/j.€vos iirl rrjs Bvpidos, where Engl, in a window. Bvpoop6s, ov, 6, 7] (Bvpa, ovpos), a door-keeper, porter, male or female, Mark 13. 34 6 Bvp., John 18. 16 r) Bvp.; of a shepherd keeping watch at the door of a fold, 10. 3.
a) Bvcria, as, t) (Bvco), sacrifice, i. e. pi. Bv/jlo'i bursts of 6v/j.bs Kal bgyr) pr. the act and rite of sacrificing, anger, Gal. 5. 20. Spoken of God, mactation, Matt. 9. 13, Heb. 9. 26 and including the idea of punishOf an expiadia, rrjs Bvaias avrov. ment, punitive judgments, Rev. 15. b) tory sacrifice for sin, Eph. 5. 2. meton. the thing sacrificed, victim, 1; Rom. 2. 8 Bvfibs koI opyr), the direst judgments. Further, in O.T. the flesh of victims, Mark 9. 49 Jehovah is represented as giving to 1 Cor. 10. 18 ol iffBtovrts ras Bvaias the nations in his wrath an intoxiwho eat of the victims, as was done by cating cup, so that they reel and the priests and persons offering the stagger to destruction; hence also sacrifice. So of birds as a sin-offerin N. T. oivos rod Bvjjlov rod OeoD Metaph. 1 Pet. 2. ing, Luke 2. 24. :
wine of the wrath of God, Rev. 14. 10 with olvos impl. 15. 7 by a similar figure, r) \T)vbs rod Bv/j.ov rod 0eoD v. 19, the wine- press of the wrath of God, in allusion to Is. 63. 3. ;
:
Bv/a6co, to
So,
f.
provoke be angry, Matt. 2. 16.
docrco
anger, pass, to
(Bvfx6s), to
Bvpa, as, i), a door, pi. at Bvpai doors, i e. perhaps double-doors. a) pr. and genr. Matt. 6. 6; Acts 12. 13 rrjv Bvpav rod irvkcovos, i. e. a small door or wicket within a larger: so door of a prison, 5. 19 of the tem;
ple, 3. 2 of a fold or enclosure, John 10. 1: symbolically, Rev. 3. ;
dvpav (=rb irgSOvpov), vestibule, porch, Mark 2.
20
:
hence ra
So
irpbs rrjv
5
;
Rom.
Heb.
13. 15.
Bvcriacrrripiov, ov, ro (Bvaidfa), an spec, of the altar, genr. Matt. 5. 23 altar for burnt- offerings in the temple, 23. 35; so 1 Cor. 10. 18 koivuvol rov Bvcr. and Heb. 13. 10 cpaysiv eK rov Bvo~. i. e. of the victims laid upon the altar; symbolically in heaven, Rev. 16. 7 rjKovcra rov Bvcr. Aeyovros, i. e. a voice from the altar of the altar of incense in the temple, pr. Luke 1.11; symbolically in :
heaven, Rev. Bvco,
or sepulchre, mouth, Matt. 27. 60. Metaph. access, opportunity, as avolyeiv rrjv Bvgav to set open a door, i. e.
and
iirl
fig.
offering of praise,
Bvpais eivai to be at the door, i. e. near at hand, Matt. 24. 33 also James 5. 9 irpb Bvpcov €0~rr)Kev. b) by impl. entrance, e. g. of a cave 2.
12. 1 Bvaiav faaav, see £dcc
of service, obedience, praise, offered to God, offering, oblation, Phil. 2. 17: so Bvaia cuVeVecos c)
a. y.
f.
8. 3.
vaoo, perf. pass. reBvfiai, aor. 1
pass. irvBrfv, to sacrifice, kill and offer in sacrifice, immolate, absol. Acts 14. 13 fjBeXe Bv€iv, with dat. v. 18, ace. dat. 1 Cor. 10. 20.
So rb irdo~x a
Bveiv to kill the paschal lamb,
a species of sacrifice, T
Mark
i.
e.
as
14. 12.
e Hence, as
sacrifices
with feasting, Qveiv
were connected is also simply
Luke
i.
6.
John 10. 10. Thomas, Heb. twin,' one '
John
(rrpetyoocn,
11. 16.
6ct)pa£, atcos, 6, a breast-plate, cuirass,
Lat. lorica, armour covering the body from the neck to the thighs, Rev. 9. 9.
'idped,
5. 22.
Heb.
sup'laKwfi, 6, planter,' pr. name of two persons in N. T. a) the patriarch of the Jewish nation, Matt. 1.2: fig. for the posterity of Jacob, the Jewish people, Rom. 11. 26. b) the father of Joseph the husband of Mary, Matt. 1.15. '
=
(prob. 'Ia/«6/3), name of two of the apostles. 1. James the son of Zebedee, he the elder, own brother of John was put to death by the elder Herod 6
ov,
5.
Kal
Idorto/jLai
avrovs, ssep. '
€0)s,
(Idofxai), healing, cure,
7}
Acts
13. 32,
4. 22, 30.
idos, tj, jasper, a precious stone of various colours, as purple, cerulean, green, &c. Rev. 4. 3.
i
indec. Jacob,
'laKoopos, James, pr.
Mark
tacriris,
he 'ldeipos, ov, 6, Jairus, Heb. gives light/ an officer of a syna-
Mark
air6, to be
6,
facts,
'
gogue,
by
indec. Jared, Heb. descent,' pr. name of a man, Luke 3. 37.
Luke I.
8 laOfoerai 6
8.
foil,
;
29 eyvco fin Xarai arcb rrjs fxaariyos. Metaph. of moral diseases, to heal, save, i. e. from the consequences of one's sins, Matt. 13, 15 p^irore eirt-
of the twelve apostles, also called Aidvfios,
19: pass. Matt.
healed from or of any thing,
e.
crirevrbv Ova-are: genr.
®a>IJ.as,a,d,
iStOQ
Tra?s fjiov, ver. 1 3
animals for a 15. 23 rbv p.6o-xov rbv
to kill, slaughter,
feast,
206
(jJJJLCLQ
ldjj.ara, Mark 15. 32, Luke 16. 9, 1 Cor. 3. 18, Eph. 6. 13; 'iva Matt. 17. John 4. 15 so after an exhort27, 3, 1
;
'iva
was wrapped round the body or fastened about the shoulders, and served also to wrap the wearer in at night; hence it might not be taken by a creditor, though the tunic could pi. ra so 9. 20, 21 be, Matt. 5. 40 Ifxaria, outer garments, which were
after an imperat. 14, Rom. 3. 8; implied, Matt. 26. 5, John 1. 22. c) by the future, the subjunc. as above
often laid aside, Acts
in a.;
:
;
7. 58.
ifjLari(riJ.6s, ov, 6 (Ifiarifa), clothing,
raiment, genr. clothes,
Luke
7. 25.
^
:
ation, ayo0/jL€v
Luke
Mark
—
16.
1.
38,
Luke
4 eyvcov ri
20.
iroiijcw,
defavrai pe, 1 Cor. 16. 6 interrog. Matt. 19. 16; 'iva fir} Luke 18. 'iva
;
211
iva
d) by a past tense, where the subjunc. strictly stands instead of the opt., and marks an action which, in itself or its consequences, is still continued, or which the speaker regards as certain, (a) genr. Mark 5.
3. 14 iirolrjcrc 5a>5e/ca "iva avrov kcu 'iva awoar^XXr}, 3, 4 e5o|e croi ypdxpai, 'iva.
fxer
£)0~i
Luke
1.
iiriyvcps.
John 1. 31, 3. 16, 17, 8. 6, saep. 'iva ^77 Eph. 2.9, Heb. 11.28. So elliptically, John 1. 8 ak\* [?iX0€v] 'iva ktX, 9. 3 aXX [rovro syivero] 'iva ;
3
(pavepcodfj.
(/3)
Matt. 27. 26 cravgcoOfj,
in simple narrations
;
'Irjcrovv irapedcoKev 'iva
Mark 6.
41 idiSov mils
p.a-
6rjra?s, 'iva iragaboixriv avro?s, 9. 18,
Luke
22, 10. 13,
4;
19.
'iva
w John
18.28, 19.31. 2. with the optative, preceded by the present, where the opt. marks what may possibly take place twice, ;
Eph.
16, 17 ov iravofiai eu^apicr-
1.
rccv 'iva 6
®ebs
Scot]
ktX,
3. 16.
with the indicative, but in
3.
N. T. only the future and present, and not with a past tense as often in classic writers, a) with indie, future, in the same sense as the subjunctive
in 1. a. above, and preceded only by the present 1 Cor. 13. 3 eav irapadw ;
rb
So
Rev. .
.
6.
/jLov 'iva
o~a>fjLa
3. 1.
.
fut.
KavB^crofxai, 1 Pet.
and subjunc. together,
22. 1^'iva ecrai
i^ovaia avrcov
rj
Kal elaeXOcocriv els r^jv ttoXiv:
3
'iva
eu
o~ol
where, however, be taken independently of icpoxpo'vios,
and thou
Eph.
yevrjrai, Kal earj fiaicr\
may
'iva, i. e.
b) with indie, present, in the same sense, preceded by the present, &c. twice, Gal. 4. 17 QnXovcriv vp.as, 'iva avrovs faXovre, 1 Cor. 4. 6 'iva fify (pvaiovaOe not found in classic Greek. II. eKfiaTiKccs, as marking simply the event or result of an action, so that, so as that ; in N. T. only with the subjunctive, implying something which really takes place in classic writers oftener with the indicative of a past tense, a) preceded by the present, &c. Luke 22. slialt live long,
;
:
;
29, 30 fiiariQtfiai vfxiv . 'iva io-Qlrjre Kal itivriTs KrX, John 6. 7 &proi ovk apKovaiv avroTs, 'iva eKacrros avrcov .
fipaxv ri roils
Xafirj,
Rom.
iv Tcp v6p.(v XaXel,
(ppayrj, 6. 1
;
Rev.
.
3.
19 6 vofxos
'iva
irav crro/ua
14. 13 vai, Xeyei rb
iva avairav25, Gal. 5. 17.
TrvevfjLa, [airoOvricrKovcri]
aoDvrai
:
'iva firj
Acts
2.
'iva
b) by the imperative, Acts 8. 19 SoVe e£ovo~iav ravrr]V, 'iva
rrjv
KOLfiol
XafAfiavri
ktX, Jam.
5.
6
c)
by the future, John
'iva
;
tf
Tit. 3.
5.
20
rovroov 5ei|ef avrcp epya, QavjJLaQqTs,
Luke
.
.
.
Pet. 4. 13, 14, Rev. 3. 11.
1. 4, 1
1 1.
50,
/j.ei(ova
vpLtls
'iva
John
16. 24.
past tense (comp. I. 1. d.) Luke 9. 45 r\yv6ovv rb pr\jj.a rovro, 'iva p.7] aiiaQowrai avro, John 9. 2 ris rnuagrev, 'iva rvtpXus yevvrjdfj Rom. 11.11 fify eirraiaav, 'iva ireaoocri V. 3 1 Here belongs the frequent phrase 'iva irXrjpwdrj r] ypa(prj, rb prjdev, &c. used as a formula of quotation, and implying that something took place not in order that a prophecy might be fulfilled, but 50 that it was fulfilled not in order to make the event correspond to the prophecy, but so that the event did correspond to it; Matt. 1. 22 rovro oXovyeyovev d) by
a.
;
;
;
'iva irXrjgcodf}
With
rb
prjOev, 26. 56,
a past tense implied,
saep.
Mark
14.49, John 13. 18. III. in later
Greek,
'iva,
in vari-
ous constructions, lost the power of marking either purpose or event, and became simply a demonstrative conjunction, like our that, i.e. merely pointing out that to which the preceding words refer, or introducing something already implied in the preceding w ords in this way 'iva with the subjunctive came often to be employed where earlier writers used the infinitive or other particles, a) used instead of the cone. g. T
:
struction with the infinitive, originally
perhaps because the infinitive also often implies purpose thus (a) after words and phrases implying command and the like, as in Engl. ' I command that you do it,' for I command you to do it;' Mark 13. 34 t
>
Ix^oSlou,
to
f.
ucrco
ability,
not the weak and sick, be able,
I
can, foil,
by
'Iccdvvrjs, ov,
28 w(TT€ [AT) Icrxveiv riva irape\6€?v, 26. 40: with inf. impl. Mark 9. 18, Luke 13. 24; Phil. 4. 13 irdvra \
Heb.
9. 17;
has no value, is 5. 13. d) same as by Kara twos, against it
Luke
8. 3.
6,
John,
Heb. Johanav,
Jehovah-given,' proper name of four persons in N. T. 1. John the Baptist, the son of Zacharias, and forerunner of Christ, beheaded by order of Herod Antipas, Matt. 3, 1. 2. John the apostle, the son of Zebedee, and brother of the elder James, especially beloved by our Lord, Matt. 4. 21. 3. John, one of the kindred' of the high priest, Acts 4. 6. 4. John surnamed Mark, the companion of Paul and Barnabas, and writer of the second Gospel, Acts 12. 12.
—
—
'
—
the well, b) genr. to 8.
Je-
1
power,
Matt.
'
a vv as, a, 6, Joannas, prob. same as 'loodvvris, one of the ancestors of Jesus, Luke 3. 27.
e.
infin.
Jotham, Heb.
'I co
both physical and moral, a) physical, to be strong, robust, Matt. 9. 12 i.
>
the wife of Chusa,
(iV%us), to be strong,
ol lo~x vol/r€S the strong,
7.
hovah is perfect,' pr. name of a king of Judah, Matt. 1.9. 'I co d vv a, 7)s, 7), Joanna, pr. name of
e| o\t]s rrjs io~x vos
have strength,
MarkS.
'Icuaflaju, 6, indec.
=
e.
to (IxBvs), a small fish,
>
f
with all thy might, v. 33: also genr. power, potency, pre-eminence, 2 Pet. 2. 11 &yye\0L lax™ Ka ^ ^ovd^i fiei^oves, E ph. 1. 19 Kpdros rr\s lo^xvos Kpdros lo'xvgou mighty power ; so in ascriptions to God, Rev. 5. 12.
i.
a region
IxQvs, vos, 6, a fish, Matt. 15.36. ^X vos eos ovs T ^ (^kco, i/cWo/xcu), a footstep ; in N. T. only fig. in the phrase to walk or follow in one's footsteps, i. e. to imitate his example, Rom. 4. 12, IPet. 2. 21.
crov
ter-
Of things,
be, 18. 19, 21. 7.
foil,
by
come or be brought to any one, 1 Cor. 14. 36; to come upon, happen to, i.e. in the time of any one, 10. 11 els, to
fig. to
tain,
attain to
Acts 26. 7
any thing, =to obels
%v \_eirayyeX[av~\
to dcodeKacpvXou eXTri^i Karavrrjcrai,
Eph.4.
13, Phil. 3. 11.
Kardw^is,
eoos,
r)
(tzar avv o'er v(T(T(o, f. to pierce, pass,
|o>,
to
Kara^iSa), w, f. waca (Kara, a£i6a)), to pass, to count worthy of any thing be counted ivorthy, foil, by gen. rrjs fiacriXeias rov @eoi) 2 Thess. 1.5; with infin. Luke 20. 35, 21. 36, Acts
Karapyea)
Kar air iv oo,
drink or swalloiu down, trans. a) pr. of persons, &c. Matt. 23. 24 rr\v KapcnXov KaraOf things, e. g. iriuoures, 1 Pet. 5. 8. the earth, to absorb, Rev. 12 10' the sea, to overwhelm, drown, Heb. 11. 29: metaph. 2 Cor. 5. 4. b) fig. to overwhelm, destroy, 1 Cor. 15. 54, 2 Cor. ;
;
5. 41.
Karairar ecu,
tread or trample down, trans. Matt. 7. 6 /r>77TOT6 KaraTrarrjaooatu aurovs iv rols iroalv avroov: metaph. as a mark of a>,
fut.
Tjtreo,
£o
scorn and contempt, Heb. 10. 29.
KardiravaLS,
ea)s,
resting, rest; in a,
rj
(KaraTravoo), a
N.T., from the Heb.,
place of rest, fixed abode, dwelling,
Acts 7. 49 ris rorcos rrjs Karairavo'edos fjLov what is the place of my rest, abode ? i. e. of God in allusion to a temple also of the rest or fixed and quiet abode of the Israelites in the promised land after their wanderings, Heb. 4. 3 (see kclltoi): hence fig. the rest, quiet abode of those who :
God in heaven, in allusion to the rest of the sabbath, shall dwell with v. 1,3, 10,11.
KaraTravoo, i.
e.
f.
aco, lit. to
trans, (a) desist, and so
a)
make
to
quiet down,
cause
to cease,
to restrain,
Acts
14. 18 /j-oAis Kariiravcrav robs ox^ovs.
cause
(j8) to
to rest,
give rest
to, i. e.
to bring into the state of rest
and
happiness of those who dwell with God, Heb. 4. 8. b) intrans., from the Heb., to cease from, rest from, Heb. 4. 4 Kariiravcrev 6 Qzbs airb izdvrcou toov epyoov avrov, v. 10.
kolt air e ra a p. a, aros, r6 (KarairsrdvvvfjLL), a covering, veil, which hangs down in N. T. veil, curtain of the tabernacle and temple, of which there were two; hence rb Karaireraap.a rod vaov may be either the outer or the inner veil, Matt. 27. 51 but rb devrepov Kar. the second or inner- veil, Heb. 9. 3: fig. 6. 19 rb £o~u>T€qov rov Karairerda/jLaros that within the veil, i. e. the inner sanctuary, holy of holies in the heavenly temple; so 10. 20, where it is emblematic of the body and death of Jesus. ;
iriofxai, to
f.
2. 7
Xvirn Karairodf) 6 roiovros.
KaTaTTiTrrw,
7T€ffov/jLai,
f.
tofall dou n,
e. g. prostrate, els rr\v yr\v Acts 14, venp6v 28. 6.
2b'.
k ar airXeco, to sail to foil,
by
f. evaeo, lit. to sail down; any place, come by ship to,
els,
Luke
26.
8.
Karairoyeco, Co, f.rjo'co, to work down, wear down by labour; in N. T. pass, be weary, oppressed, afflicted,
fig. to
Acts
7.
24, 2 Pet. 2.
kot air ovri^co, sea,
trans.
to
io~a>,
f.
mid.
;
7.
sink in the intrans.
sink,
to
Matt. 14. 30 pass. genr. 18. 6, to be sunk, drowned, i. e. iv rcc7T€\dyei rr)s 6a\dora7]s, where the allusion is to the punishment of drowning. ;
Kara pa,
(Kara, apd), pr. imprecation against, i. e. a) pr. and genr. b) imprecation, cursing, Jam. 3. 10. from the Heb., curse, i. e. a devoting or dooming to utter destruction, hence condemnation, doom, punishment, Gal. 3. 10 vno Kardpau slaiare iiriKardparoi', subject to the curse, V. 13 e/c rr)s Kardpas rod i/6p.ov, yevop.evos i>7reg riixwv Kardpa, i. e. from the curse, doom, which the law threatens, being himself made a curse for us, i. e. meton. accursed, £triKar^Kva, rdparos 2 Pet. 2. 14 Kardgas also i. e. on whom the curse abides of the earth, Heb. 6. 8 yrj Kardpas eyyvs near to the curse, almost accursed, i. e. doomed to sterility. as,
r)
=
=
;
:
Karapdo fxai,
depon. mid. (/caret, apdofxai), pr. to wish or pray against any one, i. e. to wish evil to, to curse, with ace, Matt. 5.
44 rovs
cofxai,
f.
dao/xai,
KarapccjuL€Uovs v/aas,
Rom.
12.
From
the Heb., to curse, i. e. devote to destruction, as a fig-tree, 14.
Mark
11. 21 pass. part. perf. Kar-npap.evos accursed, Matt. 25. 41.
Karagyeoo,
;
a),
f.
r)o~oo
(Kara, apyeoo),
render inactive, idle, useless, trans, a) pr., of land, to spoil, Luke 13. 7 Ivarirrjv yr\v Karapyei; fig. to make
to
1
234
Kara piOfJLEEG) without
malce vain, void, fruit-
effect,
Jess, 7T)v iricrriv
rod ©eoD
Rom.
3. 3,
3 1, eirayyeXiau 4. 14 hence, by impl., to debase, 1 Cor. 1. 28. b) by impl. to cause to cease, do away, put an end to, 1 Cor. 6. 13, 13. 11 vo/llov v.
:
ra rod vrjirlov I put away childish things: hence to abolish, destroy, Rom. 6. 6, 1 Cor. 15. 24 orav KarrjpyrjKa
apxyv, ver. 26, 2 Thess. 2.' 8, Heb. 2. 14. Passive Karapyeojuai, odfiai, to cease, be done away, 1 Cor. 2. 6, 13. 8 irgocprjreTai Karapyr)crr) iracrav
Karapyrj6r)crovrai, v.
1
0, Gal. 5. 1 1
:
so
Karapyovpai air6 twos, to cease from being under or connected with any person or thing, airb rod v6julov to be freed from a law, Rom. 7. 2 eAeudepa icrrlv kt\ v. 3 Gal. 5. 4 Karr\qyr)0rjre aivb rov Xpicrrov ye have withdrawn, apostatised from Christ.
=
;
KarapiB/mew, S>, f. ^crcc {Kara, apiOpeca), to number among, pass. Acts 1. 17.
Kara prince, make make
f.
Icrca
(Kara, apri^co), to
fully ready, put in full order, complete, trans, a) pr. (a) es-
KaTaa-TpEcfxi)
a signal for silence and attention,
with ace. Acts 19. 33, dat. 13. 16, dat. of pers. 21. 40 rG> Xacp.
KaraaKairru),
f. tyca,
pr. to dig
under a building, &c.
and hence
Rom.
to
6vcriao~rr)gid crov
part. pass. perf.
:
down
undermine,
overthrow, destroy, rase,
Ta
11. 3
reo~Ka\pav
to
Acts
Ka15.
16 Ta Kar ecTKappiva ruins.
Karao-K€vd£oo, fut. dcrca, to prepare fully, put in readiness, trans., e. g. a way before an oriental monarch, Luke 7. 27; 1. 17 Xabv KarecrKtvacrpivov a people fully prepared to receive the Messiah. Spoken of buildings, &c. for to build, construct, oIkov
Heb. 3. 3 Noah's ark, ;
o~K.r\vr\v
11. 7;
2
9.
Kificarov
;
— of God,
to cre-
ate, 3. 4.
KaracrK7]i/6a}, S>, f. caeca, to pitch a tent ; in N. T. genr. to sojourn, dwell, of birds to lodge or harbour, iv ro?s K\ddois Matt. 13. 32, vwb r))V cTKidv Mark 4. 32. Fig. to rest, remain,
Acts
26
2.
7]
crdpl-
pov
Karao~Ki/)Vcacrei
eir iXiridt.
KaracTKr)vcacTLS, seas, 7)( Kar acfKrjv oca), broken, injured, &c, pitching a tent, a tent pitched ; in N. to refit, repair, mend, ra SiKrva Matt. T. a dwelling-place, abode, of birds 4. 21 fig. of a person in error, to a haunt, Matt. 8. 20. restore, set right, Gal. 6. 1. (0) by Karacr Kid £ca, f. dcrca, to shadow down implic, and in the proper force of upon, i.e. to overshadow, Heb. 9. 5. Kara, to make perfect, i. e. such as one should be, deficient in no part; KaracTKoir4ca, ca, f. r)crca, to view accurately, inspect; in N.T. with sinisof persons, Luke 6. 40, 2 Cor. 13. 1 pec. of what
is
:
KaraprlfecrOe be ye perfect, 1 Pet. 5. 10 with iv rivi, in any thing, Heb. of things, ra vcrr€pr]para, to 13. 21 ;
ter intent, to spy out, explore, trans.
Gal. piav
2.
4 Karacr Koirrjcrai r^v
eAet>0e-
vfjiSov.
:
supply, 1 Thess. 3. 10. b) genr. to prepare, set in order, constitute, pass, and middle, Rom. 9. 22
Karacr koit 6 s, ov, 6 (KaracrKoireca), a scout, spy, Heb. 11. 31.
(TK€vr] bpyr)s Karri pr icrpiva eis airw-
mid., pr. to be wise against any one, i. e. to deal subtilely with, insidiously, deceitfully, with ace. Acts 7. 19 Ka-
Jill out,
\siav, Matt. 21. 16 Karrjpr icrca alvov,
Heb.
10. 5 crcapa Karripr icrca poi a body hast thou prepared for me, i. e. 11.3 Karr/pas a sacrifice to thee prj/uiaTi &eov i. e. ricrdai robs alcavas were created and set in order. ;
Kar doner is,
{mar aprifa), perfection, i. e. the being made or becoming perfect, 2 Cor. 13. 9. ecas,
Karapricr pos, perfecting,
i.
e.
rj
ov, 6
(Karapri^ca), a
the act of
f.
cicrca,
to
KaracrreWca,
fut. €\ca, to put or let down, to lower; in N. T. fig. to put down, i. e. to quell, assuage, pacify, rbv oxXov Acts 19. 35, 36.
Kardcrrrjpa, aros, to position,
i.
e. state,
(KaOicrrripi),
condition,
of deportment, Tit.
spoken
2. 3.
(Karacr rcWca), the in N. T. letting down of a garment collect, for raiment, apparel, 1 Tim. rjs, f)
;
shake violently
in N. T. to move to and to and fro fro, to wave the hand, beckon, sc. as ;
depon.
fut. icropai,
racrocpicrdpevos rb yivos rjpeap.
making KaracrroXr),
perfect, Eph. 4. 12.
Kar acre ica,
Karacrocpi^opai,
2.9.
Karacrrpicpta,
f.
ifw, to
turn
down or
235
Karacrrp-qvtaix)
KarevavTL throw down
N. T. pass.
under; in N. T. to overturn, overthrow, trans. Matt. 21. 12 rpa-rrefas kolt4-
blow,
o~rgetye.
down, to fall, Acts 20. 9 Ka7ej/ex0els a7rb toD v-nvov tTr€o~e, i. e. he sunk down from sleep, lost his balance and fell fig. to be borne down, oppressed with sleep, virvto ib. 2. naracpepto iprityov, with Kara in,
f.
Tim.
revel
to
do~to,
against, run riot against
any one,
1
orau KaTacrrprjuidatocriTOv thev Xpiarov against Christ, l. e. lead a life of luxury and gaiety, in neglect of Christ, to the detriment 5. 11
of his cause.'
Karacrrpo(pi),
r)s,
tj
(Karacrrotcpto)
overthrow, destruction, of cities, 2 Pet. 2. 6 metaph. 14. subversion, 2 Tim. 2.
catastrophe,
e.
i.
:
Karaar ptovvvfXL,
f.
spread
err ga>a to, to
or strew down, trans.,
Cor. 10. 5 they KaT€crTgto6r]Grav eV rfj ipr)/jito were strewed as corpses in the desert,' i.e. were destroyed. 1
'
Ka.Tao~vgtoi f. vpoo, to drag down, force along; in N. T. of a person, to drag or haul along, Luke 12. 58.
Karacr, to slaughter down, i. e. genr. to slay, kill, trans.
Luke
to
in
;
Karacpepeo-dai, to be borne or thrown
:
—
Karacpevyto, f. anyplace, &c, €i's
down
^ofxai, to flee
to
i.e. to flee for refuge, ras Tr6\eis Acts 14. 6; fig. with
inf.
Heb.
6. 18.
Karacpdeipto, f. toto, to spoil utterly, corrupt, lay waste; hence in N. T. a) fig. to corrupt, deprave, rbv vovv, pass. 2 Tim. 3. 8. b) by impl. to destroy, pass, to perish, 2 Pet. 2. 12.
Karacp l\€co,
fut. rjato, to kiss ten-
to,
derly, deosculor, stronger than ,
coo" co
f.
James
5. 3.
/caTicrx^co, f.vo-w(lo~xv&)>to be strong against anyone, i. e. to prevail against
or over, e. g. in a hostile sense to overcome, vanquish, with gen. Matt. 16. 18 genr. to prevail, get the upper hand, absol. Luke 23. 23. ;
KaroiKeca, w, settle
down
(Kara, Oi/ceco), £o a fixed dwelling, to
i.i^aoo
in
dwell permanently, viz.
a)
trans.
2 Cor.
18 rrjv BS^av Kvpiov KaroirrpL^ofxevoi, i. e. beholding the glory of the Lord as reflected and radiant in the gospel,' in antith. to v. 15. 3.
'
Karopdoo/xa, aros, r6(Karog6ooo), any thing happily achieved, a noble deed, Acts 24. 3 KaropBw/xdrcou yLVo/xevoov rep eQvei rovrcp many things having been happily achieved for this nation, i. e. in reference to its government
and
institutions.
Karoo, adv. (Kara), downwards, down, comparat. Karcorepoo. 1. of place. a) of place whither, implying motion down, Matt. 4. 6 /3aAe aeavrbv Karoo,
John
of place
Mark
8.
6,
where,
Acts 20.
9.
b)
below, underneath,
66 eV rrj av\rj Karoo, 15. 38, Acts 2. 19 with article, as adj., 14.
:
— 238
Karwrepog
that which is beloiv, the low, i. e. the earthly, ek rwv Kara) John 8. 23. 2. of time, comparat. Matt. 2. 16 euro dierovs K.a\ Karoorepoo of two years old and under that age.
Karcorepos, roo),
a, ov (comparat. fr. Kalower down, i. e. lower, Eph. 4.
9 Karefir) els to Kar&repa fiepr) rrjs descended into the lower parts afirjs, implying that of the earth Christ became subject to death, comp. 1. 20. yrjs he
=
Kavfxa, aros, r6 (nalco), burning, heat, Rev. 7.16, 16.9.
Kav fxari^oo,
f.
icrco
(Kadfia), to burn,
scorch, trans. Matt. 13. 6,
Kav a is,
€cos,
burning up, Heb.
KavcSofxai, on fire,
to
Rev.
16. 8.
a burning,
(Katco),
r)
6. 8.
KavTrjpid^a), f. dcreo (Kavrrjpiov) to cauterise, brand with a hot iron; pass. ,
2 K6KavT7]pLao'fiei/OL rrjv
Idiav o~vveiS7]0~iv
branded in their own
having the marks of their guilt burnt in upon them,
consciences,
others, byimpl., being seared, hardened, in their consciences.
Kavx^ofxai,
(2 pers.
oofAai, f. 7]ao/j.ai
pres. Kavxavai, for
which see Stu-
N. T. Gram. p. 95), to boast one's self, to glory, exult, both in a
art's
good and bad sense
absol.
;
1
Cor.
29, 31 6 Kavxtopevos, 4. 7 foil, by ace. of thing as to which or of"which one boasts, 2 Cor. 9. 2 %v Kavx^ai MaKedSciv, 11. 30, of degree, ver. 1.
:
—
16
:
by ev with
dat. of that in
which
one glories, e. g. of things, Rom. 23 hs ev vofiq) Kavxavai, 5. 3, Gal.
2.
6.
13; of persons, Rom. 2. 17 ev ®ea>, 1 Cor. 1. 31, 3. 21 by hei with dat. Rom. 5. 2 Kara with ace. as to any thing, 2 Cor. 11. 18 7re^t with gen. 10. 8; virep with gen. 7. 14. :
;
;
Kavxypa,
aros, r6 {Kavxdofxai), a boasting, glorying, exulting, i. e. a)
pr. the act of glorying or exulting
any thing, with gen. Heb.
3. 6 to the hope in which we glory:' so virep rivos 2 Cor. 5. 12; absol. 1 Cor. 5. 6. b) meton. the object of boasting, ground
in
Kavxf)o~i
4.
2
ecas,
s,
7]
(Kavxdojjiai),
a
Kavxflft-a rrjs eAiridos,
i.
e.
'
16.
1.5,
boasting, glorying, exulting,
—Kav-
a) pr. the act of glorying or exulting in any thing, 2 Cor. 7. 14 eVlTirou, 11. 17; 1 Thess. 2. 19 , f.
rjaco (k6(T/xos), to
order,
put in order; in N. T. a) to adjust; lamps, to trim, Matt. 25. 7 b) to deeKoo'p.'no'ap ras AafAirdlias. i.
e.
247
KOfTfltKOQ
rbv oIkop, as if for a new dweller, Matt. 12. 44 a bride, Rev. 21. 2; genr. v. 19: so Matt. 23. 29 KoafJLeTre ra fjLurjfJLcTa ye decorate the sepulchres, i. e. with garlands and flowers, or by adding columns Fig. to honour, or other ornaments. cor ate, adorn
;
;
i.
e.
to
make honourable,
Tit. 2. 10
dignify,
to
tV SiSao-KaAiai',
1
Pet.
3.
5
at ayiai yvvcuKzs £k6o~/hovv kavrds.
koct/jllkSs, terrestrial,
6v
4\,
Heb.
(kSct/jlos),
worldly,
9. 1 'dyiov koc/hlkop:
figur. worldly, as
conformed
to this
world, belonging to the men of this world, Tit. 2. 12 eTndvixiai noo-punai. kSct/jllos, ov, b,
7],
adj. (k6o~iaos), well-
ordered, decorous, modest, in a moral respect, 1 Tim. 2. 9, 3. 2.
Kocr/jLOKparoop, opos, 6 recc), pr. lord
of the
{k6(Tixos,
world
;
Kpa-
N. T.
in
of Satan, as the prince of this world, i. e. of worldly men, pi. Eph. 6. 12 irpos robs Koa/jLOKpdropas rov ckStovs rod al&vos rovrov, i. e. Satan and his angels. i. e. regular disposition and arrangement; hence in N. T. 1. decoration, ornament, 1 Pet. 3. 3 ovx o ei^ooQev koot/jlos. 2. the order of the universe, the world. a) genr. the world, the universe, heaven and earth, &c. Matt. 13. 35 ct7rb Kara&o\r)s k6o"[j.ov, 24. 21 a7r' apXVS k6o~iaov: meton. for the inhabitants of the universe, 1 Cor. 4. 9 Bearpou iyeu^jOrj/uLev tr/v alcc-
Cor. 5. 10; without ovros, 1 John 2. 15-17: spec, the wealth and enjoyments of this world, this life's goods, Matt. 16. 26 ri ax^eAetTai cLudpcciros iau rbv Kocr/JLOV 6\ov KepSrjo-y Gal. 6. 14. (j3) meton. for the men of this world, worldlings, as opp. to those who seek the kingdom of God; with ovros, John 12. 31 rj Kpicris rov k. rovrov, 1 Cor. 1. 20, 3. 19 as subject to Satan, John 12. 31 6 hgyuv tov k. rovrov, 14. 30 without ovros, 7. 7 ov Svvarcu b k6o~/j.os viov), 18. 36, 1
e
;
;
:
/juaup
v/j.as,
14. 17, saep. al.
Kovapros, ov, b, Lat. Quartus, name of a man, Rom. 16. 23. kov/jll,
cumi,
arise,
Mark
Kowruciia,
i.
e.
Heb. imperat.
pr.
fern.,
5. 41.
as,
r\,
Lat. custodia,
i.
e.
custody; in N. T. meton. abstr. for concr. watch, guard, i. e. of Roman soldiers, Matt. 27. 65.
Kov
£o /zide, conceal,
^/co,
f.
pass.
or mid. ta hide one's self, be hid, aor. 2 pass. eKpvfi-nv with pass, and mid. signif. Matt. 5. 14 ou ovvcltcu tt6\ls Kpv&rivcu, 13. 35, 44 ov svquiv etcgvtye, Rev. 2. 17 rod fidvua rov KeKQVfxix4vov of the hidden manna, as symbolical of the enjoyments of the kingdom of heaven foil, by iv rivi Matt. 13. by eft ri Rev. 6. 44, fig. Col. 3. 3 15 by air6 twos to hide from, John 12. 36 'Irjcrovs eKpvj3rj air avTcav Jesus hid himselffrom them ; 8. 59 '\rfo~ovs iKpvfir] /cat i^TiKdev 4k tov Upov Jesus hid himself, and [afterwards] went out of the temple, or we may render iupvfir) adverbially, he secretly ivent Perf. part. KeKpvfxfjievos hidden, out. as adv. secretly, John 19. 38. ;
:
;
;
3
—
KpvffTaWi^oo, to
(KpvffTaWos), be as crystal, clear and sparkling, f.
KvpAnvqcnc
251
KpVTTTlx)
t6
KTrjfjLa, cltos,
(KeKT7]fMai), a posses-
any thing acquired and possessed, an estate, Matt. 19. 22, Acts 2. 45, 5. 1.
sion, property,
KTTJuos,
=
to
ovs,
eos,
property, spec.
KTr\fxa, possession,
and herds of every kind
flocks
cret, in
some
ov (KpvTTTOo), hidden, seeds. Matt. 6. 18.
Kpvprj, adv. (Kpv7TToo), secretly, not openly, Eph. 5. 12.
KTaofxaL,
qojjlcu, f. r)ffo[jL(u,
depon. mid.
acquire, prootherwise, cure, by purchase or perf. With KeKT7)[jLcu as pres. to possess. accus. Matt. 10. 9, irdvTa off a ktqofiai Luke 18. 12; 1 Thess. 4. 4 to kavrov ffKevos KTaffQai to procure for himself a wife, in the oriental manner, by purchase. With an adjunct of price gen. Acts 22. 28, did with gen. 8. 20, eft 1. 18 ovtos 4KT7]ffo%To Xoopiou eft tov fxiffOov i. e. was the occasion of purchasing. Foil, by eV, fig. Luke 21. 19 eV tt? vTrojxovfj vfjicov KTrjffaffde tcls \pvx&s vfA&v through your patience purchase your lives, procure your safety, comp. Matt. 10. 22 to
get for one's
;
and
24. 13.
in
KTTjTcop, opos, o (KTao/xai), possessor, owner, Acts 4. 34.
(kindred with Krao/JLai), pr. to bring under tillage and settlement, to found a city in N.T. to found i.e. to create, form, trans.; of God, as creating the universe or any of
KTi(
weaken, and hence genr.
pios irdvroov
\vo~zv civtovs tov fiovAr)fMaTOS.
With the
by accus. of pers. and
Rom. 10. 12, comp. 9. 5. art. Mark 16. 19, 20, saep.
so with gen. of pers. 6 kvqiSs /ulov, &c. Matt. 22. 44, Eph. 6. 9 without the art. 2 Cor. 3. 17, 2 Pet. 3. 10. With adjuncts, with art. 6 Kvpios 'Irjaovs or 'Iriaovs 6 k. 1 Cor. 5. 5, Rom.
36 ti KO)\v€i ace. impl.
6 k. 7)jjicav 'Irjo'ovs Heb. 13. 24 20 ok. rjfxoou XpiarSs, once, Rom.
4.
;
;
ok.
3
lrjaovs Xqicttos or 'I. Xp. 6 k. 13. 14, 1. 4 6 k. tj/jlco^'I. Xp. 1 Cor. 1. 2, saep. 'I. Xp. 6 k. ri^Hov Eph. 3. 11: so without the art., Kv-
16. 18;
;
Acts
8.
fxz ficnrTio~6rjvai, 16. 6
Luke
:
49
infin.
Foil,
absol. v.
50
;
;
23. 2; inf. impl. 9. by ace. of thing,
—
Cor. 14. 39 t5 AaAeiV yXdoaaais i*ri with tov and KooAveTt, 2 Pet. 2. 16 inf. Acts 10. 47. By Hebr. with ace. of thing and air6 with gen. of pers. Luke 6. 29 airb tov aXpovTos crov to [jxaTiov, Kal tov ^iroj^a fxr) Koj\var)s. 1
;
;
;
pios 'Irjo-ovs
Rom.
10. 9; Xpiffrbs k.
the Messiah, Luke 2. 11 k. '177o~ovs Xp. or Xg. 'I. k. 2 Cor. 1. 2, 4. 3 5; k. Tjfi&v !. Xp. Gal. 1. 3. Further in the phrase iu Kvpicp (1) in the Lord, after verbs of rejoicing, trusting, &c. Phil. 3. 1, 2. 19. (2) in or by the Lord, by his authority, Eph. 4. 17. (3) in or through the Lord, through his aid and influence, by his help, 1 Cor. 15. 58, Gal. 5. 10. (4) in the work of the Lord, in the
i.
e.
;
:
gospel-work, as
marking
Rom.
16. 8, 13.
condition,
one in
(5j the
kcojjlt},
tjs,
7]
(Passow says from
Ke7-
a common sleeping-place, in which, at bedtime, the inhabitants assembled from the fields), a village, hamlet, in the coun-
fxai, Koifidcc, koIttj,
try
and without
Kal K&fxai Mark ivoKeis r) aypoi 6. 56
aypol 7)
a) pr., tcls
walls,
ir6\€is Kal tcls Kco/nas
Matt. 6. 36 ;
7]
9. ;
35
;
Koopai
koojultj,
at
simply, Matt. 21. 2, 14. 15. Meton. villages for the inhabitants of villages, Acts 8. 25 Mark 8. 27 at Kw/Jiai Kaicrapeias the villages of Ccesarea, i. e. lying around and dependent upon it. b) apparently of a large town or city, perhaps withKoofxai,
;
z
254
Klt)fJl67ro\lQ
out walls or partly in ruins Bethsaida, prob. of Galilee, Mark 8. 23. ;
KcofiSTToXis,
a
ecos,
village-city,
i.
{k&iat), tt6Xis), lit.
7)
a large village or
e.
like a city, but without walls,
town
Mark
38.
1.
a feasting, revel, Lat. after supper, carousing comissatio, a Rom. 13.13, Gal. 5. 21.
K&fios,
ov,
6,
a gnat, as found in acid wine and vinegar, Matt. 23. 24.
Kt&isctrf/, (ottos, o,
r),
Kcos, KcD, i), Cos or Co, a small and fertile island of the Egean sea, near the coast of Caira in Asia Minor,
Acts
21.
Kccad/JL,
a man, K), pr. failure, want of food, hence hunger, famine, a) of single persons, hunger, 2 Cor. 1 1. 27, Luke 15. 17. b; of cities or countries, famine, scarcity of grain, Matt. 24. 7, Luke 4. 25.
Xivov, ov, r6, flax, e.g. the plant; in N. T. and genr. what is made of flax, linen, e.g. raiment, Rev. 15. 6 put also ivdedv/jLevoi Xivov Ka.da.p6v for the wick of a candle or lamp, i. e. a strip of linen, Matt. 12. 20 Xivov rv(p6fjL€vov ov afieaei the smoking wick :
Xidos,
a stone, a) pr., of small stones, Matt. 4. 3 Xva ol Xidoi ovtol apToi yevwvTou, v. 6 of stones for building, 24. 2 of a mill - stone, Mark 9. 42 of a stone for covering the door or mouth of a sepulchre. Matt. 27. 60, 66 of stone tablets, 2 Cor. 3. 7; of idols carved in stone, Acts 17. 29 of precious stones, Rev. 17. 4, fig. 1 Cor. 3. 12, Xidos foams Rev. 4. 3, 21. 11. b) fig., spoken of ov, 6,
;
;
;
;
;
Christ, 9. 32,
33
Comp.
Pet. 2. 4, 7, Rom. of Christians, 1 Pet. 2. 5.
Eph. 2. 20, ;
1
(doe.
Xi doarpooros,
ov,
6,
7),
adj. (xidos,
arpcovvvfAi), pr. stone-paved
in
;
N. T.
neut. to XidSarpcorov the pavement, i. e. a tesselated pavement of mosaic work, John 19. 13 fjyayev e£co
rbv
'Irjcrovi/,
mat
rod
iKd.6i.crev iirl
(3r)-
fxaros els rdirov XeyS/mevov XidSarpoorov, i. e. * he led Jesus out of the
praetorium, whither the Jews might
not enter, and took his seat upon public tribunal (^rjfia), which :' stood upon a tesselated pavement others suppose the similar pavement in the temple to be meant but a Roman magistrate could hold no such proceedings in the temple.
''the
;
XiKfidw,
So, f.
winnow done by
r)acc (Xik/ulos), to
which in the East is throwing it with a fork against the wind, which scatters the straw and chaff; hence, by impl., to scatter, disperse; in N. T. fig. Matt. 21. 44
grain,
4
"hi
;
XoiSopcco,
co, f. 770*0?
(Xoidopos), to rail
reproach, revile, with accus. John 9. 28 4\oid6gr)crai' avr6v, Acts 23. 4 pass. 1 Cor. 4. 12. at,
Xvrpov
AvKaovta,
>
as,
i),
Lycaonia, a region
in the interior of Asia Minor, bounded north by Galatia, eas| by Cappa-
docia and Cataonia, south by Cilicia
and
and west by Phrygia of its cities, Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra, are mentioned in N. T., Acts Isauria,
14. 6.
XoL^opia,
as,
Tim.
reproach, 1
Xoldopos,
(XoLfiopeoo),
rj
ov, 6,
ing, as subst.
5. 14, 1
rj,
Pet.
railing, 3. 9.
adj. railing, revil-
a railer,
reviler, 1
Cor.
AvKaovio'ri, adv. Lycaonice, in the Lycaonic dialect, Acts 14. 11. A v k I a, as, 7), Lycia, a province on the south-west coast of Asia Minor of its cities, Patara andMyra are mentioned in N. T., Acts 21. 2, 27. 5. Xvkos, ov, 6, a wolf, Matt. 10. 16: fig. of a rapacious and violent per;
5. 11, 6. 10.
XoLfMos, ov, 6, pestilence, plague, Matt. 24. 7 fig. of a malignant and mis:
chievous person, a pest, Acts 24.
Ao tiros, other,
5.
remaining, a) pi. Matt. 25. 11 at Xonral ov (Xctiroo),
rj,
fe/3f,
son, 7. 15.
XvLiaivoLiai, depon. (Xvllt]), pr. to absol. o/ XolttoI 37 irapOevoL, stain, disgrace, by insult, indignity, the rest, the others, Matt. 22. 6 neut. i. e. to insult, treat with indignity ra AotTra Mark 4. 19. b) adverbiin N. T. to injure, make havoc of, deally (a) rod Xolttov i. e. xp^vov in stroy, with accus. Acts 8. 3 ^avXos future, henceforth, Gal. 6. 17. (/3) t6 iXv/maivero rrjv eKKXycriav. Xolttov for the rest, e. g. of time, Xvttzco, co, fut. 7)0-00 (Xvtttj), to grieve, henceforth, Matt. 26. 45 /ca0ev5€Te to with sorrow, trans., pass, or afflict Xolttov sleep ye even still? 1 Cor. 7. mid. to be grieved, be sad, sorrowful, 29 also as to the rest, finally, Eph. Matt. 17. 23 iXvir^dTjorav y Madidv Heb.
indec. Magog, see
6,
f
266 y.
indec. Madian, Midian, pr. name of an Araor
Ma5t
5.
A
fiajiLovas or fxafx/xcovas, a, 6, i. e. wealth, riches, Chald.
which one
trusts;'
Luke
1.
mammon, '
that in
16. 9
:
per-
sonified, v. 13. 6, indec. Manaen, pr. name of a Christian teacher, Acts 13. 1.
Mavarju,
rj, Manasses, Heb. 6, Manasseh, making to forget.' 1. the son of Joseph, adopted by Jacob, Rev. 7. 6. 2. a king of Judah, Matt. 1. 10.
Mauacrcrrjs,
'
—
fxavOdvco,
p.aBi]crojxciL,
f.
Bov, to learn,
aor. 2 e/xa-
a) pr. intellectually,
either from others, or from study, observation, &c, to learn, be taught, absol. Matt. 9. 13 iropevBevTes fxdOere ri iarri, John 6. 45 with airo twos Matt. 11. 29; ace. of thing, Rom. 16. 17 i>fxe?s e/xdBeTe, 1 Cor. 4. 6 ;
V
IVa ev
7}fjuv
example; foil,
by
2 Tim.
fxdBr)Te
—
air6
in
us i.e.
ace. impl.
twos Col.
3. 14.
Foil,
John
1. 7,
by
by our 7.
15;
irapdrwos
ace. of pers.,
any one, i. e. his doctrines, precepts, Eph. 4. 20. In the sense of to learn by information, be informed, foil, by Stl Acts 23. 27, air6 twos Gal. 3. 2. Also to understand, compreherid, Rev. 14. 3. b) morally, to learn, i. e. from experience, to to learn
=
do habitually, be wont, foil, by inf. expr. or impl. Phil. 4. 11 €70? e;xaQov avTapKrjs cluai, 1 Tim. 5. 13; with
ktX. ace. Heb. 5. 8. c) joined emphat. with a comparative fxavia, as, r\ (/xtx'wofxai), mania, madeither in form or sense, Mark 7. 36 ness, insanity, Acts 26. 24. fxaXXov TT€gio-(r6r€gou, Phil. 1.23 iroXto, indec, manna, the miraXcd fiaXXou Kpelcrcrov. So with verbs fxdvvcL, culous food of the Israelites in the of comparison, Matt. 6. 26 oi>x vfxels desert, John 6.31,49,58. fiaXXou SiacpepeTe avToov Heb. 1 1. 25 fiaXXov eXofxeuos. d) after a negative fxauTcvofiai, f. evtro/xai, depon. mid. {jxdvTis), to utter responses as from clause or prohibition, expr. or impl., an oracle, to divine, to foretell, Acts rather ; 5e fxaXXov but rather, Matt. 16. 16. 10. 6 aAAa fxaXXov id. Rom. 14. 13, 1 Cor. 7. 21, impl. Mark 15. 11 Xva /xapaivee, fut. tweo, pr. to put out, ex[sc. fx^ top 'irjtrovv, aAAa] /xaXXov tinguish, as a fire, pass, to go out, expire; hence to make pine away, to ktX. So oi»x* p-aXXov in interrog. 1 Cor. 5. 2. e) intens. fxaXXov 5e bedry up, cause to wither, pass, to wither, icrrtv avrcc fxaXXov, el
;
;
;
fade away
Jam.
1.
in N. T.
;
268
aOa
jLiapav
noun, John
fig. 6 ir\ovo~ios
1.
]
a 6 a, maran-atha, Aramaean, Kvpios epxerat. the Lord will come to judgment, 1 Cor. 16. 22.
jjia.pav
=
p.agyapirijs,
a pearl, Matt. 13. 45
adj., sc. \iQos,
5.
32
jxaprvpla %v \xao-
97
Tvoe?
irepi i/nov, 1
KaXty
bfAoKoyiav.
Tim. 6. 13 rrju So with ace. of fi..
thing genr.
to testify any thing, bear witness of or concerning any thing, John 3. 1 1 % €OopdtcafjL€i/ jULagrvoov/jLGV, Rev. 1. 2 ts efxaprvprio'e tov Xoyov tov &eov, 22. 20 6 fxagrvpoov ravra i. e. causative, comp. v. 16 foil, by
6 (fxdpyapos), pr.
ov,
/jiaprvpta
:
fig. 7. 6.
;
Map 9 a,
rjs, rj,
zarus,
Luke
Map la,
as,
Martha,
or Mapidfi,
Maria, Mary, pr. 1.
Jesus, Matt.
La-
and dat., v. 16 \xapTvpr\crai vfxtv ravra. With an ace. impl. from the context, t& irsp\ ifxov Acts 23. 11, rovro 26. 5 with dat, v. 22 (text* rec.) /jiaprvpovfjL€uos fAiKpcp Kr\, i. e. mid. bearing this my testimony before small and great. Foil, by dat. of person or thing to or for whom, in favour of whom, one bears testimony, ace.
10. 38.
rj,
women.
a sister of
name
Mary, the 16.
1.
—
2.
indec. of several mother of rj,
;
Mary Mag-
e. of Magdala, Matt. 27. Mary, the mother of James the Less and Joses, sister to Jesus' mother and wife of Alpheus or Clopas, Matt. 27. 56. 4. Mary, a sister of Lazarus and Martha, John 11. 1. 5. Mary, the mother of John surnamedMark, Acts 12. 12. 6. Mary,
dalene, 56.
—
i.
3.
26 & av fxefxaprvpnuas, 5. 33. In the Pass, with vtt6 Rom. 3. 21.
John
—
—
prove by testimony, John (ft) fig. of God as testifying by his Spirit, by signs, miracles, &c, foil, by irepi John 5. 37 on of quot. Heb. 7. 17; r
), to chew, gnaw, Rev. 16. 10. r6 (paprvpeot), wit-
3. 7.
paprvpiov,
fiaraiou)
pao~riy6co,
f.
to
(pdart^), to scourge, trans., persons as criminals,
Matt. fig.
17 pao-nyuaovcriv i/pus
10.
of God,
12. 6
fut. cocrco
co,
to chastise, correct,
:
Heb.
paariyo? irdvra vlbv bv napa-
dex^rai.
pao~ri£ou, f. /|o> (pdcrri^), to scourge, trans., a person as criminal, Acts 22. 25.
3
paprvpiarov lr)o~od(see pagrvpdari^, lyos, r), a whip, scourge, Acts gia b.), 1 Cor. 1. 6; 2. 1 rb p. rod 22. 24 fig. a scourge from God, i. e. &eod id. Genr. in the sense of tesdisease, plague, Luke 7. 21 airb u6awv timony, evidence, proof; els pagrvpiov kcu paariycou. avrols as a testimony unto them, Matt. 7)
:
4; against them, 10. 18, avrovs Luke 9. 5 also 1 8.
:
and so eV Tim. 2. 6
rb pagrvpiov Kaigols Ifiiois, in appos. with avriXvrpov. b) from the Sept. 7] o~K7)ur] rod jxaprvpiov tabernacle of
put for tabernacle of the congregation, Acts 7. 44, Rev. 15. 5. witness,
paprvpopai, depon. mid. to call to ivitness,
(pdprvs),
invoke as ivitness;
hence in N. T. to protest, make an earnest and solemn appeal by way of affirmation, protestation, Acts 20. ;
26 paprvpopai vplv
lemnly
affirm,
I
on KrA=' I soGod to witness,
call
&c. 26. 22 in later eds. Gal. 3 also by way of exhortation, to exhort solemnly, obtest, with ace. and that,'
;
5.
:
inf.
Eph.
pdprvs,
;
4. 17.
ov, 6, the breast,
pap,
Luke
11.27, 23.29, Rev. 1.13.
paraioAoyia,
as,
paraio \6yos,
ov, 6,
(paraioXoyos), vain talk, empty jangling, 1 Tim. 1.6. r)
(pdraios, Aeyoo), given to vain talking, subst. vain talker,
r)
empty wrangler,
par a los,
Tit.
1.
10.
ov (pdrrju), vain, empty, iriaris 1 Cor. 15. fruitless, Tit. 3. 9 From the 17, 6p7]orKeta Jam. 1. 26. Heb. Ta pdraia, vanities, nothings, for idols, idolatry, Acts 14. 15: hence also /xaraia avao~rpoo'j3oj/,
6v/jl6s
I
:
9.
0A?i//is,
Luke
SteoypSs,
Jam.
21
4.
Acts 8. Kpipa, Rev. 16.
25
3. 1
Ai/xd's.
21 ir\7)yt). Of things exciting admiration, great) mighty, wonderful orrjfieTa /jl. great signs, mighty deeds, miracles, Matt. 24. 24, 5iW,ueis Acts 8. 13 Svvapis p. 4. 33 so fiei&va sc. tpya John 1. 51 joined with 6avHao-rSs Rev. 15. 1 2 Cor. 11. 15 ri fi4ya ovu what wonder then ? d) fig. great in power, dignity, authority ol fi€yd\oL the great, i. e. nobles, princes, Matt. 20. 25 rod ;
;
:
:
;
;
Heb. 4. 14 agx L6 P* a /*•» 10. 21 of God, Tit. 2. 13; of Diana, Acts 19. 27. So genr. fji€yd\ov jSatnAecos 5.
35
;
:
great, distinguished, Matt. 5. 19 ovros
peyas ttjs
II
:
;
Luke
K\7]dr}cr€raL,
7. 16irpo(pT]-
thus ixeifcv with gen. Matt. 11. simply, 18. 1. In a bad sense,
great, noted,
ir6pvn
77
Rev.
17. 1.
implying censure, great, boastful, arrogant, Rev. 13.
e) ty,
peyeOos,
eos, ows, to* (ii&y as),
Eph.
ness, fig.
— lof5.
great-
jueyio-Taves, cuv, ol (f.Uyio~Tos), Lat. magnates, i. e. chiefs, nobles, princes,
Mark
6.
21,
Rev.
^sOepfirjuevw,
f.
6. 15.
eucco (fierd, eg/uTj-
vevct)), to translate over from one language into another, to interpret ; in N. T. only pass. Matt. 1. 23 iari '6
/JL€6€p/Ji7]y€v6/jL€lf0U,
pedr),
7}s, 7)
ken frolic,
(fxtOv),
Luke
fiedia-rrj/xi,
f.
drunkenness, drun-
21. 34.
ueracrT77(n*> (/ueTct, ftr-
/
also /jLeOiar avca, to set or move over from one place to another, to
rrjfii),
N.T. only in the
transitive forms, a) pr. with ace. 1 Cor. 13. 2 ware 6pr] fxeQiardveiv, with eis Col. 1. 13: fig. to draw over to another side or party, to seduce, with ace. ox^ov iKavov Acts 19. 26. b) of
persons, a king, steward,
to
to
remove from depose,
to dismiss,
T.,
Eph.
6.11.
4. 14,
fiedopios,
ov, 6,
f),
adj. (perd, opos),
bordering upon, frontier; in N. T. neut. pi. to; fjieOoota sc. x°) P ia borders,
Mark
confines,
pe Over km,
24.
7.
fut. vorco (jjlIQv),
make
to
drunk, mid. to become drunk, to be drunken, aor. 1 pass. ipeOvcrdriJ/ in
middle
signif.
;
absol.
irivtiv Kal /uL€dvcrK€0~9ai,
with dat.
Eph.
olvoi
5.
Luke John 18
12. 2.
fig.
:
45
10 Rev. ;
17. 2.
pedvo~os, 6, 77, adj. (fxeOv), drunken, subst. a drunkard, 1 Cor. 5. 11. only in pres. and imperf., to be drunk, get drunk, and by impl. to carouse, absol. Matt. 24. 49 fig. fj.era toV fieOvSurcov, Acts 2. 15 Rev. 17. 6. /bLei£wv, p.eL^6r€pos, see p. eyas.
peOvco
(/j.4dv),
:
piXav,
avos, r6 (pe\as),
any thing
black, e. g. ink, 2 Cor. 3. 3.
jLteAas, aiva, av, black, Matt. 5. 36.
MeAeas, a, man, Luke fie Act,
Meleas, pr.
6,
of a
3. 31.
impers. forms be for care and concern
impf.
from p4\ca, to any one
name
e/xeAe,
to
hence /-teAet it concerns, of pers., and usually to be ;
rendered personally,
i.
e. to
care for,
take care of, pr. foil, by gen. of the object, 1 Cor. 9. 9 py rcou /3ooV /xeAei too 0e,
d00~(O
(/JL€0~t6s),
to fill,
pass, to be filled or full, with gen.
Acts
2.
yAevKovs [xe^eaTooixevoL
13
»_/
prep, (kindr. with /necros), governing the genitive and accusative, in the poets also the dative, with the primary signif. mid, amid, i. e. in the midst, with, among, implying accompaniment; and thus differing from (xvv, which expresses conjunc-
fjL€rd,
union. with the genitive, implying
tion, 1.
companionship, fellowship. 1. with, i. e. amid, among, in the midst of, as where one is said to be, sit, stand, &c. with or in the midst of others, with gen. pi. of pers. or thing, Matt. 26. 58 €Kd6r)ro /nera tu>p vTrrjpeTQQV,
Mark 1.
Toov vex e5pe he found no place for a change b) in of mind in his father Isaac.
a religious sense, repentance, penitence, implying pious sorrow for un-
and
and a turning from them unto God and the gospel of belief
sin,
Christ, Matt. 3. 8 icapirbv &£iov rrjs fxeravoias,
Luke
32 /caAeVcu afxap-
5.
rooXovs els fxerdvoiav, 15. 7, ssep. (fxerd, fxeo~os), also
gen., in the midst,
fxeraXXdccco, f. |o> (jmerd, aXXdcado) to exchange one thing for another, foil, by ev Rom. 1. 25, els v. 26.
transfigure
see els
1
enjoyed.'
/j.era/JLop(p6co,
:
Tim. 4. 3 fxera^v, adv. be partaken of,
partaking of any thing, els [lerdXrjxf/iv,
21. b) in a religious sense, implying pious sorrow for unbelief and sin, and the turning from them to God and the gospel of Christ, absol. Matt. 3. 2 ixeravoelre, 11. 20, Mark 6. 12, Acts 26. 20 /j.eravoe7v na\ eVio'rpecpeiu eirl rbv ®e6v to repent and turn to God from idolatry prseg., foil, by air6, 8. 22 fxeravSricrov airo rrjs kclkiols repent [and turn] from this evil; by e/c, Rev. 2. 21 e/c rrjs iropveias. As attended with acts of external sorrow, penance, Matt. 11. 21 av ev aaKKw koX 0"7to5g5 fxerevo-nffav, 12. 41 where for els rb Kripvy/xa
fxerdvoia,
not wavering.'
jmeraXrjxf/LS,
juerac^T^tar/^w
3 eav fxeravoi]0"n, &
dimnus
= or Hebrew bath; hence the was = about 33J English
/LL€Tpnr7]s
per QioiraQ eoo,
vp.as eireKeiva.
w,
f.
tjctoo
(peTpiowa-
moderate in one' s passions, to have one's passions moderated hence to be gentle, indulgent, compassionate, with dat. towards any one, Heb. 5. 2 perpLoiraQelv ovudpevos ro7s Qr\s), to be
;
ayvoovcrt,.
perpioos, adv. (perpios), measuredly, moderately, pr. with moderation in ;
N. T. little, and ov perpioos not a little, e. much, greatly, Acts 20. 12.
i.
perpov,
a) pr. as ov, to, measure. of capacity, in the proverbial exmeasure of pression, Matt. 7. 2 sins, 23. 32 of length or surface, a measure, i. e. a measuring - rod, KaAajuos Rev. 21. 15, v. 17 per pop avOpooTrov man's measure, i.e. common, ordinary. Genr. and adv. e/c perpov pergioos, i. e. modeby measure, b) rately, sparingly, John 3. 34. meton. measure, for portion as measured off or allotted, allotment, pro;
;
— =
portion,
perpou
11,12,17.
pero LKi^ca,
fxeroxos,
quarts, or 8f gallons.
4.
/U6Tt7T6fTa, adv., lit. after then, i. e. thereafter, afterwards, Heb. 12. 17.
[A€Teoopi£ to have remembrance of= to recollect, remember, 1 Thess. 3. 6 fxveiav iroieiffdai to make remembrance of, i. e. to bear in mind, to make mention of, ;
Rom.
1.9.
to (jULifivr)o~KQo), pr. a memorial, monument, intended to preserve the memory of any person or thing, hence a sepulchral monument, cenotaph; in N. T. meton. a tomb,
(JLvrifxa,
aros,
Luke
sepulchre,
23. 53.
p.vf)p.e1ov, ov, t6
(/iiLfjLvr)ffKoo),
pr. a
memorial, monument, hence a sepulchral monument, cenotaph ; in N. T. meton. a tomb, sepulchre, Matt. 8. 28. fjivrjjULT], 7}s, 7] (fjLLjuLvrjffKco),
remembrance,
recollection ; pvr)pr)u TroieTcrOaL to call
mind, bear in recollection, 2 Pet.
to
'
fxiaOooo,
(picrdos),
coffoo
f.
So,
to
hire
1.
15. int.
}j.V7)iaovgv(jo, \xvi\ffKQo), to
evffoo
remember
}
(fjLvr)fx> f« ^) (T0} (/^X^ 5 )' t° defile a in an abode, dwelling, mansion, married woman, commit adultery with John 14. 2: so ttoleTu povy\v irapd rivi her in N. T. only mid. /jloix^ to make one 's abode with any one, i. e. wfxoLL, genr. to commit adultery, used to abide or dwell with him, fig., 14. 23. both of man and woman, intrans. teress,
7.
'
;
NT.
^^
;
Matt.
32
5.
kcu ts
7roie?
avr^v
p.ovoysvi]s,
4os, ovs, 6,
p.oLxao~6ai,
rj,
adj. (/xo-
vos, yevos), only-born, only-begotten, .
.
/uLOixarat.
.
only child, Luke 7. 12 pouoyeu^s pnrpi, 8. 42, 9. 38, Heb. 11. 17: rfj in John's writings spoken only of 6 i.
/uotxe/a, ay, Matt. 15. 19.
7]
(jUOixeuco), adultery,
also mid. /xor^euojxcu (fiOLXos), to commit adultery, genr. and absol. active, Matt. 5. 27 ov /jLoixevcreis (for the future as imperative see Stuart's N. T. Gram.
fioixtvM)
f-
svcroi),
;
p. 195),
Mark
10. 19
p.))
p.oLX*vo~r)s
:
mid. once, John 8. 4. Foil, by accus. to commit adultery with any one, Matt. 5. 28 fjdrj efxoixsvorev avr'fju. Symbol, once, foil, by perd tlvos, Rev. 2. 22.
e.
Xoyos, the only- begotten Son of God in the highest sense, as alone know-
ing and revealing the essence of the Father, John 1. 14, 18, 3. 16, 18, 1
John
4. 9,
— where others, by impl.,
most dear, only -beloved. a) pr. with-
fi6uos,r), ov, only, alone,
out others, without companions; of persons, Matt. 14. 23 povos i\v e/ce?, Mark 6. 47 avrbs fiovos iirl rrjs yrjs, 9. 2 Kar ldi irapa rod young and tender; hence a young fxovov ®eov ov farelre, Jude 4, Rev. animal, and espec. in prose and N. T. 15. 4 so after el /mi), Matt. 12. 4 el a calf, a young bullock, Luke 15. 23. ro7s hpevcri jjlovols, 17. 8. b) alone fiowiicSs, t), 6v (fjLovaa), devoted to fj.1) many, of o?ze out of many, Luke 24. the muses, i.e. to the liberal arts and 18 o~v fxovos rcapoiKets 'lepovcraArj/UL sciences, learned; in N. T. skilled in 1 Cor. 9. 6, 2 Tim. 4. 11. c) neut. music, a musician, Rev. 18. 22. fxovov as adv. ow/?/, a/owe ; simply, jxox^os, ov, 6, ivearisome labour, traMatt. 5. 47 Toi>s adeAcpobs vju.gov fi6vail, including the idea of painful vov, 9. 21 ea^ fiSvov aipwficu, Acts 18. effort, sorrow in N. T. only as 25. After e* fir), Matt. 21. 19 et coupled with kSttos, 2 Cor. 11. 27 iv With necpvAAa fx6vov, Mark 6. 8. kottco kcu jjLox9u>, 1 Thess. 2. 9. gatives p.7] fiovov not only, simply, fiveAos, ov, 6, marrow, Heb. 4. 12. Gal. 4. 18; in antith. or gradation, fivioo, go, f. r)aoo (fivoo), to initiate, infoil, by aAAa Phil. 2. 12, by aAAa koX struct, i. e. in things before unknown, but also, fir) robs iro^as fiov fiovov, pass. Phil. 4. 12. aAAa Kcd ras X € ?P as John 13. 9 ov fjLvOos, ov, 6, speech, discourse ; in N. fiovov not only, simply, Jam. 2. 24 T. fable, fiction, a mythic tale, mythic in antith. or gradation, foil, by aAAa discourse, 1 Tim. 1.4, 4. 7 fiefirjAovs Acts 19. 26, by aAAa /cat but also e.
i.
ile,
:
;
^
;
;
:
Matt. 21. 21, John fiovocpOaAfios,
ov, 6,
btyQaAfios), one-eyed,
r),
adj. (fxSvos,
having
Mark
eye, Matt. 18. 9,
Kal ypaoofieis fivOovs rrapaiTov.
5. 18.
an
lost
9. 47.
fivKaofiai, cofiai, fut. r)crofiai (fxv), to moo, to low, pr. as the cow or ox in N. T. of a lion, to roar, Rev. 10. 3 ;
fibcnrep
fiov 6 go,
6o,
fut. dxrco (f*6vos), to leave
as a widow, to be solitary, probably childalone, pass, to be left alone,
less, 1 fiopcpf),
Tim. rjs,
e. g.
5. 5.
r),
form, shape,
Mark
16.
12 iv erepa fiopcpfj Phil. 2. 7 fioptyrjV dovAov Aafidbv, i. e. appearing in a humble and despised condition;' c hence also ver. 6 os iv fiopcpfj &eov vTrdpxw who being in the form of God, as God, like God,' where the i. e. force of the antithesis would seem most naturally to refer to the divine or fiopcpr) may majesty and glory, nature of (cfyvo'is), here have the sense when iv fiopcpfj &eov vrrdpx^^ would being of that nature, of the same be nature with God.
Aeoov fivKarai.
fivKTr\pi^Go, f. tcroo (fivKrr)p), to turn up one's nose in scorn, and hence to mock, deride, pass. Gal. 6. 7 ®ebs ov jnvKT7]pL(erai,
i.
e.
'God
will not let
himself be mocked.'
:
'
'
—
=
fiopcpooo,
Go,
f.
coaco (fiogcpr)), to
fashion, trans.; in N. formed, fig. Gal. 4. 19
form,
T. pass.^ to be
&XP LS °v
H-°P~
Xp. iv vfuv, i. e. until the very image of Christ be impressed upon '
(pooQfj
your
hearts.'
fiop (poo a is,
eoos,
r)
(fiogcpooo),
pr.
a
forming, hence form, appearance, e. g. merely external form, 2 Tim. 3. 5 exovres fi6p,
the eyes,
i,
11. 25, f.
e.
Eph.
1. 9.
dcroo (/xvcoxp), pr. to
shut
to contract the eyelids,
25. 2 al 7reVre
/jicopai sc.
irap64voi, v.
so prob. Matt. 5. 22, where 3, 8 others render it wicked, impious. O f things, 1 Cor. 1. 25 rb /xcopby rod Qeov i. e. what men count foolish in the ordinances and proceedings of God v. 27 Ta ficoga rov koo~/llov, Tit. 3. 9 ;
;
papas
^rjrrjcreLS.
Muvcrj
.9,
ov,
fj,
r\v,
and eW,
e?,
ea,
drawn out,' pr. name Moses, Heb. of the great Jewish prophet and legislator, Matt. 8. 4. The two sets of declension-endings are used almost '
promiscuously. The form Mcocrris also occurs in earlier eds., chiefly in c c
;
290
"NaCMTGLJV
the Gospels but most of the later In editors give uniformly Mwvor. the the Sept. Mouvo-rjs, rj, eT, rjv are usual forms but sometimes it is indeclinable, like other Heb. proper ;
;
Mcovarj for all cases.
Me-
ton. for the books of Moses, the tateuch, Luke 16. 29,
Pen-
names,
i.
e.
vaipdoc
Luke
Rev. 16. 7 foil, by /ecu introducing a subsequent limitation 10. 21,
or modification, Matt. 15. 27 vai, kvc) inpi€' Ka\ yap ra Kvvdgia kt\. or asseaffirmation tens. in strong veration, Luke 11.51 vai, Xiyw vpuv,
Rev. 1. 7 vai, 20 vai, epxo/J-ai raxv also yea and more also, Matt. 11.
eK^r}T7]6rjcr€TaL, 12. 5,
22.
afiTjv,
with
Kai,
:
9 vai, \syoo
N.
:
vfjuv,
Kal 7repiaa6repov
With the art. rb vai, yea, word yea,' 2 Cor. 1. 17 'Iva
TrpotyrjTov.
indec. Naasson, Heb. diviner,' pr. name of a chief of
Naacrcrco*/, '
6,
i.
e.
the
'
name
rb va\ vai, Ka\ rb ov ov, 20; with art. implied, 1. 18, 19, Matt. 5. 37.
Na(ape6, Nafager, and Na(apaQ, indec. Nazareth, prob. Heb. a twig,'
NcuV, 7], indec. Nain, a town of Galilee, about two miles south of Mount Tabor, near Endor, Luke 7. 11.
Judah, Matt.
Nayyai,
6,
of a man,
1. 4.
3. 25. t),
'
name
of a small city in lower Galilee, just north of the great plain pr.
of Esdraelon, and about mid-way between the lake of Tiberias and the Mediterranean Matt. 2. 23. ;
~Na£apr]v6s, ov, 6, a Nazarene, i.e. an inhabitant of Nazareth spoken of Jesus, Mark 1. 24, 14. 67. Na£wpa?os and Nafagcuos, ov, 6, a Nazarean, i. q. a Nazarene, an inhabitant of Nazareth spoken of Jesus, Matt. 10. 47, saep.; 2. 23 or i~Na;
;
fapcuos
he shall be called adverting to the ety-
K\rj6'f)0'€Tai
a Nazarean, i. e.,
mology of the name lie
(see
Na(ape6),
shall be called a shoot, branch, in
allusion to such passages as Is. 11. 1,
53. 2, Zech. 3. 8,
&c, but here
also implying reproach, from the contempt in which Nazareth was held so once of Christians, as the :
followers of Jesus of Nazareth, Acts 24.5.
Nadav, 6, ind. Nathan, Heb. 'given,' pr. name of a son of David, Luke 3. 31.
NaOavaijX, '
6,
Trap* ifxol
v.
indec. Naggce, pr.
Luke
rj
indec. Nathanael,
given of God,' pr.
Heb.
= (deodoopos, pr.
name
of a disciple of Christ, supposed to be the same with the apostle Bap9o\ofia?os, John 1. 46. vai, adv. of affirmation, yea, yes, cera) pr., in answer to a questainly, e 9. 28 iriarevcre 6ri dvvaMatt. tion, Xeyovcriv avrcp, fiai rovro iroiriaaL
hence temple, fane, as the dwelling of a god in N. T. a) genr., of any temple, iv xetgoTroirjTOis vaoTs Acts 17. 24; 19. 24 ttoiccv vaovs apyvpovs 'Apre-
va6s,
ov, 6 (vaioo), pr.
dwelling,
silver shrines of Diana, i. e. miniature copies of the temple of Diana at Ephesus, having a small image of the goddess. b) of the temple at Jerusalem, or in allusion to it, but spoken only of the fane or edifice itself, in distinction from (a) pr. Matt. 23. Ug6v, which see. intdos
iv rc$ av 6jj.6o"p iv rep vacp v. 35 rod v. vaov, fitra^v 17; XpvGq rod vaov ttal rod Ovcriao'rrjpiov i. e. the altar of burnt-offerings, which stood in the court of the priests before the entrance of the vaos (see iepSv); 27. 5 pixpas ra apyvpia iv rep vacp, prob. in the entrance of the vaos, since Judas could not enter within it John 2. 20, 2 Thess. 2. 4. (£) symbol., of the temple of God in heaven, to which that of Jerusalem was to 1 6 "bs
.
.
.
correspond (comp. Heb. 8. 5, 9. 11), Rev. 3. 12, 11. 19 rjvoiyr) 6 vabs rod &eov iv rooT€ivr)
ceiving
him up
as rehis ascension, at ;
Acts 1. 9; as surrounding him at his second coming, Matt. 24.30 as surrounding ascending saints or angels, 1 Thess. 4. 17. :
veKpooffis, cots, rj (veKpoco), pr. a putting to death; hence a) death, i. e. violent death, 2 Cor. 4. 10 ttjv vcKpcaffiv roo'Irjcrod ivrcp ffdofxari tj/ugov TrepKpegovres, i. e. ever exposed to suffer for the cause of Christ the same violent death which he suffered.' b) fig. deadness, impotency, '
Rom. vcos,
4. 19.
a, ov,
young, new; compar. vccoa) pr. of persons,
repos, younger,
young, youthful, Tit. 2. 4 'iva ffaKppovifaai ras yeas. Compar. vccarepos, younger, i. e. of two or more, Luke 15. 12 5 vedorepos avroov. Genr. for a young person, pi. the younger, the young, in opp. to, those older, John 21. 18 ore r)s vecvrepos, Acts 5. 6 ol i/€doT€poL
=
oi veaviffKoi v. 10, 1
5. 1.
As implying
Luke
22. 26.
Tim.
inferior dignity,
indec. Nephthalim, Heb. Naphtali, my wrestling,' pr. name of the sixth son of Jacob in N. T. only meton. for the tribe of Naphtali, Matt. 4. 13.
~Ne(p6a\eifjL,
6,
'
;
vecpos, cos, ovs, to, a cloud; in N. T. fig. for crowd, throng, Heb. 12. 1 vecpos fJLaprvpccv.
vccppSs,
ov,
6,
kidneys, usually pi. ; in
ol veeppoi, the kidneys, reins, loins
N. T.
for the inmost mind, the
fig.
seat of the Rev. 2. 23.
V£G0k6qOS,
desires
and passions,
OV, 6 (vOLOS, Att.VcdiS, KO-
hence tem-
pr. temple-sweeper,
pe'o>),
ple-keeper, prefect of a temple, also for worshipper, pr. one who frequents the temple in N. T. as an honorary ;
b) of things, new, recent, olvos Matt. 9. 17: fig. of the heart, disposition, nature, as renewed and therefore better, 1 Cor. 5.
7 iVa r)re veov (pvpafia, Col. 3. 10,
Heb.
12.
24 Biad^Kri
where some mss. have form vofforovs.
veSrrjs, tjtos, t) (veos), youth, youthful age, Matt. 19. 20 e/c vc6tt\t6s fiov: 1 Tim. 4. 12 /nrjdeis ffov rrjs v. tcara(ppoveircc let no one despise thy youth, i. e. conduct thyself with the wisdom of riper age, as is said immediately
veotyvros, ov, 6, 7), adj. (vios, cpvco), newly planted; in N. T. as subst.,
f.
evffcc,
to
sign to any one,
24
i),
6v (vedorcpos), youthTim. 2. 22.
a particle of swearing, always and taking the accus. of that by which one swears, 1 Cor. 15. 31 vr) tt]v vpLcrcgav KCLvxnffiv by all my ground of glorying in you, i. e.
vr),
affirmative,
I protest, vf)da),
Matt.
f.
6.
&c.
vf)ff(a
28
vr)itid^(a,
f.
(=veco),
to spin, absol.
ox/Sh vfjBei sc. dffci)
ra
Kpivd.
be as a Cor. 14. 20 be ignorant
(ur)irios), to
vevei
j/€s,
6,
Nereus, pr.
name
of
Rome, Rom. N77pi, 6, indec. Neri, pr. name of man, Luke 3. 27. a Christian at
16. 15.
Acts
ov,
7}
a
(prob. veto), an island,
;
corresponding to the new moon of October, and thus served to indicate the season of the year after which the navigation of the Mediterranean became dangerous, Acts 27. 9. Tisri,
evffto
(vrjaris),
to fast,
abstain from eating; in N. T. only of private fasting (see vyo-rsia),
Matt. 6. 16 '6rav v7)o rev7]Te, al. with the notion of grief or mourning, with which fasting was often connected, 9. 15 irevQelv. . l/rjarevaovaiu: of our Saviour's supernatural fast of forty ,
:
.
days,
4. 2.
vr)o~TLs, ios,
6,
7},
adj. (vt)- insep. un,
having eaten, fasting, ace. v7)o-t€ls Matt. 15.32. iadico), not
vy\,
f.
(vikti), to be victori-
'fjcrco
come
aj intrans. to
Rom.
prevail,
3.
4
off victor, to
t£
eV
'Cva vinr\ understanding^ ,
Mark
12.
34 vovvex&s
aTreKpiO-n.
:
vovs, vov, ace. vovv, 6, Att. contr. for voos, voov, but in N. T. and the FaRom. 13. 10 7r\7]pcofxa vofxov t) ay dirr). thers only gen. voos, dat. vol; pr. the e) fig. law, i. e. rule, standard of seer or perceiver, i. e. the intelligent judging or acting, Rom. 3. 27, 7. or intellectual principle, the mind. 23, 25, 8. 2, 7, 9. 31 in the sense of a) as the seat of the emotions and rule of life, discipline, Phil. 3. 5 Kara affections, mode of thinking and ;
:
v6fiov Qapio'a'ios.
vocreco,
Co,
f.
r\ffoo
feeling, disposition, (vocros), to be sick;
in N. T. fig. vocretv irepi ri to have a sickly longing for any thing, to pine after, to doajt about, 1 Tim. 6. 4 voccov irepl farrjo'eis Kal
v6o"r\\ia,
disease,
23
saep.
:
7),
5. 4.
sickness, disease,
Matt.
BepaTrevcov Tracrav v6o~ov, v. 24, metaph. for pain, sorrow, evil,
8. 17.
v oct or id, as, i) (contr. for Att. veoao8oxea>,
(^euodSxos, fr. ^iuos, b^xop-ai), to entertain strangers, practise hospitality, absol. 1 Tim. 5. a),
f. tjctoj
10.
pass. i^pafifiaL and 3d pers. sing, i^paurai, to dry, make dry, trans., pass, to be dried up, to become dry ; of plants, act. to dry up, 'wither, Jam. 1. 11 6 tj\ios i^ripave
ptiva, perf.
—
rbu x^P T0V Matt. 13. 6
'•
pass, to wither
away,
rb /jlt] *x* lv P Cav in the sense of to be dry, ifypdvOr) ripe, as 6 Bspicr^s Rev. 14. 15. Of fluids, pass, to be dried up, Rev. 16. 12 to ffioop, Mark 5. 29 r; Tnjyfj. Of the body or its members, pass, to wither, pine away, Mark 3. 1 ij-Tipa/Afx4u7]u %x (JiV t t\ v X e ?P a 9. 18 Kal fypaiusrai and he pineth away. Sict
l
:
>
%t]q6s, d, 6u, dry. a) of a tree, dry, withered, Luke 23. 31 et 4u tu> vypep t^vKop
ravra
ttoiovctiu,
iu rep
^rjpop
rl
a green and a dry tree as emblematic of the righteous and the wicked of the body or its mem-
yeurjTaL,
i.
e.
:
£4uos,
7],
ou, pr. adject, not
of one's
family, stranger; hence 1. subst. & £suos, a guest, stranger. a) pr. a friend allied in hospitality, hospes, such an alliance being usual among friends who lived in different cities or countries, who then were entertained at each other's houses Rom. ;
16.
aua> (^r)p6s), aor. 1 e|4j-
f.
23
Td'Cos 6 £eVos fxov Kal T7?s 4k-
K\y\ffias oArjs,
i.
tertainer, host,
foreigner, as
e.
here by impl. en-
b) genr. a stranger,
coming from another
place or country, Matt. 25. 35 t)/j.t)u,
27. 7 els ra(p7]u to7s i-euois,
£eW Acts
17. 21 ol iTrt8T]{iovi>TGS feVoi resident
John
Matt. 12. 10. b) t) i;7)od, sc. yrj, the dry land, as opp. to t) OdAao-aa, Matt. 23. 15. bers,
5. 3,
rj
x et P
£v\ivos, 7], ou (£v\ou), wooden, 2Tim. 2. 20 o-KevTi %v\iua, Rev. 9. 20.
%v\ou,
t6 (£uco), wood, a) genr. for fuel, timber, &c. 1 Cor. 3. 12 At6ovs tl/jlIovs, |vAa, x^9 T0V R- ev 18. 12. b) any thing made of wood. (a) a staff, club, /uera fxaxatgcou Kal IvAwu Matt. 26. 47. (/3) stocks, Lat. nervus, a wooden block or frame with holes, in which the feet, and sometimes the hands and neck, of prisoners were confined, Acts 16. 24 ov,
i
«
;
.
298
I VOCLU)
rovs
avrcov riacfxxXio'aTO els rb aravpos, (y) a stake, cross, Acts 5. 30 Kpefido-avres eirl £oAoo, 13, 29. c) ^'y«?o- wood, i, e. a tree, Rev, ir6v Sevfipcav,
which grew
there; 26. 27 rb iroTr)pLov, usually served at table Mark 2. 24 ev rots o-dfifiacriv, on a certain sabbath, but Matt. 12. 2 ev o~afi$dro? indef. Luke 5. 14 ro} lepe?, to the proper priest v. 16 ev reus ep-fj/uois, near the city; 1 2. 54 ri\v vecpeXyv, the harbinger of ;
;
rain; 16. 21 ol tevves, of that city; 13. 5 els rbv vnrrrjpa, which belonged to the chamber; 21. 20 ev rep deiirvop comp. 13. 23 sq. Acts 11. 13 6 &yyeXos comp. 10. 3 21. 38 o Alyvirrios, in Engl, that Egyptian; Rom. 4. 3 77 ypacpr), the Scriptures Rev. 5. 13 rco apvice 7) evXoyla Kal t) ri/nrj Kal 7} S(S|a, the glory, &c. which belongs to God and none other. Here, however, it often depends on the feeling of the writer, whether the object shall be expressed as definite, or not Matt. 12. 1 riXXeiv rovs o^rd;
;
=
;
;
%oas some ears, indef., but Mark 2. 23 of the grain just before mentioned Mark 6. 8 %va fx^ev ct'igoocriv ;
6d6v for journeying, for this or any other journey, but Luke 9. 3 els rrjv 6B6v for this journey. els
;; :
O, lh
299
TO
b) with proper names of persons, places, &c. here the usage is va:
depend mostly of the writer, or on some
rious,
and seems
on the
will
to
6 (a) of persons 13, and so almost
special idiom.
;
Matt. 3. universally in Matthew, and generally in the other Gospels, but less frequently elsewhere also avrbs 6 'irjaovs Luke 24. 15; anarthrous 2. o'lwduuvs, Matt. 3. 52, 4. 1, saep. 13; anar. 9. 14: 6 UiXdros, 27. 13, but anar. and so more usually
'lr)(Tovs,
;
:
;
Luke
anar. 13. 16
43
6 TlavXos,
13. 1: :
Acts
14. 11;
6 II. kol\ 6 Baovdfias,
Ka\ Bapvdfias, 15. 22; 6 ^.recpauos, 6. anar. B. Kal II., v. 25 v.
6
;
II.
:
9; anar. v. 5,
Where
8.
the proper
name has an adjunct of title, office, family, &c. the article is omitted *\oiavv7)s 6 ficnrTiaTrjs
XCLTto
TW
Matt.
TiytfAOVl 27. 2,
3. 1, Ili-
1,ijjLO)V
j/a//iT77sMatt. 10. 4, Gal. 1. 19.
the pr.
name
is
6 Ka-
Where
indeclinable, the ar-
be more necesthe case, but usage is here equally variable 6 "looo-Ticf) Matt. 1.18, anar. Luke 2. 33 rbv Aa/Bid Acts 13. 22, anar. Mark 2. 25 compare the genealogies in Matt. 1. 1 sq., Luke 3. 23 sq. (0) with geographical names, where names of countries take the article more frequently than those of cities generally also where two or more names follow each other, only the Matt. 4. 25 first takes the article airb ttjs TaXiXaias feed Aenair. ical Iepocr. KaVlovSaias, Luke 3. 1, Acts 2. 9; 1 Pet. 1. 1 all without art. Spec. (1) names of countries; fj'Aaia, Acts 19. 10, so always, except 6. 9 (where Lachmann omits Kal Ao~ias) and in ticle
would seem
to
mark
sary, in order to
;
:
;
f
3
by the above rule: t) 'Axaia, Acts 18. 12, and usually; Pet.
1
1. 1,
anar. 2 Cor. 9. 2 77 TaXaria, 1 Cor. 11. 1; anar. 2 Tim. 4. 10: t) YaXiXaia, Matt. 2. 22, and so always except in enumerations t) 'IouSam, 2. 1, and so always except in enumer. 3 lraXia, Acts .18. 2 t) Kvirpos, 13. 7) 4; anar. 15. 39: r) MaKedovia, 16. 10; anar. v. 9: rj^vpia, 18. 18; anar. 21. 3 Afyvirros always anar. (2) names of cities have the article least frequently, espec. after ev, els, 4k: e.g. :
:
:
:
r)
'AvTioxeia only Acts 15. 23 only 9. 3, 22. 6, once
/j.a7T€K6s Matt. 8. 20, ol aeroi 24. 28 so ol V€Kpol the dead, 14. 2, 22. 31, but more frequently also without the article, espec. in connexion with words referring to a rising from the dead, as iydpetv, avaGrr\vat, avdcr;
Taorts,
&c. Matt. 17.9,
Luke
24. 46,
Acts 26. 23, Rom. 10. 7, al. Here belong also the plural names of nations, which take the article as generic ol 'lovficuoi the Jews, i. e. the whole nation, John 5. 1 sometimes also spoken of certain individuals, or a particular class, as representing the whole, Mark 7. 3 ;
;
;
but 'lovdcuoi Jews, indef. Acts 2. 10: so oi"E\\Y)ves John 7.35, 11. 48.
'Pcofta?oi
Engl., with the head uncovered, i. e, her head; Heb. 7. 24, Rev. 4. 7. The definiteness of such nouns is often strengthened by the genit. of a pro-
noun, Matt.
3%* to evdv/ua avrov, Mark 8. 17, John 19.2: so to ovofxa avrov Matt. 1. 21. The article may also be omitted before such nouns when otherwise definite, 1
Tim.
2 Pet.
2.
3.
4
6 'Iwdpurjs
8 iiralpovras ocrlovs x*ip as >
2. 14.
f) where two or more nouns in the same case are connected by Kai9 &c, if the first have the article, the second either takes or omits it in certain circumstances, (a) if the nouns are of different genders or numbers, the article is repeated; Matt. 15. 4 ri/uLa tov iraripa nai r)]V
Mripa, 2. 3,
;
T€, 1 Cor. 3. 7.
Luke
14. 26, Eph. connected as by ovBut sometimes the
v. 5, 8. 26,
Col. 2. 13
here omitted, espec. where the nouns express kindred ideas, article is
Col.
2.
22 Ta iprdKfjLaTa na\
difiacr-
KaXias roov avQp., Luke 1. 6, 14. 23. (/3) if the nouns are of the same gender, but express different and independent objects, the article is repeated; Mark 2. 16 ol ypafi/jLareTs kou ol fyapio-aioi, v. 18, 12. 13, Luke 1.58,12.11: so with re. .. nai, Acts
also where the article is necessary for distinctness, 1 Cor. 1. 28. (7) but if the nouns be of the 17. 10, 14
:
same gender, and stand
in near re-
5,
lation to each other, the article
ol
more commonly not repeated; e.g. when they all are parts of one ge-
in the sing.,
(/3)
TO
O, lh
Mark
is
where the noun expresses a generic
neral idea, of a whole, &c.
idea, or stands as the representative
twv Trg€0~$vT4po)v apxizp^s elders teal ypafjifiarecoj/, where the and scribes stand as one division
of a class,
where
commonly put
in English also
Matt. 12 35
the;
ayadhs &vQqo)ttos
we
irovrjpSs,
kcu.
6
Mark
27, Luke 10. 7 6 ipydrrjs, John 10. 11 6 ttoijx)iv 6 kuXos, Rom. 1. 17 6 Si/caios. Here too we may refer 6 also aireipccu the sower, Matt. 13. 3
3.
;
67ri T7?j/
irirpav 7. 24,
iirl
t^v
^\x\xov
v. 26.
nouns in themselves inwhich yet become definite
e) with definite,
as standing in some certain relation to the definite person or thing there spoken of Luke 1 8. 1 5 Ta fipecpT] i. e. their own children, John 5. 36, e?7re ;
/jLtydAy rfj (pwvfj
Acts
11.5 anaraKaAvTrTC})
Cor. K€(pa\f}, so in
14. 10
rrj
;
1
1 ol
15.
/uLtra
over against the priests
;
Luke
14.
21, Col. 2. 8, 19, 1 Tim. 4. 7, 1 or where a noun is Pet. 2. 25; added for clearer explanation, Col. 3,
—
17 €vx> Tty ©e^ kcu Trarpi, Eph. 1. or where with the 3, 2 Pet. 1. 11 first noun and its article there is connected a genit. or other adjunct which refers also to the second, Phil. 1. 25 els T7)P VjJLOQV 7rpOK07T7]V Kol X a ~ pav rris irio-recos, 1 Thess. 2. 12, 3. 7, Acts 1. 25 rrjs SiaKovias ravTTjs teal or where the airoo-roXris, Eph. 3. 5 nouns thus connected are adjectives or other predicates referring to one 3,
;
—
;
—
;
e,
?/,
301
to
6,
h) with a noun in the nominative, it stands for the vocative, Matt.
;
1 1.
eyeipov, 12. 32,
41,
Luke
so
35.
Acts
13.
;
may
be repeated or not before the adjunct, according to circumthis
stances. a) with a substantive as adjunct,
either in the gen. or in apposition,
and here each noun, both the leading and the governed,
4.8(5 0eos
1.
8. 10,
between it and the article, if it have one), or after the noun and then, if the noun have an article,
pr\\xara rruevfid icrri kol far) eariv,
:
John
8. 15.
(i. e.
neither take nor reject the article, but are governed in respect to it by the same principles as other nouns, (a) the subject takes the article, but not the predicate, John 1. 1 (debs r)v b Xoyos, 4. 24 irvevfia 6 &e6s, 6. 63
eariu
Rom.
with nouns as accompanied by Here the use of the article depends on the definiteness of the noun, either in itself, or as affected by the adjunct: the adjunct may stand either before the noun
;
dydirr)
yaj.pe,
2.
;
21,
29
adjuncts.
;
3. 15,
vai, 6 rrarrjp, (in, 27.
Mark 9. 25, 10. 47 6 vihs eKeinaov \xe, Luke 8. 54 77 7rcus,
A.,
:
John
26
6 pcunXevs,
that the subject takes the article, and the predicate omits it; but this is true only in so far as the former is more frequently definite than the latter and the case may be inverted or both may be definite or indefinite so that, strictly speaking, the subject and predicate, as such,
1
b\i-
where
names, when they all stand in like relation, Acts 1. 13, 15. 23. g) with the subject or predicate of a sentence here a common rule is,
6.
eicri tc\r]roi,
yoi oe €K\eKToi.
;
Rom.
t6
Matt. 20. 16 ttoXKol
subject, Acts 3. 14 vp.e?s rbu ayiov zeal oinaiov rjpurjaaade, 2. 20, John so 21. 24, Phil. 3. 3, 1 Thess. 2. 15 with d\\d John 10. 1 also in pr.
ra
>/,
(a) in genitive
(/3)
;
both subject and predicate have the article, Matt. 6. 22 6 Kvx^os rov o~a>jj-aros iariu 6 bj3ov 19. 25 M. 7] rod KXooira
sc. yvvi). But where the noun in apposit. is not thus meant for definite distinction, it omits the article, Luke 2. 36"Avva TrpocpYJTLs,
Ovydrrjp $avovr)X, 3,
Kalaapos, Acts
firjgiov
6. 5, 7.
gacb ficLoriAeoos, Matt. 12. 24,
1
Tt-
10
/>
305
TO
ttjs o~vKrjs the
thing
of the Jig-tree, i. e. done to it ; 1 Cor. 10. 24 rb kavrod, rb rod erepov, Jam.
2 Pet.
4. 14,
2.
More
22.
freq. in
Matt. 22. 21 airoSore t« Kcuaapos Kaio~api, kclI ra rod &eod t£ 0e£, 16. 23, Luke 2. 49, Rom. 8. 5, 14. 19, Phil. 2. 4 ra kavroov, ra kreso 2 Cor. 11. SO Ta tt]s acr0egcov
pi. ra,
:
veias
(jLov
things pertaining to
firmity, or perhaps as a phrasis for my infirmity.
my
in-
mere peri-
b) the sing, to is prefixed both to single words and to whole clauses, when they are to be taken as independent, or as themselves constituting an object; with single words, Gal. 4. 2-5 rb "Kyap, i. e. the name Agar, as here used, signifies, &c. 2 Cor. 1. 17 rb vol vai, kcu rb ov ov, Jam. 5. 12. So with a phrase or clause, Luke 22. 2 i£r)rovv rb ttcos aveAwo-iv avrov, Mark 9. 23, Luke 1. 62, 19.48, 22. 24, 37. c) the singular r6 is prefixed to
when taken as a noun, then employed in all the constructions that occur with substantives, (a) nominative with to, Phil. 1. 21 4/j.ol rb ($v Xpivros, kol\ rb airoQaveiv Kepdos, v. 29, 1 Cor. 7. the infinitive
which
is
26, 2 Cor. 8. 11, Gal. 4. 18. genitive with rod, and this is
(0) the most frequent construction: (1) as depending on nouns and verbs that elsewhere govern the genitive on a noun, Acts 20. 3 iyevero yvccp.7} ;
rod inroarpecpeiv, Rom. 15. 23 €Ttltto6lav e;\w rov i\6e?v, 1 Cor. 9. 6, 10, 2 Cor. 8. 11 7\ Trpodv/uda rod OeAeiv, Heb. 5. 12 so in a laxer use of the ;
Luke
genit.
rod 3.
1.
57,
7r€gLr€f.Le?u avr.,
21
;
— on an
2.
21
Rom.
adj., &£tos 1
Luke 24. 25, also Luke 17. 1
4, figadvs
23. 15,
oKrco 11.8, Phil.
7]juL€pai
Cor. 16.
eroL/utos
;
Acts
— on a verb,
eXax* rov OvfMacrai 1.9;
so after
oytcoc
avr 6, 3. 13, 13. 3 i^rjkOev 6 a-rrelpoov rov cnreipeiv, Luke 1. 73 comp. v. 68, I. 79 comp. v. 78 so ne^at. Acts 21. 12 7rapeKa\ov/j.€U rov /jltj avafiaiveiv :
Rom.
avrov,
Jam.
6. 6,
5. 17.
Here
it sometimes alternates with the simple infin., Luke 1. 77 comp. v. Once with 76, 2. 24 comp. v. 22. In etVe/cez/ expressed, 2 Cor. 7. 12. this sense also after verbs of deciding, commanding, &c, which of course imply purpose, Acts 27. 1 &s iKpidy rov airoirXelv, Luke 9. 51, 4. 10 rdls ayyeXois iur€XE?rai rod $ia'5e, ?;5e,
roSe, demonstr. pron.
(fr. 6,
to as pron., and enclitic 8e), this, genr. ovros, but stronger, a) as referring to the person or 7],
=
that,
thing last mentioned,
Luke
10.
39
b) as introducing what follows, the following, Acts 15. 23 ypdipavres raSe, ol air. kt\, 21. 11, Rev. 2. 1. c) instead of an adv., for here, there, i. e. deuctikcos, Jam. 4. 13 iropevaco/jLeda sis rrjSe
r)i/
adeXcpT), 16. 25.
=
TTjvde tt)v ttSXlv.
SBevco, fut. el/ceo (odds), ^o &e o?2 £/*e way, to journey, travel, intrans. Luke 10.33. dd7]y4a),
co, f. tjctcc (odyyos), pr. to lead the way, i. e. to lead, guide, trans. Matt. 15. 14 rv(f>\bs rv 6$7]yr), Rev. 7. 17. Fig. of teaching, John 16. 13 odyytjo'ei u/xas €*s
7ra(raj/ r7\v aArjdeiav,
Acts
8. 31.
6S?77os, ov, 6 (odos, 7)y4ofjLcu), pr. way-leader, i. e. a leader, guide, Acts 1. 16 fig. of a teacher, Matt. 15. 14, 23.16, Rom. 2. 19. :
ohoiTTOpio),
00,
f.
f)cTCC
(SdoLTTOpOS, fY.
o5os, iropos), to he on the
way,
to jour-
ney, travel, intrans. Acts 10. 9.
o5 o lit opt a,
as,
neying, travel,
t)
(SdoLiropeoj),
John
4. 6.
a jour-
OCVVCKO
sus as the way, i. e. the author and medium of access to God and eternal life,
John
14. 6.
b) in respect to action, way, a being on the way, a going, journey, progress, course, (a) genr. sis rrjv
6d6v for the way, journey, Luke 9. 3 e| odov 11.6; iv rfj 6do3 in or by the ivay, on the journey, Acts 9. 17; Kara Ti]v odov by or on the way, 25. 3 also 1 Thess. 3. 11 KartvQvvai tt\v oSbv rifxcov, Acts 8. 39 irogeveo-Qai rrjv ooov to go on one's ivay, continue one's journey. So Mark 2. 23 tfp£avro ol jaadrjral ahrov o$bv ttolslv riKkovrss robs ardxvas his disciples began to go plucking the ears of grain, i. e. they went along plucking the ears, &c, where b§bv ttolslv is a Hebraism, and corresponds to the Lat. iterfacere, for the sense comp. Matt. 12. 1. ($) foil, by gen. of time, Luke 2. 44 7)fiepas b$6v a day' s journey, Acts 1. 12 tfafiftdrov e%oy bdov a sabbath- day's journey, i. e., according to the rabbinic limitation, 1000 larger paces, equal to about 7 J furlongs. c) fig. way, manner, means. (a) way or method of proceeding, of doing or effecting any thing, 1 Cor. 4. 17 ras bfiovs fiov ras iv Xp., 12. 31 at bdol rod &eov the ways of God, his mode of proceeding, administration, counsels, Acts 13. 10. (/3) way or means of arriving at or obtaining any thing, Luke 1. 79 bfibs elpTjvrjs i. e. the way to salvation, Acts 2. 28 bfiovs (7) way farjs, 16. 17, 2 Pet. 2. 21. of thinking, feeling, acting, manner of life and conduct, Matt. 21. 32 ;
:
—
a way. a) in respect to place, a way, highway, road, street, (a) genr. Matt. 2. 12 &\\t)s 6$ov of a street in avextopyffav, 7. 13, 14 7)\6ev 'loodvvrjs iv bDcp SiKaiocrvvTjs i. e. a city, &c. 22. 9 eVt ras 8ie£6dovs living a just and holy life Rom. 3. roov odoov, v. 10, Luke 14. 23: also 17 bdbv eiprjisrjs peaceful life. Foil, Kara tt\v 6D6v along or on the way, of gen. pers. ivay, or by the ways, 36. foil, 10. 4, Acts 8. by gen. (j3) of any one, i. e. his mode of life, conduct, of place ta which a way leads, Heb. actions, 2 Pet. 2. 15, Jude 11, Acts 9. 8 7} roov ayioov 686s the way, en14. 16, Rom. 3. 16. But the way of trance into the sanctuary. Meton. God, or of the. Lord, is also the way, for the whole region to or through walk, which a way leads, Matt. 10. 5 els life, which God approves and requires, Matt. 22. 16, Acts 18. 25, 6Bbv iOvcovinto the way, i.e. country, Heb. 3. 10 hence absol. for the of the gentiles; 4. 15 68bv 6a\dcrcr7)s way, Christian i. the the Christian religion, region around way of the sea, e. Acts 9. 2, 19. 9, al. so 2 Pet. 2. 2 7) the sea of Galilee. (7) in the phrases bdbs rr)s aArjOslas the true religion. troifjidfeiv or Karao~K€vd£eiv rrjv 6?)6v to prepare the way for a king (see bDovs, ovros, 6, a tooth, Matt. 5. 38. iroL/uidCoj a.), pr. Rev. 16. 12; rig. Matt. 3. 3, 11. 10: so evOvveLv rf)v bDvvdoo, co, fut. 4)croo (odvvr)), to pain, bUv John 1. 23. (8) meton. of Je- distress, in body or mind, trans. in
6Sos,
ou, ^,
V
:
;
:
;
;
,;
;
307
6$uUP7] N. T. only pass, or mid. distressed, to sorrow,
24 oSwco/ncu £v o~v dfivvacrai
pained,
2. 48, 16.
(pXoyl ravrrj, v. 25
rfj
(for
to be
Luke
which 2d pers. sing. Gram. p. 95), Acts
see Stuart's N. T. 20. 38.
68vvt], rjs, 7], pain, distress, sorrow, of body or mind, Rom. 9. 2.
OiKOCOfJLEh) live
with, cohabit,
Cor.
1
16
b)
7. 12, 13.
trans, to dwell in, inliabit,
Tim.
1
6.
airoovirov.
(poos olkcov
r6
a dwelling, a house; in N. T., and espec. in Attic usage, a prison, Acts 12. 7.
o'tK7]fia, a.Tos,
(oIk4o)), pr.
0lK7]T7]pl0V, OV, r6 (olK7)TT)p, fr. 04fig. Kea)), a dwelling, abode, Jude 6 of the future spiritual body as the abode of the soul, 2 Cor. 5. 2. :
68vp/j.6s, ov, 6 (ofivpo/uLcu) wailing, lamentation, mourning, Matt. 2. 18 ,
KAavdjj.bs nal dSvpfMbs fieyas.
*
olfc'ia, as,
Heb. Uzziah, might of Jehovah,' a pious king of
'Octets,
ov,
Ozias,
6,
Judah, Matt.
1. 8.
f. fab) and rarely eerw, to smell, have a scent, intrans. in N. T. of a corpse, to stink, absol. John 11. 39. ;
o6 e v, relat. adv., whence, a) of place, Acts 14. 26 odev 7)o-av TrapadehofxivoL in the sense rfj x^Q LTL T °v ®*» 28. 13 of eKeldev ottov thence ivhere, Matt. 25. 24 crvvdyoov '6dev ov SieaKoginaas. b) of a source, means, whereby, 1 John 2. 18 oOev yivcvcrKOfxev. c) illative, as referring to a cause, ground, or motive, wherefore, whereupon, Matt. 14. 7 oOev /xe0 opuov oo^ioXdynaev, Acts 26. 19. :
=
=
5
7)s,
7i,
ipr.fine white linen; in
N. T. genr. linen Acts 10. 11. 606viov,
and genr. Matt. tt\v olniav, 7. 24
habitation.
a) pr.
eXdovres els 15 ol ev rfj oIklo. tliose in lite house, of heaven as the i. e. the household: dwelling of God, John 14. 2 ev rij oIklcl too Tvarp6s fig. of the body as the habitation of the soul, 2 Cor. 5. 1. b) meton. a household, family, those who live together in a house, Matt. 10. 13, 12. 25olKia ne dig Bete a KaO* eavT7)s, John 4. 53 spec, do2. 1 1
5.
o£cc,
bdovT),
(oIkos), a house, dwelling,
7\
cloth, e. g.
a sheet,
:
:
mestics, servants, attendants, Phil. 4.
22 oi e/c ttjs Kaiaapos oikiols. c) meton. goods, property, i. e. one's house and what is in it,' Matt. 23. '
\^ KareaOiere ras olnias rcov oiKiatcSs,
~)(T)po)v.
ov (oi/cta), belonging to olKe7os in X. T. only pi. oi oIklclkoi tlvos those of one's house, i. e. household, family, Matt. 10. 25, 36. 7],
the house, domestic,
=
;
t6 (bQ6v7)), a small linen a bandage; in N. T. only of oi«:oSeo"7roT eco, a), f. 7ycra> (olKodecnrST7]s), px.to be house-master, and genr. bandages in which the dead were to be head of a family, to rule a houseswathed for burial, Luke 24. 12. hold, absol. 1 Tim. 5. 14. o?5a, see el[8ca II. ov,
cloth,
olicelos, a, ov (oTkos), belonging to the house, domestic, familiar ; in N. T.
only
pi. oi oiKeioi rivos those
of o?ie's
house, —household, family, 1 Tim. 5. Fig. for associates, kindred, rov 8.
0eou
(
= ra reKva rov
0eoD) Eph.
2.
19, ttjs Trio-revs Gal. 6. 10.
oIk4tt]s, nion,
ov,
o (oTkos),
house-compa-
one living in the same house
in N. T. a domestic, a servant, slave, Luke 16.13, Acts 10. 7. olicecti,
(oIkos), to divell.
a) intrans., with ev to dwell in, fig. of the Holy Spirit abiding in Christians, Rom. 8. 9 irvev/ia ®eov olice? ev cD, f. 7)0-0)
of sin or a sinful propensity abiding in men, 7. 17 i) oiKovcra ev e/jLol ajuapria, ver. 18 foil, by fierd with gen. to dwell with any one, and when spoken of man and wife to vjjuv
:
:
olKodecnr ottjs,
ov,
6 (oTkos, deairo-
T7]s), a .house-master, head of a family paterfamilias, Luke 12.39; pleonast. 22. 11 6 olKodeairoTTjs ttjs oIkiccs.
oiKodo/meGt), to build
a),
f.
tjcco (oiKofiofjios),
a house, and genr.
construct, erect, trans,
Luke
6.
12. 18, vaov
avrbs on,
:
Mark 7.
14.
58
Luke
by 4.
;
with dat.
5 ttjv o-vvayonyrjv
cpKoBofiTjo-ev tj/mv,
foil,
build,
a) pr., olniav
48, irvpyov 14. 28, airodTjuas
commodi, Luke 49
to
pr.
Acts
7.
47,
with gen. to build up29, with ace. 6. 49 absol. erri
:
14. 30, 17. 28. Part, oi oIkoBojxovvres the builders, Matt. 21. 42, Acts 4. 11. Fig. of a system of instruction, doctrine, &c. Rom. 15. 20, Gal. 2. 18. b) byimpl. to rebuild, renew, a building decayed or destroyed, Matt. 23. 29 rovs rdepovs rcov irpoty-n-
;
308
OLKOCOfll]
metaph. to build up, establish, confirm, spoken of the Christian church and its mem-
roov. so 26. 61, 27. 40.
c)
who
are thus compared to a building, erected on the only foundation, Jesus Christ, (a) externally, Matt. 16. 18 eirl ravrrj rfj irerpa 6lbers,
eKKArjaiau,
KodojjL7)crco jjlov tt]v
Acts
1
Pet.
(#) internally, in a good sense, to buildup in the faith, to edify, cause to advance in the divine life, 1 Cor. 8. 1 t) aydirrj oIkoSo2. 5,
p.e?,
23
10.
31.
9.
:
in a
bad sense,
to
em-
bolden, 8. 10.
oiKodofAT),
a later word, used for both oIko^o^ctls and olKodo/nrj/jia. 1. a building up, act of building in N. T. only metaph. a building up in the faith, edification, advancement in the divine life, spoken of the Christian church and its rjs, 7]
(olnos, dofir))
,
;
members, Rom. rrjs olKodojarjs, 15.
ra
14. 19 didoKere
2: so
1
Cor. 14. 3
AaAe? olKodo/jLTju i. e. ra rrjs oiKodo/jiris. 2. a building, an edifice, Matt. 24. 1 ras olKofiofAas rod lepod. Fig. of the Christian church as the temple of God, I Cor. 3. 9 ®eod oIko§ojx4] icrre. Spoken of the future spiritual body as the abode of the soul, 2 Cor. 5. 1. olKo^ofxia,
as,
7]
ing up, act of building edification, 1
Tim.
1.
a buildin N. T. fig.
(oIkoSo/jigoo), ;
Christian improvement,
4 text. rec.
oIko$6{jlos, ov, 6 (oTkos, Se^toj), lit. house-builder, i. e. genr. a builder, architect, Acts 4. 11 in some eds.
OIKOQ
sign their tasks and portions, with which was also united the general management of affairs and accounts; such persons were themselves usually slaves, Luke 12. 42, but free persons likewise appear to have been thus employed, 16. 1 comp. v. 3, 4: the oiKovofAoi had also some charge over the sons of a family, probably in respect to pecuniary matters thus differing from the eirirpoTcoi or tutors, Gal. 4. 2. b) in a wider sense, for one who administers a public charge or office, a steward, minister, agent, genr. 1 Cor. 4. 2 so of the fiscal officer of a city or state, treasurer, quaestor, Rom. 16. 23 fig. of the apostles and other teachers, as stewards, ministers of the gospel, Tit. 1. 7, 1 Pet. 4. 10. oIkos, ov, 6, a house, dwelling. a) genr. Matt. 9. 6 viraye els rov 6lk6v crov, Mark 3. 20 so ev oticcp at home, 1 Cor. 11. 34 Kar oltcov, Kara robs o'lkovs, Kar oXkovs, from house to house, in private houses, Acts 2. 46, 8. 3, ;
:
:
;
Kar oikov twos eKKXrjo'ia 5, see eKK\r]cria b. a. Spoken of various kinds of edifices; 6 oJkos rod fiao~L\eoos or rod apxiepeo)s, i. e. a palace, Matt, 11. 8, Luke 22. 54 oikos eairopiov a house of traf20. 20
;
Rom.
16.
r)
;
bazar, John 2. 16. Spec. ooTkos rod @eou the house of God, i. e. the tabernacle or the temple, where the presence of God was manifested,
fic,
He
and where
was said
to dwell,
Matt. 12. 4, 21. 13 once for 6 va6s alone, Luke 11. 51, comp. Matt. 23. 35 also oIkos Trpoaevxvs id. Mark 11. 17. By synecd. put for a room or part of a house, e. g. the ccenaculum, or large room for eating, Luke 14. 23 for the virepcpov, or place of :
olKovofxeoo, w,
f.ricra) (oIkouo/ulos),
pr.
manager of a household, and genr. be manager, steward, &c. absol.
to be to
Luke
16. 2.
olKouofxta, as, r) (oi/covojueco), economy, pr. management of a household or a) pr., stewof household affairs. ardship, administration, the office of
a manager or steward, Luke 16. 2 airohos rhv \6yov rr)s olKovop.ias\ fig. of the apostolic office, Col. 1. 25, Eph. 3. 2. b) an economy, i. e. a disposition or arrangement of things, a dispensation, scheme, Eph. 1. 10 els rr\v olnovofxiav Kaioctiv:
rod
TrXrjpdo/JLaros roov
so 3. 9.
:
;
prayer, Acts 2. 2, 10. 30, 11. 13. Fig. of persons, e. g. Christians as the spiritual house or temple of God, 1 Pet. 2. 5 of those in whom evil spirits dwell, Matt. 12. 44. b) in a wider sense, dwelling-place, habitation, abode, as a city or country, Matt. 23. 38 acpierai vfuu 6 oTkos v:
ficop eprjfjLos.
family, those
a
olttovofios, ov, 6 (oltcos, house-manager, overseer, steward, a) pr. one who had authority over the servants or slaves of a family to asve/xco),
house,
Luke
c)
meton. a household,
who
live together in a
10. 5
elpr\vr\
rep
titucp
Acts 10. 2: including also the idea of household affairs, &c. 7. Fig. 6 oIkos rod 10, 1 Tim. 3. 4.
rovrep,
309
OLKOVfltVY)
@eov
the household of God,
e.
i.
the
Christian church, Christians, 1 Tim. 3. 15 iv oKkw &eov, Tins iofrlv 4kk\t)so of the tria &€ov, Heb. 10. 21: d) meton. Jewish church, 3. 2, 5.
family, lineage, posterity, descended from one head or ancestor, Luke by Hebraism 1. 27 €j oXkov AafiiS extended to a whole people, nation, olKos'lo-paTiA house or people of Israel :
Matt. 10.
6*,
olKovfi,ej/r],
Luke
33,
1.
Heb.
8. 8.
(olKeco), sc.yrj, the
tjs, 7)
a) pr. inhabited earth, the world, as inhabited by Greeks, and later
by Greeks and Romans; hence (a) the Roman empire, Acts 17. 6, 24. 5 rdis 'lovfiaiois ro7s Kara r7]v oIkov/j.6vtjv. (/3) of Palestine and the adjacent countries, z>. fitAAovcra,
12. 9. 7)
=
olKovpyos,
adj. (oIkos,
Jam. olos,
1. 7.
a, ov,
a correlative relat. pron.
corresponding to pr. of what kind or qualis.
irolos,
rolos,
&c,
what, such as,
sort,
a) pr. in a dependent clause,
with roiovros, &c. corresponding, 1 Cor. 15. 48 olos 6 %oi'/cos, roiodroi Kal with 6 avr6s ol xo'lkoi, 2 Cor. 10. 11 Phil. 1. 30 with roiovros, &c. impl. Matt. 24. 21 Oklxpis fieydAT), o'la ov y4;
;
yov), doing house-work, fern, a housewife, Tit. 2. 5 some eds. for otKovpos.
yovev, Mark 9. 3, 2 Cor. 12. 20. b) in an independent clause, when it has the nature of an exclamation, im-
olKovpos, ov, 6, 7), adj. (oIkos, ovpos), pr. guarding the house; in N. T. keeping the house, i. e. keeping at home, domestic, spoken of women, Tit. 2. 5.
plying something great or unusual, what, what manner of, hoiv great I Luke 9. 55 ovk ctfSare o'lov 7rvevjjiar6s icrre v/jiels, 1 Thess. 1. 5, 2 Tim. 3.
olKrelpw,
11 ult.
ov, 6,
f.
€pu)
7),
and
0~lV VfiaS, 27. to give thanks, to praise, Heb. one, rep 6/j.oXoyovvrcav ovo13. 15 xsiXeuv 44, 1 Pet. 4. 14, Rom. 15. 3. b) spec, to reproach with any thing, b) to accord with or to p.an aurov. to promise, with dat. and to upbraid, chide; with ace. of pers. any one, and on, Matt. 11. 20 rore rjpl-aTo ovsiinfin. Matt. 14. 7 /xefl' tipKov wjuloXSSl^eiv ras ttoXels on ov /jLerevSrjcrav yy\azv avrfj dovvou. with ace. of thing for which, Mark 6/noXoyia, as, rj (bfMoXoyioo), assent,
=
;
=
=
=
:
accord, agreement sion, profession, 1
Xtjv SjULoXoylav
6/uLoXoyias
v/jlcov
Heb.
have professed, *
Heb.
the hope we the Christian re-
iXiridos e.
Hence meton.
3. 1, 4. 14.
1
6}x6rexvos, ou, vy\), of the same
Tim. 6,
rj,
3. 16.
adj. (6p.6s,
trade,
Acts
Te%-
18. 3.
21. 2
;
of time, 4. 36.
1. 5.
veihiGfiol toov 6veLdt^6vTcav
Heb.
3. 7,
10. 33, 11.
rod Xp. reproach
oveidos, report,
i.
good or bad
e.
1.
25
i.
e.
o~e, 1
26 tov
like that
€os, ovs, to, pr.
T., ill-fame,
Luke
Tim. oveib.
of Christ.
fame, name,
usually, and in reproach, disgrace, ;
a
to ovglSos
jjlov
for sterility.
'Ovrjcr
ofxov, adv. (pr. gen. of 6/jl6s), at the saraeplace ortime, together; of place,
John
James
N.
d/jLoXoyov/jLevoos, adv. (SjuLoXoyeoo), by consent of all, confessedly, without
controversy,
absol. to
df€i$icr tios, ov, 6 (ov e & ifa), reproach, reviling, contumely, Rom. 15. 3 ol 6-
iir\ rfj
= your professed sub23 Karex^P-^ T V
i.
:
virorayfj ttjs
6.
profession for the thing professed,' Christianity,
ligion.
avTwv
ttjv a-Kio~nav
upbraid, sc. with benefits conferred,
Tim.
10.
bfJioXoyiav ttjs
14
16.
12 tj\v kclin the sense of an
13
adj., 2 Cor. 9.
jection,
:
in N. T. confes-
;
l/ulos, ov, 6 (ovivr\^i,
pr.
*
name
proof a
Onesimus, pr. slave of Philemon, converted under Paul's preaching at Rome, and sent fitable'),
back by him
to
Philemon with an
epistle, Col. 4. 9,
Philem. 10.
313
'OvrjcrlcpopoQ
^Ovycriepopos,
OVOfJLCL
13 (see iv
ov, 6(6vrj(ris, cpepco, ~pr.
3. c. /3.)
;
—
M
also
rep
profit-bringing'), Onesiphorus, pr. name of a Christian at Ephesus, 2
bv6{xari rivos (see iiri II. 3. c. a.),
Tim.
bv. fxov
*
Mark
16, 4. 19.
1.
ovik6s, r), 6v (ovos), pertaining ass, Matt. 18. 6; see julvAos.
to
t£
an
39 &s Troir)o~ei dvvapav inl rep so AaAeTv or SiSacnceii' €7ri
9. :
6a\ 'l7?croD
Acts
(see iiri II. 3.
c. a.),
Of impostors, Matt.
4. 17, 18.
24. 5. Dat. rep bv6/j.ari tlvos, Matt. 7. bvlvrj/ni, fit;
f.
N.
in
be of use, to proT. only mid. bvivafxai, aor. bvrjcrec, to
22
c) as
—
:
;
;
;
1.
Mark
6
5. 9, Luke 2. 25, accus. HvOpecrros rovvo/xa
;
KaXovfievos, Matt. 27. o7 but also dat. cxvOpeviros bvofxan Hi/uecv Simon by name, ver. 32. Adv. Kar ovofxa byname, severally, John 10. 3. Meton. 7iame is put for the person or persons bearing that name, Luke 6. 22 iKfidXeocri rb ovojxa vjjloov els irovi)pov (see e/c/3aAAo> a.), Acts 1. 15 r)v oxAos bvopLareov. b) implying authority, e. g. to come or to do any thing in or by the name of any one,' i.e. using his name, as his messenger, envoy, representative, by his authority, with his 'leocrrjcp sc.
;
'
sanction C. £.),
;
iv bvofxari tlvos (see iv 3.
Acts
4. 7 iv Troiq dvvdpLei
rj
iv
Matt. 21. 9 d ipxojxevos Kvpiov, John 10. 25 iv tw ov.
iroiep bvS/aari,
iv bv.
rod irargbs,
Mark
16. 17 iv rep bv.
jxov Sai/uovia iKfiaXovcri, rep
bv.
'I.
Acts
3.
6 iv
Xp. [Xeyeo cot,] eyeipe,
27, alre7v iv
tw
implying character, dignity,
pievos 7rpo(pr)rr}v els ovo\xa 7rpo,
Heb.
Rom.
10.
15. 9
rev
10:
so
6.
Matt. 28. 19 Acts 15. 14 Xa,Be7v e£ idvoov Aabv rep bvofxarL avrov, i. e. :' in honour of his name, of himself John 17. 11 rrjprjcrov avrovs iv rep :
1
knowledge and observance, enjoyment of thy bvofxari crov, i.e.
'
in the
name,' of thyself; vice versa 2. 24 rb ov. rod &eod di v/xas
Rom. jSXacr-
(y8) of Christ, as the Messiah, where his name is said to be honoured, revered, believed on, inE E epr)juLe?rai.
:
:
'
y
314
ovo fiasco
voked, and the like, Acts 19. 17. ejxeyaXvvero rb ovo/ma rov Kvpiov 'Itjaov, Phil. 2. 10, 2 Thess. 1. 12, Rom. 1. 5, Matt. 12. 21 ev rep bv. avrov
John
12 reus Tricrrevovcriv els rb ovojxa avrov, 2. 23 after eiriKaAeto, Acts 9. 21 after fiairrlfa, e. g. els rb ovofxa rov k. edvrj eXiriovai,
1.
;
3
l7](TOV 8. 16,
£. eV rep bv.
t$
£. 67Tt
rov
k. 10.
ov. 'I. 2. 38,
48 (see
OTTUJb)
name or Luke
appellation, with double 6. 13, 14 ov nal 03v6\xatre foil, by Uerpov. Pass. 1 Cor. 5. 11 eK rivos, to be named from or after any one, Eph. 3. 15.
a
ace.
;
ovos, ov, 6, Matt. 21.
r),
an
ass,
male or female,
2, 5, 7.
ovrws, adv. very deed,
fiair-
(&v),
Mark
irpoepr)rr}s r)v,
Gal.
really, truly, in
11.
32
3.
21
'Sri :
ovrecs
with the
comp. Rom. 6. 3 j3arr. art. 7} ovrecs as adj. real, true, ITim. els Xpicrrov. (Hence by antith. also 5. 3, 5, 16. pair, els rb ov. UavAov 1 Cor. 1. 13.) Where benefits are said to be re- o£os, eos, ovs, r6 (b^vs), pr. sharpwine, vinegar, also genr. vinegar, sour ceived in or through the name of wine,posca, vinum culpatumi.e. cheap Christ, John 20. 31 iva iriarevovres poor wine, which mixed with water farjv ex 7 T€ * v Tos i. e. former pursuits and b) as prep. foil, by acquirements, gen., spoken both of place and time, (a) of place, behind, after ; place where, Rev. 1. 10 fjicovaa biriaoo fxov
I. a.
e.
b) fig. to see, i. e. to perceive with the mind, senses, &c. (a) genr. to be aware of, to observe, with accus. and part., Acts 8. 23 els avvdea/xov afiiKlas 2. 24. i.
e.
opw (/3)
o~e
:
to
by on Jam. see and know,
foil,
of things, to
come
to
ovra
know,
to learn,
John
ecogaKapev paprvpodfiev, v. 32, 8. 38 in the sense of to understand, Col. 2. 18 & pr] ecaganev ififiarevcov, Rom. 15. 21 parall. with (rvvirj/JLL.
3. 11
:
c) by Hebr. to see, i. e. to experience ; of good, to attain to, to enjoy,
John
3.
36 ovk otyerai
(jjor)v.
thou to a milder form for the
fut. o~v oxpei, vpels 6\pecr0e, see
look ye to it, imperat., Matt. 27.
it,
e) pass., aor.
ace.
Heb. 2. 8 ovirco opcop,ev ra ird.vra vTroreraypeva, Matt. 24. 30 o^ovrai rbv vlbv rod av6p. ipX^^vov. Also in various modified
and
opyrj
e
ken of things, Rev. Acts
Kifioorbs ev rep
;
2.
;
of 0eos &(pd-n rep rrarpi Acts 7. 2 Jesus after his resurrection, Luke 24. 34, birrav6fJLevos Acts 1. 3, saep. or at his second coming, bv re eldes, &v [rovrcvv a] re b(pdr)o~opai o~oi a witness of what thou seest, and of what I will yet cause thee to see, better perhaps, of those things [as to] which I will hereafter appear unto thee. the 00797, r)s, 7] (bpydco, bpeyco), pr. native character, disposition, temper of mind,' impulse, impetus; hence genr. and in N. T. passion, i. e. any violent commotion of mind, indignation, anger, wrath, especially as including the desire of vengeance, punishment, and therein differing from 6vp6s. a) pr. and genr., Mark 3. 5 irepifS\ei\)dp.evos avrovs per bpyrjs i. e. indignantly, Rom. 12. 19, also for irascibleness, Eph. 4. 31
—
'
Tim. 2. 8, Jam. 1. 19, Spoken of God, as implying 20. utter abhorrence of sin, and aver-
fretfulness,
1
John
:
=
)
.12.
r)
with dat. of pers. 3 &(pQr)(Tav avrols yXoocraai wael irvpos, 16. 9. Spoken of persons, with dat. of pers. of God, 6
vacc avrod, 12. 1
Cw,
tineas.
Luke
by ev of place,
foil,
11. 19 &, to reach or stretch out in N. T. only mid. bg&yofxai, to stretch one's self, to reach after any thing,
and hence
fig. to
opKt 4 d)
bpBpi^oo, f. lo~Go (opBpos), io rise early, do any thing early in the morning, prsegn. Luke 21. 38 ttus b Xabs lapBpi£e Trpbs avrbv iv rop iepop.
' i)s ^ue-
26.
50
Q
ttjs
b irdpei
tj/ul.
;
f)
#re: ellipt.
&(£>' i)s
or copas frre Luke 7. so 45, 2 Pet. 3. 4, see an 6 II. b. &XQ L % s ^M e p a ^j &XP IS °^' see &XP 1 I. b. ecus ov, see iv cp, see iv 2. a. ecus II. 1. b. LS ^XQ °^» see h^XP 1 I. b. )8. g) neut. genit. ov as adv. of place, where, (a) pr. Luke 4. 16 tt)s
7]/jl.
:
;
;
;
The
signification.
tive, in strictness, serves simply to introduce a dependent clause, and
mark
oc,
uncommon
for
Paul, and also Peter, to connect two, three, or more clauses by relatives referring either to the same or to different subjects, Acts 26. 7, Eph. 3. 11, 12, Col. 1. 13 sq.; 1 Pet.
ov i\v Tedpa/jL/jLevos, 23. 53, Acts 1. 13, Col. 3. 1, fig. Rom. 4. 15, 5. 20; so
with eice? emphatic corresponding, Matt. 18. 20 ov e«Vl Svo 7} rpek, e/ceT zlfxi, 2 Cor. 3. 17: with prepositions, €irdv(c ov Matt. 2. 9 e| ov whence, Phil. 3. 20. (/3) in attraction with verbs of motion, for whither, as in English often where, Luke 10. 1 els iraaav ttoXlv kcu t6ttov, ov efxeWev avTbs fpxeo-dai, 22. 10, 24. 28, Matt. 28. 16: so ou idv whithersoever, 1 Cor. 16. 6. 3. connected with other particles, (a) bs &v, bs idv, whosoever, Matt. 5. 21,19. ()8)os7e, see 7e Lb. (7) bs dr)7roT€, see 5^7tot€. (5) ftairep ivho indeed, who namely, == os, but stronger and more definite, Mark 1 5. ;
6 eva Becfiiov, ovirep t)tovvto
very one
whom
i.
e.
*
the
they demanded.'
.
322
OCTCIKLQ 6
pi. bones, John 19. 36 bo-rovv ov awTpif3r)cr€Tai,
ocrrea,
Luke
24. 39 crdpKa Kal
Matt. 23. 27
yefiovcriv bo-rewv.
;
err is, r)ris,
on, compound
relative
pron., i. e. os strengthened by ns gen. ovnvos, &c. does not occur in the N. T., but only gen. orov in the ;
-
;;
323
()(JTIQ
—
pr. any one who, phrase ews orov, some one who, whoever, whatever ; differing from os in referring to a subject only generally, as one of a class, and not definitely, thus serving to render a proposition general.
in the proper relative sense, a) pr. andgenr. who, i.e. one who, some one who, whoever, &c. Matt. 2. 6 4k aov e^eKevaerai r]yovfxevos, oar is iroiixavel rbv Xa6v fiov i. e. one who, 7. 24 avool (ppovifiop, oaris q>Koo6fi7)ae, 13. 52, Luke 2. 10 %apav fxeyaXnv, ^ris 1.
07 av yois fiov, o'irives TrknpeoOriaovrai, 23. b) as 19, Rom. 9. 4, Gal. 4. 24. marking result, event, &c. onare
=
after roiovros, 1 Cor. 5. 1
roiavrrj
iropveia, rjris oi>5e ev roiis edveaiv.
c)
implying cause, ground, or reason, &c. =ort, because, Matt. 7. 15 irpoae%6T€
airb
ruv
\pevooTrpov\aKas
Luke
21. 12:
by els %elpds rivos into the e. power of any one, Matt.
foil,
;
—
by
hands
i.
17. 22,
Acts 21. 11
:
with
els final,
Matt. 24. 9 eh extyiv, 26. 2 irapaSidorai els rb aravocaQrivai, Acts 8. 3 els (j)v\aK7)js, Mark 13. 12 els Qdvarov\ and so with els Bdvarov implied wherever the reference is to the death of Jesus, Rom. 4. 25, 8. 32, also where Jesus is said eavrbv irapadidovcu Gal. 2. 20 once genr. rivd Tivi els, 1 Cor. 5. 5. b) of persons or things delivered over to do or suffer any thing, in the sense to give up or over, to surrender, with ace. Acts 15. 26 avdgdoirois TrapadedooKoo'i ras tyvxas avToov men who have given up [i. e. jeoparded] their lives ; with ace. and :
%va, 1 Cor. 13. 3 eav irapadw rb crooixd
%va KavOyiaca/jLai. So of persons given over to follow their passions, &c, with ace. and dat. of thing, eav/jlov
rovs TvapehuiKav rfj aaeXyeia Eph. 4. 19 ace. and infin. Acts 7. 42 ace. and e'ls ri into any thing, i. e. into the power or practice of it, Rom. 1. 24, 26, 28. c) of persons and things delivered over to the charge, care, kindness of any one, in the general sense to give up, to commit, entrust, genr., with ace. and dat. Matt. 11. 27 ixdvra fJLOi iraoedoOr] vwb rov ixa;
;
r P 6s, 25. 14, Luke
4. 6,
Acts 27.
1
TragediBow rbv TlavXov eKarovrapxy, 1
Pet. 2. 23.
So
commit or commend the favour of God, Acts 14. 26, 15.
xdpiri rod ®eov to
irapa§id6vai riva rfj
40
;
to
TragaZibovoLi rb Trvevfxa
Seep to give up the ghGst, 30.
Also in the sense
deliver up, render up, 1
sc.
rep
John
19.
give back, Cor. 15. 24. to
; ;
;
343
Trapaco^oc
d) of things delivered orally or by writing, in the sense to deliver, declare, teach, trans. 1. 2,
Acts
6.
Mark 7.
13, Luke edr) a 7rapebcoKev
14 ra
Oyuv M., 16. 4, 2 Pet. 2. 21: pass. Rom. 6. 17 e*s ov irap^Sdr^re rvrrov SiSax^s , for els rvtrov 5i5. &y irapee) intrans. or with kavrhv dSdrjre. impl., to deliver up one's self, to yield -
one's self, e. g. as the harvest presents itself for the sickle, Mark 4.
29 orav iraqaZop
Tragddoqos,
6 KapirSs.
ov, 6,
rj,
radoxical, strange,
received opinion strange, wonderful, ;
adj. (8o£a),
pa-
aside from in N. T. by impl. i.
e.
Luke
5. 26.
rraodSoo'is, eccs, rj (7rapa5u5a>/xi), c?elivery, i. e. the act of delivering over from one to another, surrender of a city in N. T. any thing orally de'
;
livered,' precept, ordinance, instruction,
a) of oral precepts delivered
down from age
to age, tradition, tra-
ditional law, Matt. 15.2 irapafiaivovo~i
rty
irapadoo'iv ra>v TrpzcrfivTegccv, v. 3,
b) genr. precept, doctrine, 1 Cor. 11. 2 Kadws irapedwica vp.1v ras napaSocrzis /on-e^ere, 2 Thess. 2. 15, 6, saep.
3. 6.
hence
admonish,
to exhort,
infin. with ace. of pers. irapaivco vfjLus evdvfjiuv
:
TrapaOa \do~o~ lo s,
a,
op (irapd, 6d-
Aaucra), near the sea, by the sea-side, maritime, Matt. 4. 13.
irapadeoopeo*, oo, f. i\o~(>i}, to look at a thing by the side of another, i. e. to compare; in N. T. to look by any thing, to overlook, neglect, slight,
=
pass. Acts 6. 1
on
Trapedeoopovvro at
avroov.
TrapadTiKT),
rjs, r, (Trapar(6rifj.i),
to
itaqaivio), oo, f. 4aoo (iraod, alvsoo), pr. to praise near, before, to any one
absol. v. 9.
;
=
:
Luke
absol. T€?o-6aL fjLf-
=
:
14. 18 fjp^avro
irapai-
perf. part, as pass., ib. e^e 19.
7ragr}TT]fJL€Uou, v.
c)
by impl.
not to receive, i. e. to refuse, reject, with accus. Heb. 12. 25 fij] iragaiTT]-
top XaKovvia, 1 Tim. 4. 7, 5. 11. In the sense of to avoid, shun, 2 Tim. 2. 23, Tit. 3.10. cTTjcrde
irapanadi £a>,
f. io~u>,
near,
to seat one's self
with ace.
Luke
irapaKaXeoo,
come, Acts
near, irapd
10. 39.
a>,
28.
down foil, by
to sit
fut. 4o~oo,
a)
to call
or
= to invite to b) =
20 5ia ravrrjv
rrjv
to alriav irapeKaKecra vfxas. aid, call for or upon any one, as for to invoke; hence in later usage and
N. T. genr.
to beseech, entreat,
ace. Matt. 18. 32,
Acts
16. 39.
with
With
the ace. expr. or impl. are also put other adjuncts, as part, \4yccv or the like, Matt. 8. 5 irgoarjXdev tKarovrapxos TraoaKaX&v avrbv Ka\ Xeycov, ver. 31 ot Sai/JLOves iraptKaXovv avrbv \4yovres, Acts 25. 2. Also with inf. aor. Mark 5. 17 fjp^avro rrapaKaXuv avrbv arr€\6e7v, Acts 8. 31, 9. 38, and accus. 24.4; with rod 21. 12; %va
Mark
5. 18,
Luke
8. 31, oiroos
Matt.
=
to call
twos Philem. 10. c) upon any one to do any thing,
e. to
exhort, admonish, with ace. of
8.
i.
34;
irepi
pers. Acts 15. 32 'lovdas Ka\ SiAasTrapeKaAGcrav robs adeXcpovs, 2 Cor. 10. 1, Heb. 3. 13. Also with accus.
and further adjuncts, a de-
something committed one's charge, 2 Tim. 1. 12.
posit, trust,
:
by
foil,
Acts 27. 22
irapair iofxai, ov^ai, f. ^(To^ai, depon. mid. {iraod, alreoo), to ask from any one, i. e. at his hands, to obtain by asking in N. T. to ask aside or away, to deprecate, get rid of by askEngl. to beg offfrom, a) pr. ing, and genr. to entreat that something may not take place, foil, by inf. Acts 25. 11 ov irapairovixai. to anoOavelv I do not deprecate death, do not refuse so foil, by p.r\ with inf. Heb. to die to b) 12. 19, comp. ix-t] I. d. excuse one's self from an invitation,
to call for, trans,
Trapa£r}\6oo, So, f. doaoo (grjAow), pr. to render mis-zealous, i. e. to make jealous, provoke to jealousy or emulation ; fig. spoken of Israel, whom God would make jealous of their own high privileges (i. e. cause them to set a right value upon them) by bestowing like privileges on other nations, trans. Rom. 10. 19 irapaQr)A.ct;crco v{xas eir ovk edvzi also to provoke God to jealousy or anger, i. e. by rendering to idols the homage due to him alone, 1 Cor. 10. 22.
~Xfr\pai
7rapaKu\eio
e. g.
the ex-
Pet. 5. 1 inf. pres. Acts 11. 23 TraoeKaXti navras 7rpocrjiiev€LV t
b) fig. ' to be the cause, source, occasion of any thing to a person,' i. e. to make or do, to give or bestow, to shew, to occasion, sc. in one's behalf, with accus. and dat. expr. or impl. koitov or koitovs irap4x eLJ/ rtvi to give one trouble, =to trouble, vex (see tcoiros), Luke 11.7, 18. 5; ip' yaa'iav irapix €lv TLV 1 1° wake or bring gain to any one, Acts 16. 16 17. 31 TTLffriv Traga, pr. intrans. to strike, beat, as
John
one who
is
regarded
in the light of a father in a direct 3 address, Luke 16. 24 TraT€p Af3padp, v. 27; so of a teacher, as exercising paternal care and authority, Matt. 23. 9 TraTepa firj Ka\€0~r)T€ vfjL&v hrl T?]s yrjs, 1 Cor. 4. 15, comp. Phil. 2. 22. PI. ol TraTepes, nom. for voc. ;
an honorary title of address used towards elder persons, 1 John 2. 13, 14; also towards magistrates, members of the sanhedrim, &c. Acts 7. 2, 22. 1. d) metaph., foil, by gen. of thing, the author, source, beginner of any thing, Rom.
fathers, as ;
=
4.
12
iraTr)p TrepiTO/JLrjs
John avTov
8.
44
sc.
i.
xpevcrTrjs ecrri
e.
Abraham,
nal 6 iraTrjp
tov ipevdovs.
B) of God, genr., as the Creator, Preserver, and Governor of all men and things, over whom he watches
:
354
wariip
with paternal love and care so in N.T.God is called Father a)ofthe Jews, John 8. 41 eva irarepa e%o^v rbv &e6v, v. 42, 2 Cor. 6. 18, comp. ;
John
b) of Christians, and pious persons, who are also called
all
11. 52.
reKva 0eoS John 1. 12, Rom. 8. 16. So Jesus, in speaking to his disciples, calls God their Father, &c, Matt. 6. 4 6 irarr)g o~ov 6 fiXerrtov ev Tq5 KpVTTTCt), V. 8 6
VjA&V, 10. 20, 29,
7T.
43; with the further adjunct
13.
warrjp
vp.cov 6 ev rots
obpavdis
6
5. 16,
45, 48, 6 ovpdvios 6. 14, 26, 32, 6 eirovpavios 18. 35, 6 e| ovpavov Luke 11. 13. So the apostles, speaking for themselves and other Christians, call
God
irarr]Q
elpr)vr) arrb
Gal.
1. 3,
Rom. ev
&
8.
&c.
(deov irarpbs
Eph.
1. 4,
hence also
r)/uLtov,
15 eXafiere
Col.
1.
same
irvev/jLa
sense,
vloBeaias,
with robs
Eph.
12: so Heb. 12. 9
iraroX roov Trvev/ndrcov
7
1
tcpd^ofxev, afifia, 6 irarrjp,
2. 18,
1.
Cor. Phil. 1. 2
rjjuLtov,
1. 2,
absol. in the
Rom.
rj/ntov,
r£
in antith.
rrjs capicbs r)fxtov irarepas,
the Father of our spirits, our spiritual Father. c) spec, God is called the Father of our Lord J esus Christ, in respect to that peculiar relation in which Christ is the Son of God so where the Father and Son are expressly distinguished, Matt. 1 1. 27 ovdels emyiVtoGKei rbv vlov, el
i. e.
x
;
/my]
6 7rarr)p,
Mark
32 ovdels oldev
13.
ovSe b vlos, el fX'r] 6 irarrjp, John 3. 35 6 irarrjp ayaira rbv vlov, 1 Cor. 8. 6 els &e6s, 6 irarrjp Kai els Kvpios 'I. Where Xp., Heb. 1. 5, 1 Pet. 1. 2. .
.
.
. . .
Jesus calls God irarr)p /ulov, Matt. 11. 27 irdvra /not irapeb*69ri virb too irar P 6s vov, 16. 27, Mark 8. 38, John 10. 18, Rev. 2. 27: so 6 irarrjp jllov 6 ev ovpavdls Matt. 7. 21, 10. 32, 6 ovpdvios 15. 13: absol. in the same el fxrj 6 sense, 24. 36 ovSels oldev. .
irarrjp fiovos,
Mark
14. 36,
saepiss.
apostles also speak of God as 6 i irarrjg rod Kvpiov r)/.itov l. Xp. Rom. absol. 1 Cor. 15. 6, 2 Cor. 1. 3, al. :
24
Author, Creator of the heavenly luminaries. Tldrfios, ov, r), Patmos, Rev. 1. 9, a small sterile island of the Egean sea, lying south-west of Samos, and reckoned among the Sporades.
irarpaXcpas,
ov, 6,
(irarr)g, aXoidco),
ther,
a patricide,
irarpid,
as,
Attic irarpaXoias
a smiter of his fa-
Tim.
1
{irarrjp),
i)
1. 9.
paternal des-
a family, race ; in N. T. a) pr. Luke 2. 4 e| gXkov
cent, lineage,
family.
Kai irarpias Aafiid: fig. Eph. 3. 15. b) in a wider sense, tribe, people, nation, like Xbs i\v, 11. 19, 15. 22, Acts 28. 21 7]/j.e7s ovre ypa/x/nara irepl crov ede^djueda, Col. 4. 10 irepl ov eXafiere eVroAas, Heb.11.20; 3 John irepl irdvroov evxofJLal o~e evoSovcr-
2
6ai, KaQws evofiovrai aov rj tyvxy I wish that thou may est prosper as to
all things
[external], even as thy soul
prospers.
(j8)
absol. or independ.
usually at the beginning of a sentence, Matt. 22. 31 irepl rrjs avaardcecos roov veKp(hv
ktX as
to the
resur-
rection of the dead, have ye not read? Mark 12. 26, Acts 28. 22, 1 Cor. 7.
(7) with neut. art. ra irepl twos with gen. of thing, the things relating or pertaining to any thing, 1,
25. ;
ra
irepl tt)s
1. 3, 8. 12,
of pers. cause,
=
fiacnXeias rod ®eov Acts also 24. 22 foil, by gen. one's circumstances, state,
Luke
expresses the object around or about which any thing moves, comes, and also finally remains. 1. of place, around, about; place whither, after a verb of motion, Luke 13. 8 eo>s oVou crKa^oo irepl avrr\v. More freq. of place where, implying the coming and remaining around; with ace. of thing, Matt. 3. 4 elx* i&vt)V deofiarivrju irepl rrju oerepvu avrov, Mark 9. 42 XiOos /AvXiicbs irepl rbv rgdxf]Xov avrov, Rev. 15. 6; of pers. Matt. 8. 18 Idoov 6 'l-naovs iroXXovs ox^ovs irepl avrov, Mark 3. 32, 34, Acts 22. With the art. 01, at, ra. irepi, foil, 6. by ace. of place, Mark 3. 8 01 irepl Tvqov Kal 'Sid&va they about Tyre and Sidon, i. e. dwelling in and around these cities Acts 28. 7 ev ro7s irepl rbv r6irov eKelvov, i. e. in the parts around, environs;' Jude 7; accus, of pers. ol irepi rtva, of a person and his followers, Mark 4. 10, John 11. see in 6, f), r6, E. 19, Acts 13. 13
—
;
'
—
;
of that, about which an exerted, about, concerning, respecting, =irepi with gen. (a) of a matter or business about which one is occupied, Acts 19. 25 robs iregl roiavra epydras, lit. * workmen about like things, of like occupation ;' Luke 10. 40 tj Mapda irepieairaro irepl iroXXijV dianoviav, v. 41, genr. 1 Tim. 6. 4. as to, (/3) touching, ITim. 1. 19 irepl rrjv iriariv evavdynaav, 6. 21, 2 Tim. 3. 8, Tit. 2. 7. (7) with neut. art. ra irepl e/te my circumstances, affairs, state, Phil. 2.
fig.
action
is
=
2.
23,
comp.
I. c.
7.
of time, i. e. of a point of time not entirely definite, about, Matt. 3.
20. 3 iregl rrjv rpirrjv Sopav, 27. 46,
Mark
6.
48, Acts 10. 9, 22.
6.
Note.
In composition irepi. immoving, being, spreading around on all sides, around, romid
plies, 1. a
about,
e. g.
icepifidAAa>,
irepifiXeirw,
&c. 2. fig. as around and including an object, and therefore more than, over, above, e. g. irepieifit, irepiovaia 3. genr. emphasis, a completeness or strengthening of the simple idea, Lat. per, completely, irepLextof
;
;
=
:
22. 37,24. 19, 27,
Eph.
6.22. II.
7reptayu)
with the accusative, which
very, exceedingly, as irepiXviros, iregiireipco.
iregidyco, f. afo>, to lead about, a) trans, of those whom one takes as
;
360
7repLaipEio
companions,
Cor.
5 adeXcp^v yvv. iregidyciv. b) intrans., or with eai>t6v implied, to go about, go up and down, absol. Acts 13. 11 with ace. of place, depending on iregi in corn1
9.
:
posit. Matt. 4. 23 TrepLTJyev oXrjv
TaXiXaiav he went about 9. 35, 23. 15,
Mark
t^v
all Galilee,
6. 6.
irepiaipeco, co, f. 'fierce, aor. 2 Trepte?Xov, to take away what is round about, trans, a) pr. Acts 27. 40 ras ayKvpas TT€pL€\6vTes taking up the [four] anchors round about the ship, comp. v. 29 so of a veil, 2 Cor. 3. 16 7repiaipeTrcu to KaXvfAfjLa. b) fig. to take away wholly, i. e. all around, Heb. 10. 11 TT€gi€\e?v aixaprias wholly to take away sins, to make complete expiation for sins, comp. v. 4: pass. :
Acts 27. 20
Trepiypeiro rracra iXiris.
itsptatTTpairTco, f.tyoo, to flash around, shine around, with ace. of pers. Acts 9. 3 irepi Tiva 22. 6. ;
ircgifidXXco, f. fiaXco, to cast, throw, or put around any person or thing, a) genr., with accus. and dat. Luke 19. 43 TrepifiaXovcri yapoLK.6. croi, b) spec, of clothing, to put on, to clothe, (a) act. with ace. of person expr. or impl. Matt. 25. 36 yvjuuSs,
=
Kal ir€pL€fid\eT6 jul€, v. 38 with double ace. to put a garment around or ;
upon any one, clothe with any thing, Luke 23. 11 irepifiaXcov avrbv iaO^Ta Xa/uLirpdv,
John
(£) mid. and
19. 2.
pass, to put on one's to clothe one's self,
own garments,
be clothed, absol.
7T£pi£yyj
prop. ' something thrown around,' i. e. a covering, garment; spoken of the outer garment, mantle, pallium (comp. IfidTiov b.), Heb. 1. 12: by impl. a covering for the head, a headdress, or perhaps a veil, 1 Cor. 11.15. 7T€pideco,
decree,
Se^ucu, to
bind around, pass.
avTov
7]
oij/is
\ e7r co, f. ipw, to look around upon; in N. T. only mid. TregLfiXeirofJLcu, f. \j/ofj.cu, to look round about one's self. a) intrans., =to look around, absol. Mark 9. 8 Tr€pLfiXe\pdfJL€voi, ovkcti ovSeVa eldop, 10. 23 with inf. of purpose, 5. 32. b) trans, to look around upon, with ace. Mark 3. 5 irepifiXz\pd/j.€Uos avTOvs, v. 34, 11. 11.
7r e
p
i
/3
:
Trep ifiSXaiov,
ov,
t6
(irepifiaXXoo),
John
11.
crovdapicp 7rept€5e5ero.
TrepiSpe/xco, see ireg it p€X'
ircpiepyd^ofiai, f. dtTOfiai (ircpiepyos), pr. to work all around a thing, on every side, i. e. to work carefully, sedulously, to do with great and even excessive pains hence in N. T. to overdo, to do with care and pains what is not worth the pains, to be a busy-body ; so in the paronomasia 2 Thess. 3. 11 firjdev igya^ofx4vovs, ;
aXXa
Tr€pi€pya£ofi4vovs doing nothing,
but over-doing, not busy at work, but
busy-bodies.
ireplegyos,
ov, 6,
ing all around,
i.
rj,
e.
adj., pr.
work-
doing carefully,
comp. ir€piepyd£ofiai in N. T. over-doing, doing with care and pains what is not worth the pains, or what is superfluous. a) of persons, a busy-body, an intermeddler, 1 Tim. 5. 13 ov fx6vov apyai, aXXa Kal cpXvapoi Kal Trepiepyoi. b) of things, Ta ircplepya, prop, overwrought, curious, superfluous, spoken of magic arts, sorcery, Acts 19. 19 LKavol T&V tc\ irepUpya irpa^dvTccv. sedulously,
Tr€gL€gxojj.ai, aor. 2 ivtgiriXdov, to go about, wander up and down, absol. Heb. 11. 37, Acts 19. 13; so of a ship sailing on an irregular course with unfavourable winds, 28. 13: foil, by ace. of place, dependent on ircgi in composition, 1 Tim. 5. 13 irepiegx^fAsvai tcls oiKias going about to houses, i. e. from house to house.
:
(pvpa Kal kokkivcc text. rec.
perf. pass, irepidc-
44
Matt. 6. 29 ovdh 'SoXofxcov irepiefidXsto cos ev tovtcov, Rev. 3. 18 foil, by ace. of garment, Acts 12. 8 ir€pLfiaXov to tjxaTi6v crov, Matt. 6. 31: part. perf. Mark 14. 51 izepifiefSXT)p.£vos (TivUva, 16. 5, Rev. 7. 9. With tv tivl, Rev. 3. 5 Tregif3aXe?Tai iv Ifxaonce with dat. of tlols X€vko?s, 4. 4 7rep ie^co, garment, 17. 4 7r€pLfi€fiXr)fj.ei/7] irop;
f.
f.
£a>,
aor. 2 Trepiecrxov, in-
trans., pr. to have or hold one's self around, to be around, hence to sur-
round, environ, as a mountain in N. T. to enclose, embrace, a) to clasp around, seize, with ace. of pers. fig. ;
Luke b)
5.
9
6dfJLJ3os Trepi4o~x ej/ olvt6v.
to contain,
Acts 23. 25
as a writing, with ace.
ypdif/as iTricrToXrjv iregii-
Impers. Xovcrav tov tvitov tovtov. or with subject implied, 1 Pet. 2. 6 ^l6ti TT€pi€X €L * v T V yQ a(PVi ib* ov ktX. where supply r\ ir€piox'fl> or the like.
:
;
7TEpi'(u)VVVjXk
361
b) =perf. pass, of irepiriO-nni, to be laid or put around, and so to be hung round; the neck, XlOos, Mark 9. 42: foil, by ace. of thing, in the manner of passive verbs, Acts 28. 20 rrju aXvcnv ravrrjv Trepiiceifiai, lit. I am
gird around; in N. T. only mid. or pass, to gird one''s self around, to be girded around, spoken in reference to the long, flowing garments of the Orientals, which are girded up around them while engaged in any business; mid. absol. Luke 12. 37 Trepi£dbo~ercu koX avanXive? avrovs, 17. 8, Acts 12. 8; with accus. fig. ttju ocrv.
;
demnation,
it.
to), {.ireffovfiai, aor. 2 eirecov, aor.
i.
7TL(TTtVli)
virb ko'mtiv
James
5.
12
;
absol. to fall into sin, == to transgress, to sin, Rom. 11. 22, 14. 4, 1 Cor. 10. 12: hence also to fall from
happiness, =to be made miserable, to perish, Roin. 11. 11 /at] eirraiaav, c
iva
Treo~Q}cri',
Heb.
4. 11.
Oi
things,
junct of place whence or whither; to fall to the ground, to fail, bewith an6, to fall from, Matt. 15. 27 come void, Luke 16. 17 %) rov vo/jlov anb rrjs rpaireQns, Acts 20. 9, Matt. fxiav Kepaiav Treaeiv. 24, 29; 4k, id., Luke 10. 18 e/c rod ovpavov, Acts 27. 34; ev jxeau) rcov TliaiSia, as, r}, Pisidia, a district of Asia Minor, lying chiefly on Mount aitavdcov among, Luke 8. 7 em with Taurus, between Pamphylia, Phryace. to fall upon any person or thing, gia, and Lycaonia its principal city Matt. 10. 29 em ry\v yriv, 13. 5, 7, 21. ireo-n was Antioch, Acts 13. 14. 44, 23. 30, Rev. 7. 16 ovde eV avrobs 6 ty\ios i. e. the burning iriffrevco, fut. evcrco {maris), aor. 1 sun shall not injure them ;' fig. emarevcra, perf. 7re7r icrrevfca, to have to seize, 11.11 ' vFoil, by eh ri, 1 John 5. 10 els fias. r)]v fjLaprvpiav infin.,
John
:
by on
= accus.
and
14. 10 ov mcrreveis tin
—
-:
;
368
ITMJTeVLO
IS irepl avrov on rvepxbs r)v. Absol., where the ease of pers. or thing is implied from the context, Matt. 24. 23, John 12. 47, Acts 8. 13 avrbs eiricrrevae sc. tw QiXiinrcp iycd KrX, 9.
evayyeXifr/uLevcp v. 12, 15. 7 Kal
iricr-
profess his name,' 1. 12 rots irierrevovexiv els rb 'ovofxa avrov, 2. 23 with rep bvoixan avrov, id., 1 John 3. 23. Foil, by eiri with ace. of pers. els nva, Acts 9. 42, 11. 17 comp. v. 21 so eiri with dative, 1 Tim. 1. 16, fig. ;
—
Rom.
rod euay'y.
revcrai sc. rep X6yep
TTIGTIQ
33
9.
riOrj/JLi
God, to believe on God, to him, as able and willing to help, to listen to prayer, &c, foil, by dat. of person with on, Acts 27. 25 irietrevea rep &eep on ovrccs eerrai by els, John 14. 1 irierrevere els rbv ©e6v: absol. Matt. 21. 22 irierrevov
iras 6 irierreveav
res
vers, Christians,
of
b)
trust in
=
Hence
Rom.
Heb.
4. 18,
by
John
10
5.
:
with accus., pr. praegn.
els
foil,
—to
and rest upon, to believe in profess, robs 5t' avrov irierrevovras els ®eov 1 Pet. 1.21; by eiri with believe
and
ace,
id.,
Rom.
Acts
8. 12,
4.
24; absol. Luke
absol. to believe,
from God,
c) of a messenger
to be-
and trust in him as coming from God and acting under divine lieve on
e.
i.
K6o~jJicp.
to be-
or irierrevaavres belieActs 2. 44, 4. 32.
;
Tit. ir
1
1. 3.
err iK 6 5,7], ov (irierns), causing belief
or persuasion, faithful, trustworthy ; fig. true, genuine, pure, vapdov iriorriK^s Mark 14. 3, others (fr. irivw), potable, liquid.
hence in N. T.
irierns,
ecus,
(irierros), faith, belief,
i)
trust, pr. firm
13. 48.
ev
d) trans, to entrust, commit in trust to any one, Luke 16. 11 rb aXijBivbv ris vjalv irierreverei John 2. 24. Pass. iricrrevo/j.ai ri, to be entrusted with any thing, to have committed to one's charge, foil, by ace. Rom. 3. 2, Gal. 2. 7 ireiricrrev/JLai rb ebayyeXiov, 1 Cor. 9. 17 oiKovopXav ireirierrev/jiai,
{
crrevKcbs rep ®eep, 1
err'
eirierrevdr)
01 iritrrevovres
4.
3. Or genr. to believe in the declarations and character of God as made known in the gospel,' with dat. John 5. 24, Acts 16. 34 irem-
16
and profess Christ, to be or become a Christian, Mark 15. 32, Luke 22. 67, John L 7, saep.: part.
wiarevere, 2 Cor. 4. 13: also as faithful to his promises, with dat. Rom. 4. 3 eirierrevere 'Afipaa/ut, rep ®ee£, Kal eXoyierQi) KrX, Jam. 2. 23, Rom. 4. 17 Karevavn ov eirierrevere &eov by attraction for Karevavn &eov ep eiriabsol.
3.
lieve
el
errevere:
Tim.
1
ev 2icb*/ XiOov, Kal avrcp KrX. Pass.
persuasion, confiding
belief in the truth, veracity, reality of any person or thing.
A)
in the
common Greek
usage,
a)
authority.
prop, and genr. Acts 17. 31 iriernv
with
irapacrx^v iraeriv, Rom. 14. 22 erv iriernv e%ei? thou hast faith i. e. * art firmly persuaded,' v. 23, Heb. 11. 1 so, with the idea of hope and certain expectation, 2 Cor. 5. 7 5i &Tri(TTO$,
27 /^
20.
=
irtcrSco,
irXdvr\s,
to
pledge one's self; in N..T.
iirLCTT&Qrjv, to be
made
lieving, to be assured, lieve,
2 Tim.
3.
4
confiding, be-
hence
=
oh
fxive iv
4.
6 rb
e.
:
irXdvrj avaffTpetyoixivovs,
Jude
11.
7rXaur]rris, ov, 6 {irXavdoo), one wandering about, a wanderer ; in N. T. aarrip irXavr)rr]s a wandering star, planet, fig. of a false teacher, Jude 13.
irXdvos,
ov, 6,
r),
adj. (irXdurj),
wan-
dering about, subst. a wanderer, vagabond, juggler ; in N. T. deceiving, seducing, 1 Tim. 4. 1 irpoaexoures Trvev/jLfxcri irXavois. Subst. a deceiver, impostor, Matt. 27. 63.
make one faithful, trustworthy, hence to make one give security, pledges; pass, or mid. to make one's self or be 7rAa|, made trustworthy, i. e. to give security,
John
3. 17, 1
of error, a deceiving spirit, a teacher who seeks to seduce so a deception, fraud, Matt. 27. 64. c) of conduct, perverseness, wickedness, sin, Rom. 1. 27, Jam. 5. 20, 2 Pet. 2. 18 rovs iv i.
fut. docrco (ttlo'tSs), pr. to
co,
2 Pet.
TTvev/jLa rrjs irXdvrjs the spirit
ttkttSs, Gal. 3.
9: with dat. rop ku/hoj Acts 16. 15, ivXpiffro? 1 Cor. 4. 17, i. e. * faithful to the Lord or in Christ, believing in him,' a believer, a Christian absol. id. Acts 10. 45, 16. 1, saep. Adv. iricrrbv iroie?u to do faithfully, in a believing manner, as a Christian, 3 John 5.
7rXarvvo)
aKos,
r),
any broad and flat sur-
and genr. a table or of wood or stone, on which any thing was inscribed e. g. the two tables of the decalogue given to Moses, Heb. 9. 4 at irXdices rrjs Bia6r)Krjs, 2 Cor. 3. 3 fig. ib. $v nXa^l KapSlas aapKLvais.
face
;
in N. T.
tablet,
;
to be-
efiaOes
Kal £mo~TooQf)s.
;
irXavdco, co, f. r)aco (TrXdyrj), to make wander, to lead astray, with accus., pass, to wander, go astray, a) pr. of persons, Heb. 11. 38 ev iprjfiiais irXavdbfievoi of flocks, 1 Pet. 2. 25 as TrpSfiara TrXauoofx^va, Matt. 18. 12,
irXdo~iAa, aros, t6 (irXdccrco), a thing
formed ; by a potter, Rom. ipe? rb irXdo'ixa rop irXacravTi
:
b)
mislead, i. e. (a) to deceive, cause to err, pass, to err, mistake, form a wrong judgment; Matt. 24. 4 PXe-nere fxi) ris vfJias 13,
fig. to
TrXavr)o"n, v. 5, 24, 1
John 1.8:
pass.
Luke
21. 8
Heb.
3. 10.
Matt. 22. 29 irXavatrde, fir}
7rXav7)6r}T€, Gal. 6. 7,
a people into rebellion, John 7. 12 irXava top oxXov, Rev. 20. 8, 10. Also to seduce from the truth, pass, to be seduced, to go astray, 1 John 2. 26 irepl roov rrXa(/3) to seduce, e. g.
vcovtcov
Jam.
2 Tim. 19 Idv tls iv
v/jLcis,
5.
3.
13
vfjuu irXwr)9rj
airb rrjs aXrjOeias, 2 Pet. 2. 15 ol
irXavcbfxzvoi,
those
pass.
:
seduced,
;
part.
gone
astray, Tit. 3. 3, Heb. 5. 2. Spec. to seduce to idolatry, Rev. 2. 20, al.
irXdvr},
7]s, r),
T. only
fig.
e/c
2.
wandering ; in N. a) genr. delu-
judgment or opinion,
sion, false
Thess.
pr. a error.
3
7rXdvr)s,
rj
deceit, fraud,
and
sin,
irapdnXrio'is r\[icov
2 Thess.
Eph.
1
ovk
b) act. seduction to error 4. 14 r) [xzdoSda rrjs 2. 11.
Xd (TO" co,
20
9.
fj.)]
;
form, fashion, mould, any soft substance, as a potter the clay, absol. Rom. 9. 20 pass. 1 Tim. 2. 13 'ASa^u trpooros eirXdadr].
7r
fut.
dffco, to
:
ov (VAaacrw), formed, fashioned ; metaph. feigned, false, deceitful, 2 Pet. 2. 3 irXacrrols xSyois.
ttXclo'tSs,
r),
irXdros, eos, to (ttXcztvs), breadth, Rev. 21. 16; fig. Eph. 3. 18; Rev, 20. 9 rb rrXaros rrjs yrjs the breadth of the earth, i. q. wide plain, such as the earth was supposed to be. ttXcltvvco, fut. woo (irXarvs), aor. 1 pass. iirXarvvdriv, perf. pass. 7re7rAaTv/jLai and 3 pers. sing. TrsirXdrvvTcu, a) to make broad, enlarge, trans. pr. Matt. 23. 5 irXarvvovcn (pvXaKrf)pia abroov.
b)
fig.
to
make broad
to or large to or for any one, i. e. give him enlargement or deliverance from straits ;' hence in N. T. pass, to be enlarged, i. e. to have enlargement, to rejoice, opp. to o~tgvoxpsoo, 2 Cor. 6. 13 7rXa,rvv6rjT6 nal v/jl^Ts: so of the heart, Kapdia, '
v. 11.
;
371
7r\a.TVQ
a) Matt.
irXarvs, ua, v, broad, wide, b) 7. 13 7rAaT6?a^ ttv\t]. 7) irAare'ia sc. 65x Aos *• e multitude. Neut. t5 TrActo-Toy adv.
tt\€7o'tos,
7),
the greatest, very great,
-
»
at most,
1
Cor. 14. 27.
neut. irXelov or more usually irkeov, pi. contr. nom. more, the usual and ace. irXeiovs, a) pr. of comparative to 7ro\vs.
irXeitov, ovos,
6,
r),
—
number, but also of magnitude, and in a comparison expr. or implied foil, by gen. Matt. 21. 36 TrAetWs t&v irpdoToov more than the first or
former ones, 31: foil, by irXsiovs
r)
Mark f)
John
12. 43,
7.
Matt. 26. 53 before 4. 1 regularly omitted,
than,
SwSe/ca,
John
;
a numeral
t)
Acts
eTwj/ tt\€l6pci)p recrcrapd-
4.
22
is
once ir\e?ov r) 7T€Vre Koura, 23. 13 Luke 9. 13: with irapd, 3. 13, see ;
irapd III. d. once with irXr]u and gen. Acts 15. 28. So, when the object of comparison is implied, Matt. 20. 10, John 4. 41, Luke 11. 53 7. 43 rb ttXzlov the more, i. e. the greater debt hence genr. and emphat. many, very many, Acts 13. 31 ts coepdr} :
;
=
:
€7n rjpepas ir\eiovs, 24. 17
;
so
Heb.
23 ol fxkv TtXzioves clcri iepe?s, in opp. to one. b) pi., with article, ol 7.
irAeioves,
ol irKeiovs,
the
more, the
most, the many, Acts 19. 32 ol irAei-
(a) with gen. /xe
John
21. 15ct-
irXziov rovrcou; impl.
(/3)
M
Luke
-nXsiov further, lon-
spoken of space, Acts
4. 17, 2 with gen. aorefitias, i. e. 9 further as to or in ungodliness, 2. 16;— of time, Acts 20. 9, 24. 4. ;
Tim.
yoouiais touv nAareicov, 12. 19.
jxacTLv,
7T \e(jJ
3.
;
f. |co, to plait, braid, weave, Matt. 27. 29 irXe^aures ori(pavov e£ anavB&v, Mark 15. 17.
tt\4ko3, trans.,
irXeovd^oo, fut. ctcrco (TrXeiccu), to be more than enough, in trans. a) of persons, to have or do more than enough, to have an overplus, 2 Cor. 8. 15 6 rb ttoXv ovk €7rAeoVacre. b) of things, to be abundant, to abound more, to increase, Ptom. 5. 20 'Lva irXzovdari rb irapdirroopa, 6. 1, 2 Pet. 1. 8: foil, by efo ri, to abound unto any thing, =to redound, conduce, Phil. 4. 17.
abound,
to
c) trans, to cause to increase,
1
Thess.
12
3.
v/nas 6 Kvpios irXsovaGai rrj aydirn.
7rAeov6/CTeco, w, f. r)crco (irXeou, ex&>), intrans. to have more than another, tvKuov e%w, to have an advantage, be superior, to take advantage, seek unlawful gain ; in N. T. trans, to take advantage of any one, to circumvent for gain, to defraud, with ace. 2 Cor. 7. 2 ovfieva eivXeoveKr-^aapev, 12. 17, 18: pass. 2. 11.
=
ir\€0V6KT7)s, '
ov, 6 (irXeou, ex5e, Mark 12. 33, Heb. 3. 3 irXsiova riprjv e%ei rod oXkov, Rev. 2. 19 pleon. with irepLo-aeveu/ Matt. 5. 20; with irapd Heb. 3. 3, 11. 4. d) neut. irXelov as adv. 1
'
:
'
irXevpd, as, r), the side, pr. of the body, John 19. 34, 20. 20. 7rAea>, fut. irXevcropai, to sail, absol.
Luke 8. 23, Acts 27. 24 with els of place, 21. 3 irrXeopep els ^vpiav, 27. :
2
:
372
7r\r]y7]
6; with e7ri and ace. Rev. 18. 17: with ace. of place by or near which, i. e. of the way, Acts 27. 2 irXelv robs Kara rrjv 'Acriav tSttous, i. e. to sail along or by the coast of Asia Minor.
a stroke, stripe, bloiv. a) pr. Luke 12. 48 #£ta irXrjyccv, Acts 16. 23. b) meton. a or blow, caused by stripe wound, a Luke 10. 30, Acts 16. 33 %XovV
b) breath of air, a blast,
Kal irvof)v.
wind, Acts iro8r)pr)s,
a) vital
(irveco), breath,
breath, respiration,
b) pertaining to
or proceeding from the Holy Spirit, see irvevpa 3. D. (a) of persons, spiritual, i.e. enlightened by the Holy Spirit, enjoying the influences, graces, gifts of the Holy Spirit, 1 Cor. 2. 13 irvevpariicoTs, v. 15, 3. 1 v/mv cos irvevpariKoTs. (/3) of things, spiritual, i. e. communicated or imparted by the Holy Spirit, Rom. 15. 27, 1 Cor. 2. 13 irvevpariKd Ta rod
= ayx
Mark
irvevpariK6s,r), 6v (irvevpa), breathing, aerial, spiritual,
is
2. 2.
eos,
ovs, 6,
adj. (irovs,
r),
reaching to the feet, spoken of long flowing robes, Rev. 1. 13 eVScdv/jLtvov iroSygr) sc. ea 0r\ra. apoo),
,
60ev, interrog. adv., whence? cora) pr. of rel. with irov, ir6re, &c. place, =from what place or quarter? Matt. 15. 33 ir60ev r)puv iv iprjpia &ptoi tocovtoi Mark 8. 4, John 4. 1 1
ir
;
Luke John
powers; Eph.
also indirect, as often in N. T., 13. 25 ovk olSa, upas ir6d€v ecre,
gious subjects
of state, condition, indir. Rev. 2. 5. b) of source, author, cause, manner, whence ? how ?
gifts,
5. 19 opScus irvevpariKais in spiritual songs, i. e. composed in the Spirit, on spiritual and reli;
Rom.
7.
14 6 v6pos
nj/evpariKSs icrriv i. e. is according to the mind and will of the Spirit 1. 11 x aP l0~tla TrvevpariK6v a spiritual gift, i. e. a gift relating to the mind
or spirit of Christians as enlightened and quickened by the Holy Spirit,
D.
b. €.
comp. v. 12 and irvevpa 3. Also spoken of things in a
3. 8,
8.
14:
fig.
Matt. 13. 27 54,
ex« (iCdvia; v. 56, 21. 25, John 1. 49, 19. 9 ir6indirect, Luke eiffv; Jam. 4. 1 tt60
a
Acts
city-ruler, prefect, magistrate,
17. 6, 8. ir
oX it el a,
as,
(iroXirevco), pr.
tj
'
the
being a free citizen,' the relation of a free citizen to the state; hence a) citizenship, the right of citizenship, freedom of a city, Acts 22. 28. b) the state itself, a community,
wealth,
Eph.
common-
2. 12.
;
troXvQ
iroXvs,
gen. iroXXov,
itoXXtj, ttoXv,
yjs,
ov; compar. irXeicov, superl. irXua"tos, see in their order, many, much, prop, of number, quantity, amount, a) sing. pr. many, much ; and with
nouns implying number or multitude, great, large,
(a)
without
art.,
with subst. John 6. 10 x°P T0S toXvs, Acts 15. 32 5ia xSyov iroXXov with much discourse, many words, 16. 16 ipyacriav iroXXov, 22. 28 iroXXov ke(paXaiov, Matt. 13. 5 yyv iroXXi)v much earth, soil. So with a noun of multitude, Acts 11. 21 iroXvs apidfiSs a great number, 18. 10 Xabs iroXvs, Mark 5. 24 oxXos iroXvs, Acts 14. 1 iroXv ttXtjOos fig. Matt. 9. 37 dspicrAbsol. iroXv much, Luke fxbs iroXvs. 12. 48 $ edSdr] iroXv, iroXv (tf T7l®'ho-eraL, 16. 10, Acts 26. 29, Matt. 26. 9 irpaOrjvai iroXXov to be sold for much. (/3) with art. and subst, Heb. 5. 11 irepl ov iroXvs TjfMU 6 Xoyos of whom :
iroXirevfxa, aros, t6 (iroXirevco), any public measure, administration of the state ; in N. T. the state itself, community, commonwealth, fig. of Christians in reference to their spiritual
community,
Phil. 3. 20.
iroXirevoo, fut. evo'co (iroXirris), to administer the state, to live as a free citizen; oftener depon. pass. iroXirevofiai, to be a citizen of a state, to live as a good citizen, to conduct one's self according to the laws and customs of a state hence in N. T. genr. to live, to order one's life and conduct according to a certain rule, with adv. Phil. 1. 27 a£ioos rod euayyeXiov iroXireveaOe with dat. Acts 23. 1 ireiroXirevfiai rep ©etf i. e. to or for God, according to his will, comp. ;
:
0eos
a. y.
oXirrjs, ov, 6 (irSXts), a citizen, an inhabitant of a city, Acts 21. 39 ovk
rr
aarjfjLov
ir6Xecas iroXirijs,
15: with gen. avrov,
Luke
15.
= fellow-citi-
zen, 19. 14.
7roXXaTrXao~itoV, (iroXvs), manifold,
times,
6,
many
times more,
adj.
18. 30.
iroXvXoyia,
as,
f)
(iroXvXo'yos,
from
Xeyw), much speaking, loquaMatt. 6. 7.
iroXvs, city,
voXv/negcos, adv. (iroXvixeg^s, Xvs, fiepos), in
many
fold ways, Heb.
fr. iro-
parts, in mani-
1. 1.
iroXviro'iKiXos, ov, 6, rj, adj. (iroXvs, ttolkiXos), much variegated ; in N. T. very various, manifold, multifarious,
Eph.
3. 10.
things 12. 37 o iroXvs oxXos the multitude, the common people. Absol. to iroXv the much, 2 Cor. 8. 15 o to iroXv sc.
cvXXQas.
b) plur. iroXXoi, ai, a, many ; and with nouns of multitude, great, large, (a)
without
with subst. Matt.
art.,
16 fiaijAovL^oixsvovs iroXXovs, Mark 2. 15 iroXXoi reX&vai, Luke 12. 7, 19 iroXXa ay add, John 3. 23 vdara iroXXa. So with a noun of multitude. Matt. 4. 25 oxXol iroXXoi. With another adj., %repoi iroXXoi Matt. 15. 30, fern. Luke 8. 3, neut. 22. 65 8.
;
iroXXovs &XXovs Mark 12. 5, fern. 15. 41, neut. 7. 4: coupled by Kai, as it.
Ka\ erega
Luke
John
alridjLLara
3. 18,
20.
30,
Acts 25.
it.
it.
teal
&AAa
kuI ftapia
Absol. iroX-
7.
Xoi many, Matt. 7. 13, 22 iroXXoi
ovos,
rj,
many
to say,
Mark
crrj/uieTa
iroXXaKis, adv. (iroXvs), many often, Matt. 17. 15, ssep.
Luke
we have much
Luke
41 airb iroXXcoj/, John 8. 30 so by impl. many, a multitude, all, Matt. 20. 28 \vrpov egovcri
jhol,
4.
=
:
avr\ itoXXcov, Mark 14. 24, Heb. 9. 28. Neut. iroXXa many things, much, Matt. 13. 3 iXaXrjo'e iroXXa eV irapaPoXals, Mark 5. 26, Luke 10. 41, 2 Cor. 8. 22 ip icoXXoTs. Foil, by gen. partit. Matt. 3. 7 iroXXovs r&v , with ace. of pers. Matt. 25. 35 hcuritrwre fiE, 27. 48 ace. impl. 25. 37: fig. Rev. 14. Pass. fig. 1 Cor. 12. 13. 8. With
of the past, once, formerly, John 9. 13 tov ttote TvcpKou, Rom. 7. 9, 11. 30, 2 Pet. 1. 21, Phil. 4. 10 bri 4&j ttote
law (tt6tqz),
f.
r. iroT-fjpLOp
ttote, indef. and enclitic (correl. to tot6, ore), pr. when, whenever. a) at some time, one time or other, once,
TTOVQ
14. 10, 16. 19.
8.
25
ttov ecttlv
3. 27, 1
Cor.
1.
i)
tt'icttis vjjlojv
;
Rom.
20.
by attraction, after verbs of motion, where? whither? to what b)
=
place ? as often in English in a direct question, John 7. 35 ttov ovtos lUeAAet TropeveaOai; 13. 36 tcvgie, ttov Indirect, John 3. vwdyeis; 16. 5. ;
8 ovk oldas ttov virdyEi,
Heb.
8. 14,
11. 8,
ovdrjs, Sevtos, 6, Pudens, pr. of a man, 2 Tim. 4. 21.
Tl
ttovs,
ttoBos,
Matt. 10. 14
of men, of animals, 7. 6 an-
6, ;
name
the foot;
;
:
389
7T0VQ
7rpa4tC
thropopath. of God, 5. 35. The fol- irpayima, aTos, to {irpacra'u)), pr. a a J a thing thing done or to be done, lowing special uses may be noted done, deed, act, fact, matter, Luke (a) rrapa tovs irSdas tiv6s, spoken of ev tj/juu irpay1. 1 $iriyr}o~iv irepl what is at one's feet, e. g. to cast or fiaTtou i. q. events, Jam. 3. 16 -rrau to give over into lay at one's feet, b) a (pavKov irgay/jLa, Heb. 6. 18. one's care and charge as sick permatbe done, gardoing or to thing money, sons, Matt. 15. 30 ter, business, affair, Matt. 18. 19 eav ments, Acts 4. 35, 7. 58 also to sit disciples bvo vfxccu cvix
2. 3.
TrgrjOco, see iriiuL7rprjfxi.
nus,
'
irpb Trpoo~ctiirov o~ov
in Apoc.
TTgecrfivris, iSos,
irp6,
ing a point of time, Matt. 24. 38 rod KaraKKvcrixod, Luke 11. 38 rod apicrrov, 21. 12, John 17. 24
irpb
irgb irpd
Heb. 11. 5: by Hebr., Acts 1 3. 24 Trpb irpowwirov rrjs eicroBov avrov Trpb elaodov avrov, see in no. 1. (7) foil, by gen. of person or thing, before one in time, Karafio\r\s Koa/nov,
=
: ;
392
7rpoayu)
7rp6j3 arov
John 5. 7 Trph i/uLov Karafialvei before me i.e. sooner than I, 10. 8, avros
aor.
ecrri Trpb iravrwv Col. 1. 17; ol irp6 rivos those before any one, who preceded him, were earlier than he,
and
Matt.
Rom.
5. 12,
(5) foil,
16. 7, Gal. 1. 17. infin. express-
by rod with
ing an event, Matt.
Luke
fxas alrrjcrai,
8 trph rod v2. 21, 22. 15, al.
of precedence, preference, dignity, before, above; irpb irdvroov
James
5. 12, 1
Pet.
4. 8.
Note.
In composition
trp6
im-
plies, 1. place, fore, before, forward, forth, as irgodyco, Trgo/3alvoo, TrgofidXXco,
&c;
2.
inf.
Rom.
3. 9.
irpoaKovcc, aor.
1 irpo^Kovcra, to hear beforehand, aor. to have heard of before, already, with ace. Col. 1. 5 %v
[eA7ri5a] Trpor]Kovcrare,
6.
3. fig.
before all things,
1 to have already accused, to have already brought a charge, with ace.
time, fore, before, before-
hand, as irpoeiTTOu, irpoXeyco, irpo/iiGQifivdw, &c. 3. preference, as irpo-
irpoafxaprdvoo,
f.
i]croo,
perf.
irpor}-
have sinned already, here2 Cor. 12. 21, 13. 2.
/j.dprr)Ka, to
tofore,
wpoaitXiov,
ov, r6 (avXrj), pr. place before the avX'ft or interior court,' i. e. the large gateway of an oriental house or palace, =gateway, vestibule, Mark 14. 68, comp. Matt. 26. 71 TTVXOVV. '
irpofiaivco, fut. ^(TOfULai, aor. 2 irpoe&7]v, to go forward, advance, intrans.
;
Matt.
aipeofiai.
4.
21 -wpofras eKe79ev.
part. perf.
irpof$efiy)Kci)s,
Fig.
via, 6s, ad-
irpodyoo, fut. |a>. 1. trans, to lead vanced, i. e. in life, years, foil, by eV, forth, bring forth ; a prisoner out of Luke 1. 7 TrpofiefirjKores ev rais rjfj.eprison, with accus. Acts 16. 30 irpopais, v. 18, 2. 36. ayaytov avrovs e£ct>: so in a judicial sense, 12. 6 ore e/xeXXe avrbv irpo- irpofidXXcc, f. aXcv, to cast or thrust a) genr. Acts 19. forward, trans. dyeiv 6 'HpaBris, 25. 26 Bib irpoi)yayov 33 irpofiaXXSvrccv avrbv revv *lovBaiavrbv ecp" v/aoov i. e. ' before you as oov the Jews thrusting him [Alexanjudges.' others, to put forder] forward, 2. intrans. to go before, referward as an advocate, to propose, rering either to place or time, a) of commend, b) of plants and trees, place, to go before, i. e. in front, in to put forth, e. g. leaves, blossoms, advance, absol. Matt. 21. 9 ol irpodfruit, Luke 21. 30 orav irpofidXoixnv yovres naX ol anoXovdovvres eKpa^ov,
—
Luke
18.
39: with ace. of person,
sc.
ra cpvXXa, comp. Matt. 24.
32.
6v (irpSfiarov), perdepending on the force of ttp6 in irpo (Sar ik6s, taining to sheep, John 5. 2 eirl ttj composition, although by itself it 'f),
governs only the gen., Matt.
2.
9 6
aarfyp rrporiyev avrovs, Mark 10. 32. to go first, precede, b) in time, absol. Mark 6. 45 -irpodyeiv els rb
=
by the sheep-gate this gate was near the Temple and was probably so called as being the place where sheep were sold for the irpofiariKr} sc. irvXr)
;
sacrifices. Tim. 5. 24: with accus. of pers. depending on irpo, see above irpofiarov, ov, r6 (irpofiaivto), prop. in a., Matt. 14. 22 irpodyeiv avrbv els whatever goes forward,' i. e. moves rb ireoav, 21. 31, 26. 32. Part, irpoits limbs forward in going; hence dycov, foregoing, former, previous, 1 in Ionic and Doric usage spoken Tim. 1. 18 Kara ras irpoayovaas errl of quadrupeds, in distinction from ere 7rpoao/JLai, to
before, trans. a) already, to be before acquainted with, foil, by ace. Acts 26. 5 irpoyivuaKovb) Tes/xe dvcadev, see dvooQev 2. a.
foreknow, foresee ; in N. T. by impl. to fore -determine, fore-ordain, pass. part. 1 Pet. 1. 20 XgiaTov irpoto
€yVQ0O~fJL€VOV TTpb
Here belong vrpoeyvoo
>
KCLTafioArjs KOCT/JLOV.
also
Rom.
k
irgocpriTwv
irpoi.
e.
aforetime, of old.
irpoEpxop.cn, fut. e\zvaop.ai, aor. 2 TrporjAdov, depon. mid. 1. to go for-
ward or
further, pass on, intrans.,
394
7rpoETOifiaL,(i)
Matt. 26. 39 irpoeAOoov fiiKpSis: with ace. of way, Acts 12. 10 irporiKQov pv\xt\v fxiav.
TrpoKaTCtpTi^o)
pose, counsel, resolve,
Acts 27. 13
86-
£avTes rrjs irpodeo'ecos K€KQaT7)Kepat so of firm purpose, firm resolve, 11. 23, 2 Tim. 3. 10 elsewhere of the eternal purpose and counsel of God, :
2. to go before any one, as referring either to place or time, a) of place, to go before, in advance of Rom. 8. 28 toTs Kara irpSdeo'iv k\tjany one, as a fore-runner, messento?s, 9. 11 see inAoyr) c, Eph. 1. ger; with evoiiriov twos Luke 1. 17 11, 3. 11, 2 Tim. 1. 9. or as a leader, guide, with ace. 22. irpoBecfxios, a, ov {Ttp6, OecrfiSs), set 47 'lovdas 7rpo7]px£TO avrovs. b) in beforehand, appointed, spoken of time, time, i. q. to go first, precede, set off whence f) irpoOecfxia sc. rj/JLepa a set before another, Acts 20. 5 ovtol irpoday, appointed time, Gal. 4. 2. eXOoures efievov r)fj.as eV Tpoodoi, 20. TrpoOvjJLLa, as, rj (Trp6dv/j,os), predis13 iirl rb irXolov, 2 Cor. 9. 5 els vjjlcls. position,= readiness, alacrity of mind, In the sense of to outgo, arrive first, Acts 17. 11, 2 Cor. 8.11. :
;
'
Mark
33.
6.
TrpoeToi/jid^Go, fut. da co, to prepare beforehand; in N. T. to predestine, appoint before, trans., with els, Rom. 9.
23 a
TrporjroifjLacrev els
Eph.
dat.
oo^av: with
irpodvfios, ov, 6, 7), adj., predisposed, ready, willing, prompt, rb irvedfia -rrpSdvfiou Matt. 26. 41. Neut. rb
=
'TTpodvp.ov
TrpoevayysAi^ofjLai, fut. Icofiai, announce glad tidings beforehand, foretell joyful news, with dat. Gal.
to
3.
8 irpoevrjyyeKLO'aTO rap 'Afipadfj., otl
I
icpoOvfAoos, adv. (7rp6dv(jLos), readily, willingly, with alacrity, 1 Pet. 5. 2. 7rgoi'ar7}jULi, fut. Trpoo~T7]0'(ti, aorist 2
wpoexM,
hold forth; mid. to hold before one's self; fig. to have before another, == to have preference or pre-eminence, to excel, be superior, better ; hence in N. T. mid. fut. e£co, to
7rpoex°lJ cu ) 1° excel, be superior, better, sc. on one's own part, Rom. 3. -
irgoex6p>e6a i. e. * can we Jews then claim for ourselves to be better off than the gentiles?' sc. in ;
;
respect to being sinners before God. 7rp07]yeofiaL, ovjxai, f. 'fjaofxai, to lead forward or onward, to go on before, take the lead; in N. T. fig. to lead on by example, with ace. and dat. of that in or as to which, Rom. 12. 10 rfj Tififj aW'fjXovs 7rgo7)yov/j.€i>oi in mutual respect taking the lead of each
7rpo6o~T7)v,
cause to stand before, to set over ; in N. T. only in the intrans. tenses, e. g. aor. 2 and perf. of the active, and pres. mid. or pass. to stand before. a) to be over, to preside, rule, absol. Rom. 12. 8 6 TrgoLCrdfJiePos, 1 Tim. 5. 17 ol tcaX&s irpoecTTooTes foil, by gen. like other verbs of ruling, through the force :
of Trpo in composition, 3. 4 rod iSiov o'Ikov kolX&s irpoLard/jiepop, ver. 5, 1 Thess. 5. 12. b) by impl. to care for any thing, to be diligent in it, to practise, with gen. KaAwv epyoov irpotffTao-Oai Tit. 3. 8, 14.
irpoKaAeca, i.
e.
rr\s irpoQeaeoos
apToov
Matt. 12.
Heb.
9. 2,
4,
rj
irpoOe-
both ==
ol
aproL ol 7rpoTLd€fieuoL. b) fig. of what one sets before his mind, proposes to himself, Lat. propositum,
= pur-
ov,
fut. eaoo, to call forth,
to invite to stand forth call forth
to
;
oftener
before one's self
either to invite to come, to solicit, or to challenge, defy, i. e. to combat hence in N. T. mid. irpoKaXeofiai, ovp.ai, to provoke, stimulate, with ace. Gal. 5. 26. i.
TTpSOecris, eccs, r\ (irporidrifii), a setting before or forth, a setting out, exposure ; in N. T. a) pr. as of food, spoken only of the shew- bread, as being set out before Jehovah on a table in the sanctuary; in an adjective sense in the phrases ol &proi
perf. part, contr. irpoecr-
toos, trans, to
mid.
other.
t&v
15 rb Kar e/xe TcpoQvjxov [eoTi] there is a readiness on my part/ am ready.
to
/ctA.
ais
Rom.
1.
2. 10.
*
9 ri ovv
readiness, alacrity,
e.
;
irpoKCLT ayyeWoo, fut. eXoo, to announce beforehand, to foretell future events, Acts 3. 18, 7. 52 pass. part, perf. TrpoKar^yyeA/jLEVos, announced promised, 2 Cor. 9. 5. beforehand, :
=
irpoKarapri (w,
f. iffoo,
to
make ready
beforehand, trans. 2 Cor. 9. 5,
ij
-.
395
7rpoKELfiai irpoKcifJLai, part. irpoKeifxzvos, to before,
be laid or set before
to
lie
any
a) one, intrans. in N. T. only fig. to lie or be before the mind of any one, to be present to him, 2 Cor. 8. b) 12 6( 7/ Trpodv/JLia TrpOKZLTCU. perf. pass, of irporidrjiuLi, comp. kg?fiaib., to be laid or set before one's mind, e. g. a duty, reward, example, Heb. 6. 18 Kparrjaai t7)stvqokzljj.4v7]s
7r()07ra(jyu)
hand,
any thing, with eAa/3e /uvpicrai
;
i
=
Jude
iXirtSos, 12. 1, 2,
7
tos 2,6do/na
Kal T6p.oppa irgSKeiVTcu 8e7y/j.a.
proclaim beforehand, i. e. by a herald in N. T. genr. to announce or preach beforehand, and in the past tenses to have before announced, preached, trans.
7rpoK7)pvcrcrcti,
f.
to
£, 1 Thess. 2.
:
4. 12.
Acts
unfavourable,
(/3)
= against, C
yoyyvafxbs irgbs robs Efipaiovs, 23. 30 \eyeiv ra irpbs avrov, 24. 19, 25. 19, 1 Cor. 6. 1, Eph. 6. 11 arrival irpbs ras fxedoSeias, Col. 3. 6. 1
13, 19,
Heb.
12. 4,
of time, towards, near,
Rev.
13. 6.
(a) pr. of time
2.
Luke
24. 29
when,
on
irpbs
K€K\iK€V 7) rj/nega. (£) as forming with the accus. a periphrasis for an adverb of time, at, for; irpbs Kaip6v for a season, a ecrirepav iari, Kal
1
=
while, briefly, Luke 8. 13, irpbs naipbv xcpas 1 Thess. 2. 17, irpbs &pav
John yas
5.
35
:
so
Heb.
12. 10 irpbs b\i-
ver. 11 irpbs rb irap6v for the present, at present, Jam. 4. 14 7]fj.epas,
irpbs 3.
bxiyov
ject has towards or to another. a) towards, i. e. in reference to, in respect to, as to, implying the direction or remote object of an action.
Mark 12. 12 avrovs rr]v irapafio\r)v eZVre, Acts 24. 16 air p. crvveiB'no'iv e%eiz/ irpbs rbv 0eoV, Rom. 4. 2, Heb. 1. 7 irpbs robs ayy e\ovs \4(a) with accus. of pers.
on
eyvooaav
yei, v. 8
irpbs
so ri irpbs
:
rifxas
John 21. with accus. of thing, Heb. Matt. 27.
o-e;
ri irpbs
;
22.
4,
(£) 13 ayid£ei irpbs rrjv rijs aapKos Kadaporrjra, Luke 1 8. 1 eheye irapafioArjv avroh, irpbs
rb 8etV irdvrore
Cor.
4.
2
9.
irpoo~€vx*cr6ai, 2
so after verbs of reply-
:
avrw
ing, Matt. 27. 14 ovk airtKpidr)
Rom.
irpbs ovde %v prifxa,
31 irpbs Here belongs the construc8.
ravra. tion tvoL :
;
2.
aireta, irpoffaireiXeoo,
hence intens. as
,
irpSffTreivos, irpoo , aor. 2 irpoo"f)yayov, irpos to lead or conduct to any one, to bring ply rest at, by, in a place, near, a) trans, with ace. Luke 9. 41 with dat. but in such instances, for irpoadyaye woe rbv vlov crov: with the most part, the idea of a previous ace. and dat. Acts 16. 20 irpoaayacoming to or direction towards that ybvres avrovs roTs crrparrjyols. Implace is either actually expressed, plying admission or access to any or is implied in the context, comp. one, in N. T. fig. of God, to bring els 4. (a) genr. with ace. of place, Mark 11. 4 evpov top irSoXov oeoefxe- near, present before, with accus. and dat. 1 Pet. 3. 18. b) intrans., to come vov irpbs r)\v Qvpav, 14. 54 depjuaivSthe or towards at or draw near, (pus to approach, with dat. irpbs rb fievos So Acts 27. 27 virevoovv ol vavrai irpocrfire, Luke 22. 56, John 20. 11. == with, by, dyeiv riva avrots X (*>fmv the sailors with accus. of person, deemed that some country drew near among, Matt. 26. 18 irpbs o~e iroiw to to them, i. e. according to the usual irdo-x a v. 55 ifpbs vjjlo,s iKade^o/ayv myself seated among optical illusion on board ship. d&do'Koov I 4.
sometimes
irp6s
=
;
i
'
you,'
Mark
14.
49
IjfjLTjv
irpbs vfxas
5V
Acts 12. 20, 13. 31 o'irives vvv elcrl fxdprvQ^s avrov irpbs rov Xaov to or towards the people, 1 Cor. 2. 3, 16. 7 iXirifa X9^ vov riu ^ ^irificivaL ddo-Kcap,
Here Cor. 1. 12, al. belongs the construction Luke 18. 116 QapiGouos crraOels irpbs kavrbv ravra irpoayvx^TO, i. e. either eradels irpbs eavrSv standing by himself, or irpbs kavrbv ravra irpoayvx^ro he prayed thus to or with himself. (/3) rarely, and only in later usage, is the idea of previous motion or direction wholly dropped, and irpos with ace. is then == irapd with dat. Mark 2. 2 ra irpbs r))v Qvpav i. e. the space at the door or gate, vestibule, 4. 1, Matt. 13. 56 al aoeXcpai avrov ovx) iracrai irpbs rifias dai; John 1. 1 6 Xoyos 9jv irpbs rbv 0eoV, Philem. 13 irpbs i/xavrbv Karex €il/ irpbs v(jias, 2
'
irpocraycoyf],
ris, 7)
(irpocrdyco), a lead-
ing or bringing to, accession; in N. T. approach, access, admission, eft ri Rom. 5. 2, irpSs riva Eph. 2. 18, absol. 3. 12.
irpocairew, tion, to
beg, absol.
yaw,
So, f.
demand
to
ask in addiN. T. to
besides; in
Mark
10. 46.
irpocrairr)S, ov, 6 {irpoaaireoo), a beg-
gar,
John
9.
8 later eds. for rvcpx6s.
irpoo'avafiaivoc, aor. 2 irpoaeftriv, to go up further, higher, with avwrepov pleon. Luke 14. 10 (piXe, irpoaavd$7)61 avdorepov ' take a higher seat,' a more honourable place. f. Xcoaoo, to consume expend further, Luke 8. 43 larpols irpoo~avaX(bo~ao~a oXov rbv
irpocravaXio'Kco, besides, to i}Ti s
(Ziov.
irpoo'avairXrjpooo, w,
f.dxroe, to Jill
up
1
399
TTpocravurtdrifjn thereto, sc.
ra
by adding,
v(TT6p7iiJ.aTa
to
supply fully,
2 Cor. 9. 12, 11. 9.
TTpovEpypiiai
—
TrpoaooKoov rov Zaxapiay, 8. 40; of thing, 2 Pet. 3. 12 rrju irapovaiav, v.
13, 14. yaw, pr. to lay up irpoaooKia,as,7) (7rpoa"5oKaa>) a lookin addition, mid. to take upon one's ing for, expectation ; in N. T. only self besides; in N. T. only mid. aor. 2 of evil, Luke 21. 26: meton. Acts TTpoo-aveQefiriv, fig. to lay before in ad12. 11 rrjs irpoaooKias rod Xaov the dition, to impart or communicate furevils which the Jews expect to come a) ther, i. e. on one's own part. upon me.' genr. with accus. and dat. Gal. 2. 6
irpoo-avaridyiAi,
f.
,
'
doKovures ovoev irpoaaveOevTO, b) by way comp. apeOefirji/ ver. 2. to confer with, of consultation, consult, with dat. Gal. 1. 16 ov irpoaifiol ol
=
av€de/j.T]i/
aapKL KaX
irpoaaTr€i\4oo, «,
rjaco,
irpoarptx 00
'
rrpoaedo), a>, fut. daw, to permit or suffer further, with ace. Acts 27. 7 fir] irpoaewvTOS rjfias rod ave/xov i. e. the wind not suffering us to proceed further' on that course. '
atfxart..
f.
TrpoaSptfAO), see
to
threaten
ir poa eyy I £w, f. law, to come near to further, absol. Acts 4. 21. any one, with dat. Mark 2. 4. irpoaoawavdoo, u>, f. yaco, to spend more, in addition, with accus. Luke 7rpo0"€5peva>, f. evaw (irgoatopos, fr.
eopa), to sit near, by other persons,
10. 35.
irpoo~deojj.ai,
f.
need besides, gen. Acts 17. 25. to
'
depon. pass. in addition, with
yao/iai,
vp o a 5 e'x OM cu> £
|oa"u»
depon. mid.
one's self, ta admit, trans, a) of things, fig. to admit, allow, r))v negat. Heb. 11. iAirida Acts 24. 15 £o receive to
;
35 ov npoaoe^d/JLevoL
inf\v
aTroXvTpco-
=
rejecting: of aiv not accepting, evils, to put up with, endure, 10. 34 b) apnayyv rcou vrrapx^Tcou.
=
:
tV j
of persons, to receive, admit, i. e. to one's presence and kindness, Luke
15.2ovtos
a/jLCLpTooXovs irpocrSe'xeTcu:
so in hospitality, to receive kindly, entertain, as a guest, Rom. 16. 2, c) of things future, to Phil. 2. 29. •'
wait for, expect, with ace. Luke 12. 36 audpcoTTOLS TTpoaoexofMeuoLs rbv kvpiov eavrcJou, n6re kt\, Acts 23. 21: I
so of a future good, with the idea
tV
fiaai\eiai/ of faith, confidence, rod ®eov Luke 23. 51, irapaKXyaiv 2. /j.aK), a
worshipper of God, John
4. 23.
rrpoaXaXtca, So, fut ycTo), to speak to or with any one, foil, by dat. Acts 13. 43, absol. 28. 20.
irpocXafAfSapw,
f.
X^ofxai,
take
to
in addition, to receive bewith one's self, in one's company in N. T. mid. irpoaXafx^dvofxai, to take to one's self, also semi-pass, to receive to one's self, see 1. to take to one's self, Xa/ufidvoi). food, with gen. Acts 27. 36 TrgocreXafiopro Tgotyrjs with accus. firjBev v. 33. With ace. of pers. to take to one's self, q. d. to take by the hand and draw aside, Matt 16. 22 so to take to one's company, intercourse, house, &c. Acts 17. 5 Trpoo-Xafio/uevoi tipcls &pdpas iroprjpovs, 18. 26, 28. 2. thereto,
sides, to take to or ;
:
:
2. to receive to one's self,
i.
e.
to
admit to one's society and fellowship, to receive and treat with kindness, foil, by ace. of pers. Rom. 14, 1
TOP aO~0€POVPTa
T7] 7Ti(TT€i TTpOO'XOLjX-
J3dp60-6s,
77
Philem. 12,
17.
(7rpoo'Aa uj8az>&>), i
a taking to one's self, assumption ; in N. T. a receiving, admission, Rom. 11. 15.
render divine honours, &c. to wor- irpocTfiEPco, fut. epco, to remain at a place, with a person, q. d. to remain ship, adore, primarily with the idea there; of place, absol. Acts 18. 18, of prostration, which, however, is ip 'Ecpecry 1 Tim. 1.3. Of persons, often dropped, (a) of God, absol. to continue with any one, foil, by dat, John 4. 20 ol irarigts tj/uloop 4p rop Matt. Fig. to remain faith15. 32. opei, rovrco irpocreKvurjcrau, v. 24 5e? ful to any one, to adhere to, Acts -KpovKvvziv, 1 2. 20, Acts 8. 27, 24. 1 1 11. 23. Metaph. to continue in any prsegn. Heb. 11. 21 irpocrcKvprjo-ep iirl to oLKpov rrjs pdfidov avrov he worshipped [leaning] upon the top of his Foil, by dat, with words exstaff. pressing prostration, 1 Cor. 14. 25 tt€-
—
;
404
7rpO(T(j)i\l]Q
7TQO(Tli)WOV
rod rap arojuari sc. rbv (Tiroyyov so with dat. of pers. to bring a thing to any one, Matt. 22. 19 ol de irpoo-f)veyKav auTc? dr]vdpiop foil, by accus. simpl. 25. 20 itpoo"r\veyKev 'aXXa irevre raXavra. Of persons, foil, by ace. and dat., the sick as brought to Jesus, Matt. 4. 24 irQoo"i]veyKav avrop
address any one. a) genr., with dat. expr. or impl. Luke 13. 12 irpocre-
irdvras rovs KaKoos exovras, 8. 16, 9. 2, 32, iraiS'ia 19. 13. fipecpT] Luke 18.
TTpocrxvo-is, coos, 7] (Trporrx^co), a pouring out towards, i. q. affusion, sprinkling, Heb. 11 28.
:
:
So to bring; or conduct to or &e/ore any one, with ace. and dat. Luke 15.
23. 14, ewi rtva 12. 11; pass. Matt. 18. 24. b) to offer, present to any
one, with ace. and dat., fti-os Luke 23. 36, xpypttTa Acts 8. 18, Saga Matt. 2. 11. Of things offered to
koI elirev avrfj, 23. 20, Acts 21. 40 in the sense of to call out to any one, to exclaim, with dat. Matt.
f? >
ov (comparat. or *'
^. T. and commonly of time before, former, prior, a) pr. Lph. 4. 22 Kara b) neut.
ry]V irporepav avao~Tpo
•
(Pnrdav, 1 Cor. 12. 10, 13. 2, 14. 22. c) by meton. a prophesying, the exercise of the prophetic office, the acting as an ambassador of God and the interpreter of his mind and will, Rev. 11. 6. Spec, the exercise of the prophet^ gift in the primitive
church,
1
C&.
TTpO(p7}T€V(a,
f.
14. 6, 1 Thess. 5. 20. CV&to (lTQ0(p'f)T7)s), to
act as prophet, to prophesy, intrans. a)pr. to foretell future events, to pre-
but often including also, from the Heb., the idea of exhorting, reproving, threatening, or indeed the whole utterance of the prophets while acting under divine influence, as dict
;
ambassadors of God
mind and
and interpreters
of the prophets of the O. T., Matt. 11. 13 ttoVof his
will
:
;
to
future events, or as exhorting, reproving, threatening individuals or nations, i. e. as the ambassador of God and the interpreter of his will to men. a) of the prophets of the O. T. (a) pr., Isaiah, Matt. 1. 22 Jeremiah, 2. 17; Joel, Acts 2. 16; Micah, Matt. 2. 5; Jonah, 12. 39; Zechariah, 21. 4; Daniel, 24. 15, So of Samuel, Acts 13. 20; David, 2. 30; Elisha, Luke 4. 27; Asaph, Matt. 13. 35 also of Balaam, 2 Pet. 2. 16. PI. genr. Matt. 2. 23, saep. meton. the prophetic books of the (;8) ;
=
O. T., at ypa7}T